Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

FORM 10-K

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021

OR

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                     to                    

Commission file number 001-34034

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	63-0589368
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

1900 Fifth Avenue North, Birmingham, Alabama 35203

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (800) 734-4667

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Trading Symbol(s)	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $.01 par value	RF	New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/40th Interest in a Share of
6.375% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B	RF PRB	New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/40th Interest in a Share of
5.700% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C	RF PRC	New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/40th Interest in a Share of
4.45% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series E	RF PRE	New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes ý   No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ý    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes  ý   No  ¨ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): Large Accelerated Filer ý Accelerated filer ☐ Non-accelerated filer ☐ Smaller reporting company  ☐  Emerging growth company  ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C.7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  ☐    No  ý

State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter.

Common Stock, $.01 par value—$18,795,418,440 as of June 30, 2021.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

Common Stock, $.01 par value—937,146,134 shares issued and outstanding as of February 22, 2022.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the proxy statement for the registrant's 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III to the extent described therein.

1

Table of Contents

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

FORM 10-K

INDEX

		Page
PART I
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Risk Factor Summary		7
Item 1.	Business	10
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	21
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	37
Item 2.	Properties	37
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	37
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	37
PART II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	39
Item 6.	[Reserved]	40
Item 7.	Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	41
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	41
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	87
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	172
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	172
Item 9B.	Other Information	172
Item 9C.	Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections	172
PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	173
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	174
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	174
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	174
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	174
PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	175
Item 16.	Form 10-K Summary	180
SIGNATURES		181

Table of Contents

Glossary of Defined Terms

Agencies - collectively, FNMA and GNMA.

ACL - Allowance for credit losses.

ALCO - Asset/Liability Management Committee.

ALLL - Allowance for loan and lease losses.

Allowance - Allowance for credit losses.

AMLA - Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020

AMERIBOR - American Interbank Offered Rate.

AOCI - Accumulated other comprehensive income.

ASC - Accounting Standards Codification.

ARRC - Alternative Reference Rates Committee.

Ascentium - Ascentium Capital, LLC., an equipment finance entity acquired April 1, 2020.

ASU - Accounting Standards Update.

ATM - Automated teller machine.

Bank - Regions Bank.

Basel III - Basel Committee's 2010 Regulatory Capital Framework (Third Accord).

Basel III Rules - Final capital rules adopting the Basel III capital framework approved by U.S. federal regulators in 2013.

Basel Committee - Basel Committee on Banking Supervision.

BHC - Bank Holding Company.

BHC Act - Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.

BITS - Technology policy division of the Bank Policy Institute.

Board - The Company’s Board of Directors.

BSBY - Bloomberg Short-Term Bank Yield index.

Call Report - Regions Bank's FFIEC 031 filing.

CAP - Customer Assistance Program.

CARES Act - Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act.

CCAR - Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review.

CCB - Capital Conservation Buffer.

CECL - Accounting Standards Update 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments ("Current Expected Credit Losses").

CEO - Chief Executive Officer.

CET1 - Common Equity Tier 1.

CFO - Chief Financial Officer.

CFPB - Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.

CHR - Compensation and Human Resources.

Clearsight - Clearsight Advisors, Inc., a mergers and acquisitions firm acquired December 31, 2021.

Company - Regions Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries.

COSO - Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

COVID-19 - Coronavirus Disease 2019.

CPR - Constant (or Conditional) prepayment rate.

CRA - Community Reinvestment Act of 1977.

DE&I - Diversity, Equity & Inclusion

DIF - Deposit Insurance Fund.

3

Table of Contents

Dodd-Frank Act - The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010.

DPD - Days past due.

DUS - Fannie Mae Delegated Underwriting & Servicing.

E&P - Extraction and production.

EAD - Exposure-at-default.

EEO-1 - Equal employment opportunity commission's standard form 100 report

EGRRCPA - The Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act.

EnerBank - EnerBank USA, a consumer lending institution acquired October 1, 2021.

ESG - Environmental, Social and Governance.

ETS - Emergency Temporary Standard

EU - European Union

FASB - Financial Accounting Standards Board.

FCA - Financial Conduct Authority.

FDIA - Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended.

FDIC - The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Federal Reserve - The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

FFIEC - Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council.

FHA - Federal Housing Administration.

FHC - Financial Holding Company.

FHLB - Federal Home Loan Bank.

FICO - The Financing Corporation, established by the Competitive Equality Banking Act of 1987.

FICO scores - Personal credit scores based on the model introduced by the Fair Isaac Corporation.

FinCEN - the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network.

FINRA - Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Fintechs - Financial Technology Companies.

FNMA - Federal National Mortgage Association, known as Fannie Mae.

FOMC - Federal Open Market Committee.

FRB - Federal Reserve Bank.

FS-ISAC - Financial Services - Information Sharing & Analysis Center.

FTP - Funds Transfer Pricing.

GAAP - Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States.

GDP - Gross domestic product.

GNMA - Government National Mortgage Association.

G-SIB - Globally Systematically Important Bank Holding Company.

HPI - Housing price index.

HUD - U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development.

HCM - Human Capital Management.

IPO - Initial public offering.

IRA - Individual Retirement Account.

IRE - Investor real estate portfolio segment.

IRS - Internal Revenue Service.

ISM - Institute for Supply Management.

4

Table of Contents

LCR - Liquidity coverage ratio.

LGD - Loss given default.

LIBOR - London InterBank Offered Rate.

LLC - Limited Liability Company.

LROC - Liquidity Risk Oversight Committee.

LTIP - Long-term incentive plan.

LTV - Loan to value.

MBS - Mortgage-backed securities.

M&A - Mergers and acquisitions.

MD&A - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

MSAs - Metropolitan Statistical Areas.

MSR - Mortgage servicing right.

NAV - Net Asset Value.

NM - Not meaningful.

NSFR - Net stable funding ratio.

NYSE - New York Stock Exchange.

OAS - Option-adjusted spread.

OCC - Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

OCI - Other comprehensive income.

OFAC - U.S. Treasury Department - Office of Foreign Assets Control.

OIS - Overnight indexed swap.

OLA - Orderly Liquidation Authority.

PCD - Purchased credit deteriorated.

PCE - Personal Consumption Expenditure.

PD - Probability of default.

PPP - Paycheck Protection Program.

R&S - Reasonable and supportable.

Raymond James - Raymond James Financial, Inc.

REIT - Real estate investment trust.

Regions Securities - Regions Securities LLC.

RETDR - Reasonable expectation of a troubled debt restructuring.

RWAs - Risk-weighted assets.

S&P 500 - a stock market index that measures the stock performance of 500 large companies listed on stock exchanges in the United States.

Sabal - Sabal Capital Partners, LLC, a diversified financial services firm acquired December 1, 2021.     

SBA - Small Business Administration.

SBIC - Small Business Investment Company.

SCB - Stress Capital Buffer.

SEC - U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

SERP - Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.

SOFR - Secured Overnight Financing Rate.

TBA - To Be Announced.

TDR - Troubled debt restructuring.

5

Table of Contents

TRACE - Trade Reporting and Compliance Engine.

TTC - Through-the-cycle.

U.K. - United Kingdom.

U.S. - United States.

USA PATRIOT Act - Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001.                 

U.S. Treasury - The United States Department of the Treasury.

USD - United States dollar.

UTB - Unrecognized tax benefits.

VIE - Variable interest entity.

Visa - The Visa, U.S.A. Inc. card association or its affiliates, collectively.

wSTWF - Weighted short-term wholesale funding.

6

Table of Contents

PART I

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Risk Factor Summary

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, other periodic reports filed by Regions Financial Corporation under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any other written or oral statements made by us or on our behalf to analysts, investors, the media and others, may include forward-looking statements as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The words “future,” “anticipates,” “assumes,” “intends,” “plans,” “seeks,” “believes,” “predicts,” “potential,” “objectives,” “estimates,” “expects,” “targets,” “projects,” “outlook,” “forecast,” “would,” “will,” “may,” “might,” “could,” “should,” “can,” and similar terms and expressions often signify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are subject to the risk that the actual effects may differ, possibly materially, from what is reflected in those forward-looking statements due to factors and future developments that are uncertain, unpredictable and in many cases beyond our control, including the scope and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic (including the impact of additional variants and resurgences), the effectiveness, availability and acceptance of any vaccines or therapies, and the direct and indirect impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our customers, third parties and us. Forward-looking statements are not based on historical information, but rather are related to future operations, strategies, financial results or other developments. Forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations as well as certain assumptions and estimates made by, and information available to, management at the time the statements are made. Those statements are based on general assumptions and are subject to various risks, and because they also relate to the future they are likewise subject to inherent uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from the views, beliefs and projections expressed in such statements. Therefore, we caution you against relying on any of these forward-looking statements. These risks, uncertainties and other factors include, but are not limited to, the risks identified in Item 1A. “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and those described below:

•Current and future economic and market conditions in the United States generally or in the communities we serve (in particular the Southeastern United States), including the effects of possible declines in property values, increases in unemployment rates, financial market disruptions and potential reductions of economic growth, which may adversely affect our lending and other businesses and our financial results and conditions.

•Possible changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies of, and other activities undertaken by, governments, agencies, central banks and similar organizations, which could have a material adverse effect on our earnings.

•Possible changes in market interest rates or capital markets could adversely affect our revenue and expense, the value of assets and obligations, and the availability and cost of capital and liquidity.

•The impact of pandemics, including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, on our businesses, operations, and financial results and conditions. The duration and severity of any pandemic, including the COVID-19 pandemic, could disrupt the global economy, adversely affect our capital and liquidity position, impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans and increase our allowance for credit losses, impair collateral values, and result in lost revenue or additional expenses.

•Any impairment of our goodwill or other intangibles, any repricing of assets, or any adjustment of valuation allowances on our deferred tax assets due to changes in tax law, adverse changes in the economic environment, declining operations of the reporting unit or other factors.

•The effect of new tax legislation and/or interpretation of existing tax law, which may impact our earnings, capital ratios, and our ability to return capital to shareholders.

•Possible changes in the creditworthiness of customers and the possible impairment of the collectability of loans and leases, including operating leases.

•Changes in the speed of loan prepayments, loan origination and sale volumes, charge-offs, credit loss provisions or actual credit losses where our allowance for credit losses may not be adequate to cover our eventual losses.

•Possible acceleration of prepayments on mortgage-backed securities due to low interest rates, and the related acceleration of premium amortization on those securities.

•Loss of customer checking and savings account deposits as customers pursue other, higher-yield investments, which could increase our funding costs.

•Possible changes in consumer and business spending and saving habits and the related effect on our ability to increase assets and to attract deposits, which could adversely affect our net income.

•Our ability to effectively compete with other traditional and non-traditional financial services companies, including fintechs, some of whom possess greater financial resources than we do or are subject to different regulatory standards than we are.

•Our inability to develop and gain acceptance from current and prospective customers for new products and services and the enhancement of existing products and services to meet customers’ needs and respond to emerging technological trends in a timely manner could have a negative impact on our revenue.

7

Table of Contents

•Our inability to keep pace with technological changes, including those related to the offering of digital banking and financial services, could result in losing business to competitors.

•Changes in laws and regulations affecting our businesses, including legislation and regulations relating to bank products and services, as well as changes in the enforcement and interpretation of such laws and regulations by applicable governmental and self-regulatory agencies, including as a result of the changes in U.S. presidential administration, control of the U.S. Congress, and changes in personnel at the bank regulatory agencies, which could require us to change certain business practices, increase compliance risk, reduce our revenue, impose additional costs on us, or otherwise negatively affect our businesses.

•Our capital actions, including dividend payments, common stock repurchases, or redemptions of preferred stock, must not cause us to fall below minimum capital ratio requirements, with applicable buffers taken into account, and must comply with other requirements and restrictions under law or imposed by our regulators, which may impact our ability to return capital to shareholders.

•Our ability to comply with stress testing and capital planning requirements (as part of the CCAR process or otherwise) may continue to require a significant investment of our managerial resources due to the importance of such tests and requirements.

•Our ability to comply with applicable capital and liquidity requirements (including, among other things, the Basel III capital standards), including our ability to generate capital internally or raise capital on favorable terms, and if we fail to meet requirements, our financial condition and market perceptions of us could be negatively impacted.

•The effects of any developments, changes or actions relating to any litigation or regulatory proceedings brought against us or any of our subsidiaries.

•The costs, including possibly incurring fines, penalties, or other negative effects (including reputational harm) of any adverse judicial, administrative, or arbitral rulings or proceedings, regulatory enforcement actions, or other legal actions to which we or any of our subsidiaries are a party, and which may adversely affect our results.

•Our ability to manage fluctuations in the value of assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet exposure so as to maintain sufficient capital and liquidity to support our businesses.

•Our ability to execute on our strategic and operational plans, including our ability to fully realize the financial and nonfinancial benefits relating to our strategic initiatives.

•The risks and uncertainties related to our acquisition or divestiture of businesses, including our recently completed acquisitions of EnerBank, Sabal, and Clearsight, and risks related to such acquisitions, including that the expected synergies, cost savings and other financial or other benefits may not be realized within the expected timeframes, or might be less than projected; difficulties in integrating the businesses; and the inability of Regions to effectively cross-sell products following these acquisitions.

•The success of our marketing efforts in attracting and retaining customers.

•Our ability to recruit and retain talented and experienced personnel to assist in the development, management and operation of our products and services may be affected by changes in laws and regulations in effect from time to time.

•Fraud or misconduct by our customers, employees or business partners.

•Any inaccurate or incomplete information provided to us by our customers or counterparties.

•Inability of our framework to manage risks associated with our businesses, such as credit risk and operational risk, including third-party vendors and other service providers, which could, among other things, result in a breach of operating or security systems as a result of a cyber attack or similar act or failure to deliver our services effectively.

•Dependence on key suppliers or vendors to obtain equipment and other supplies for our businesses on acceptable terms.

•The inability of our internal controls and procedures to prevent, detect or mitigate any material errors or fraudulent acts.

•The effects of geopolitical instability, including wars, conflicts, civil unrest, and terrorist attacks and the potential impact, directly or indirectly, on our businesses.

•The effects of man-made and natural disasters, including fires, floods, droughts, tornadoes, hurricanes, and environmental damage (specifically in the Southeastern United States), which may negatively affect our operations and/or our loan portfolios and increase our cost of conducting business. The severity and frequency of future earthquakes, fires, hurricanes, tornadoes, droughts, floods and other weather-related events are difficult to predict and may be exacerbated by global climate change.

•Changes in commodity market prices and conditions could adversely affect the cash flows of our borrowers operating in industries that are impacted by changes in commodity prices (including businesses indirectly impacted by commodities prices such as businesses that transport commodities or manufacture equipment used in the production of commodities), which could impair their ability to service any loans outstanding to them and/or reduce demand for loans in those industries.

8

Table of Contents

•Our ability to identify and address cyber-security risks such as data security breaches, malware, ransomware, “denial of service” attacks, “hacking” and identity theft, including account take-overs, a failure of which could disrupt our businesses and result in the disclosure of and/or misuse or misappropriation of confidential or proprietary information, disruption or damage to our systems, increased costs, losses, or adverse effects to our reputation.

•Our ability to achieve our expense management initiatives.

•Market replacement of LIBOR and the related effect on our LIBOR-based financial products and contracts, including, but not limited to, derivative products, debt obligations, deposits, investments, and loans.

•Possible downgrades in our credit ratings or outlook could, among other negative impacts, increase the costs of funding from capital markets.

•The effects of problems encountered by other financial institutions that adversely affect us or the banking industry generally could require us to change certain business practices, reduce our revenue, impose additional costs on us, or otherwise negatively affect our businesses.

•The effects of the failure of any component of our business infrastructure provided by a third party could disrupt our businesses, result in the disclosure of and/or misuse of confidential information or proprietary information, increase our costs, negatively affect our reputation, and cause losses.

•Our ability to receive dividends from our subsidiaries, in particular Regions Bank, could affect our liquidity and ability to pay dividends to shareholders.

•Changes in accounting policies or procedures as may be required by the FASB or other regulatory agencies could materially affect our financial statements and how we report those results, and expectations and preliminary analyses relating to how such changes will affect our financial results could prove incorrect.

•Fluctuations in the price of our common stock and inability to complete stock repurchases in the time frame and/or on the terms anticipated.

•The effects of anti-takeover and exclusive forum laws and provision in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

•The effects of any damage to our reputation resulting from developments related to any of the items identified above.

•Other risks identified from time to time in reports that we file with the SEC.

You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible to predict all of them. We assume no obligation and do not intend to update or revise any forward-looking statements that are made from time to time, either as a result of future developments, new information or otherwise, except as may be required by law.

9

Table of Contents

Item 1. Business

Regions Financial Corporation is a FHC headquartered in Birmingham, Alabama operating in the South, Midwest and Texas. In addition, Regions operates several offices delivering specialty capabilities in New York, Washington D.C., Chicago and other locations nationwide. Regions provides financial solutions for a wide range of clients including retail and mortgage banking services, commercial banking services and wealth and investment services. Further, Regions and its subsidiaries deliver specialty capabilities including merger and acquisition advisory services, capital market solutions, home improvement lending and others. At December 31, 2021, Regions had total consolidated assets of approximately $162.9 billion, total consolidated deposits of approximately $139.1 billion and total consolidated shareholders’ equity of approximately $18.3 billion.

The terms “Regions,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” as used herein mean collectively Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation, together with its subsidiaries when or where appropriate. Its principal executive offices are located at 1900 Fifth Avenue North, Birmingham, Alabama 35203, and its telephone number at that address is (800) 734-4667.

Banking Operations

Regions conducts its banking operations through Regions Bank, an Alabama state-chartered commercial bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve System. At December 31, 2021, Regions operated 2,068 ATMs and 1,302 total branch outlets primarily across the South, Midwest and Texas.

The following table reflects the distribution of branch locations in each of the states in which Regions conducts its banking operations.

	Branches
Florida	280
Tennessee	200
Alabama	190
Georgia	114
Mississippi	101
Texas	93
Louisiana	84
Arkansas	60
Missouri	51
Indiana	44
Illinois	41
South Carolina	20
Kentucky	11
North Carolina	7
Iowa	5
Utah	1
Total	1,302

Other Financial Services Operations

In addition to its banking operations, Regions provides additional financial services through the following subsidiaries:

Regions Equipment Finance Corporation and Regions Commercial Equipment Finance, LLC, each a wholly-owned subsidiary of Regions Bank, provide equipment financing products focusing on commercial clients. Ascentium Capital, also a wholly-owned subsidiary of Regions Bank, provides financing of essential-use equipment for small business customers through a technology-enabled model that delivers same-day credit decisions and funding.

Regions Investment Services, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Regions Bank, offers investments and insurance products to Regions Bank customers, provided by licensed insurance agents. In addition, Regions Bank and Regions Investment Services, Inc. also maintain an agreement with Cetera Investment Services, LLC to offer securities, insurance and advisory services to Regions Bank customers through dually-employed financial advisors.

Regions Securities LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Regions headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia, serves as a broker-dealer to commercial clients and acts in an advisory capacity to merger and acquisition transactions.

10

Table of Contents

BlackArch Partners LLC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Regions and is headquartered in Charlotte, North Carolina. BlackArch Partners LLC and its broker-dealer subsidiary offer merger and acquisition services to its institutional clients and commercial entities, as well as serving as a broker-dealer to commercial clients.

Clearsight Advisors, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Regions headquartered in McLean, Virginia, and acts in an advisory capacity to merger and acquisition transactions.

Sabal Capital Partners, LLC, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Regions Bank headquartered in Irvine, California, and is a national commercial real estate lender.

Regions Investment Management, Inc. serves as the investment adviser to Regions Wealth Management division and trades in stocks and bonds for trust clients.  Highland Associates, Inc. is an institutional investment firm providing investment counsel and consulting services to not-for-profit healthcare entities and mission-based organizations. Regions Bank has also retained Highland Associates, Inc. to provide investment advisory services with respect to assets held in accounts in Regions Bank’s trust department. Both Regions Investment Management, Inc. and Highland Associates, Inc. are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Regions Bank.

Regions Affordable Housing LLC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Regions Bank headquartered in Great Neck, New York, and engages in low income housing tax credit corporate fund syndication and asset management.

Supervision and Regulation

We are subject to the extensive regulatory framework applicable to BHCs and their subsidiaries. This framework is intended primarily for the protection of depositors, the FDIC’s DIF and the banking system as a whole, and generally is not intended for the protection of shareholders or other investors. Described below are the material elements of selected laws and regulations applicable to us and our subsidiaries. These descriptions are not intended to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes and regulations described. Changes in applicable law or regulation, and in their interpretation and application by regulatory agencies and other governmental authorities, cannot be predicted, but may have a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Overview

We are registered with the Federal Reserve as a BHC and have elected to be treated as an FHC under the BHC Act. As such, we and our subsidiaries are subject to the supervision, examination and reporting requirements of the BHC Act and the regulations of the Federal Reserve. Generally, the BHC Act provides for “umbrella” regulation of FHCs by the Federal Reserve and functional regulation of holding company subsidiaries by applicable regulatory agencies. The BHC Act also requires the Federal Reserve to examine any subsidiary of a BHC, other than a depository institution, engaged in activities permissible for a depository institution. The Federal Reserve is also granted the authority, in certain circumstances, to require reports of, examine and adopt rules applicable to any holding company subsidiary.

Regions Bank is a member of the FDIC, and, as such, its deposits are insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by law. Regions Bank is an Alabama state-chartered bank and a member of the Federal Reserve System. Its operations are generally subject to supervision and examination by both the Federal Reserve and the Alabama State Banking Department and the bank regulators are given authority to approve or disapprove mergers, acquisitions, consolidations, the establishment of branches and similar corporate actions. The federal and state banking regulators also have the power to prevent the continuance or development of unsafe or unsound banking practices or other violations of law. State and federal laws and regulations govern the activities in which Regions Bank engages, including the investments it makes and the aggregate amount of loans that may be granted to one borrower. Various consumer and compliance laws and regulations also affect its operations. Regions Bank is also affected by the actions of the Federal Reserve as it implements monetary policy. As a Federal Reserve System member bank, Regions Bank is required to hold stock in the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta in an amount equal to 6 percent of its capital stock and surplus. Member banks with total assets in excess of $10 billion, including Regions Bank, receive a floating rate dividend tied to 10-year U.S. Treasuries, with the maximum dividend rate capped at 6 percent.

Regions Bank and its affiliates are also subject to supervision, regulation, examination and enforcement by the CFPB with respect to consumer protection laws and regulations. Some of Regions’ non-bank subsidiaries are also subject to regulation by various federal and state agencies, such as the SEC and FINRA in the case of our broker-dealer subsidiaries, Regions Securities LLC and BlackArch Securities LLC.

We are also subject to the disclosure and regulatory requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as administered by the SEC. Our common stock and certain of our depositary shares representing our outstanding preferred stock are listed on the NYSE. Consequently, we are also subject to the NYSE’s rules for listed companies.

As a BHC with over $100 billion in total consolidated assets, we are subject to enhanced prudential standards and capital and as modified by the federal banking regulators' 2019 rules (the “Tailoring Rules”). The Tailoring Rules assign each U.S. BHC with $100 billion or more in total consolidated assets, as well as its bank subsidiaries, to one of four categories based on its size and five other risk-based indicators: (1) cross-jurisdictional activity, (2) wSTWF, (3) non-bank assets, (4) off-balance sheet exposure, and (5) status as a U.S. G-SIB.

11

Table of Contents

Under the Tailoring Rules, Regions and Regions Bank are each subject to Category IV standards, which apply to banking organizations with at least $100 billion in total consolidated assets that do not meet any of the thresholds specified for Categories I through III. Firms subject to Category IV standards are generally subject to the same capital and liquidity requirements as firms with less than $100 billion in total consolidated assets, but are, among other things, subject to certain enhanced prudential standards and also required to monitor and report certain risk-based indicators. Accordingly, under the Tailoring Rules, Category IV firms are, among other things, (1) not subject to LCR or NSFR requirements (or, in certain cases, subject to reduced requirements), (2) remain eligible to opt-out of the requirement to recognize most elements of AOCI in regulatory capital (3) no longer subject to company-run capital stress testing requirements, (4) subject to supervisory capital stress testing on a biennial instead of annual basis, (5) subject to requirements to develop and maintain a capital plan on an annual basis and (6) subject to certain liquidity risk management and risk committee requirements.

Banking and other financial services statutes, regulations and policies are continually under review by the United States Congress, state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies. Regions cannot predict future changes in the applicable laws, regulations and regulatory agency policies, including any changes resulting from the recent change in U.S. presidential administration, yet such changes may have a material impact on Regions’ business, financial condition or results of operations. We will continue to evaluate the impact of any changes in law and any new regulations promulgated, including changes in regulatory costs and fees, modifications to consumer products or disclosures required by the CFPB and the requirements of the enhanced supervision provisions, among others.

Permissible Activities under the BHC Act

In general, the BHC Act limits the activities permissible for BHCs to the business of banking, managing or controlling banks and such other activities as the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be properly incidental thereto. A BHC electing to be treated as a FHC, like Regions, may also engage in a range of activities that are (i) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity or (ii) complementary to a financial activity and that do not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of a depository institution or to the financial system generally. These activities include securities dealing, underwriting and market making, insurance underwriting and agency activities, merchant banking and insurance company portfolio investments.

For a BHC to be eligible to elect and maintain FHC status, all of its subsidiary insured depository institutions must be well-capitalized and well-managed as described below under “Regulatory Remedies under the FDIA” and must have received at least a satisfactory rating on such institution’s most recent examination under the CRA. The BHC itself must also be well-capitalized and well-managed in order to be eligible to elect FHC status. If an FHC fails to continue to be well-capitalized or well-managed after engaging in activities not permissible for BHCs that have not elected to be treated as financial holding companies, the company must enter into an agreement with the Federal Reserve to comply with all applicable capital and management requirements. If the company does not return to compliance within 180 days, the Federal Reserve may order the company to divest its subsidiary banks or the company may be required to discontinue or divest investments in companies engaged in activities permissible only for a BHC electing to be treated as an FHC. Furthermore, if the Federal Reserve determines that an FHC has not maintained a CRA rating of at least “satisfactory,” the FHC would not be able to commence any new financial activities or acquire a company that engages in such activities, although the FHC would still be allowed to engage in activities closely related to banking and make investments in the ordinary course of conducting banking activities.

The BHC Act does not place territorial restrictions on permissible non-banking activities of BHCs. The Federal Reserve has the power to order any BHC or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when the Federal Reserve has reasonable grounds to believe that continuation of such activity or such ownership or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness, safety or stability of any bank subsidiary of the BHC.

Capital Requirements

Regions and Regions Bank are each required to comply with applicable capital adequacy standards established by the Federal Reserve, which are based on the Basel III framework.

The Basel III-based U.S. capital rules, among other things, include both risk-based requirements, which compare three measures of capital to RWAs, as well as leverage requirements, which in the case of Category IV BHCs such as Regions, consist of the Tier 1 leverage ratio described below.

Under the U.S. Basel III-based capital rules, the minimum capital ratios are:

•4.5% CET1 capital to RWAs;

•6.0% tier 1 capital (that is, CET1 capital plus additional tier 1 capital) to RWAs;

•8.0% total capital (that is, tier 1 capital plus tier 2 capital) to RWAs; and

•4.0% tier 1 capital to total average consolidated assets (the “leverage ratio”).

12

Table of Contents

The capital rules also require firms to maintain a “buffer,” consisting of solely CET1 capital, in addition to the minimum risk-based requirements. Failure to satisfy the buffer requirement in full results in graduated constraints on capital distributions and discretionary executive compensation. The extent to which capital distributions will be constrained depends on the amount of the shortfall and the institution’s “eligible retained income,” which is defined as the greater of (1) a banking institution’s net income for the four preceding calendar quarters, net of any distributions to shareholders and associated tax effects not already reflected in net income, and (2) the average of a banking institution’s net income over the preceding four quarters. As a Category IV BHC, Regions' SCB is determined through the FRB’s CCAR supervisory stress tests. The SCB reflects stressed losses in the supervisory severely adverse scenario of the CCAR stress tests and includes four quarters of planned common stock dividends. The SCB is subject to a 2.5 percent floor. Regions voluntarily participated in the 2021 CCAR process, and on August 5, 2021 the FRB announced that Regions' SCB for the fourth quarter of 2021 through the third quarter of 2022 is floored at 2.5 percent, the regulatory minimum. For Regions Bank, the buffer requirement consists of the static 2.5 percent CCB. For further information, see “Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review and Stress Testing” below and the “Regulatory Requirements” section of Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Regions is also subject to rules that provide for simplified capital requirements relating to the threshold deductions for mortgage servicing assets, deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences that a banking organization could not realize through net operating loss carry backs, and investments in the capital of unconsolidated financial institutions, as well as the inclusion of minority interests in regulatory capital.

In December 2017, the Basel Committee published standards that it described as the finalization of the Basel III post-crisis regulatory reforms . Among other things, these standards revise the Basel Committee’s standardized approach for credit risk (including recalibrating risk weights and introducing new capital requirements for certain “unconditionally cancellable commitments,” such as unused credit card and home equity lines of credit) and provide a new standardized approach for operational risk capital. Under the Basel framework, these standards will generally be effective on January 1, 2023, with an aggregate output floor phasing in through January 1, 2028. Under the current U.S. Basel III rules, operational risk capital requirements and a capital floor apply only to advanced approaches institutions, and not to Regions or Regions Bank. The impact of these standards will depend on the manner in which they are implemented in the U.S. with respect to firms such as Regions and Regions Bank.

For more information, see the “Regulatory Requirements” section of Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Leverage Requirements

BHCs and banks are also required to comply with minimum leverage capital requirements. These requirements provide for a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total consolidated average tangible assets (as defined for regulatory purposes), called the “leverage ratio,” of 4.0% for all BHCs.

Liquidity Requirements

Under the Tailoring Rules, Category IV firms with less than $50 billion in wSTWF, including Regions and Regions Bank, are not subject to an LCR requirement or the recently finalized NSFR requirement. However, BHCs that are Category IV firms are subject to minimum monthly liquidity buffers and liquidity stress testing requirements under the Federal Reserve’s enhanced prudential standards. Furthermore, as a Category IV firm, Regions is obligated, at a minimum, to: (i) calculate collateral positions monthly; (ii) establish a more limited set of liquidity risk limits than was previously required; (iii) monitor elements of intraday liquidity risk exposures; and (iv) report liquidity data on the FR 2052a on a monthly basis.

Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review and Stress Testing

The Federal Reserve currently conducts analyses of BHCs with at least $100 billion in total consolidated assets using baseline and severely adverse economic and financial scenarios generated by the Federal Reserve. Under the Tailoring Rules, Category IV firms, including Regions, are now subject to supervisory stress testing every other year, in even-numbered years, rather than annually, and are no longer subject to company-run stress testing requirements. The final rule implementing the SCB also eliminated the quantitative objection provisions of CCAR but the Federal Reserve continues to require that a BHC reduce its planned capital distributions if those distributions would not be consistent with the applicable capital buffer constraints based on the BHC’s own baseline scenario projections. Although the final rule replaced the static CCB requirement with one based on the results of the Federal Reserve’s supervisory stress tests, firms continue to be subject to progressively more stringent constraints on capital actions as they approach the minimum ratios. As noted above, banking institutions that fail to meet the effective minimum ratios once the SCB is taken into account will be subject to constraints on capital distributions, including dividends and share repurchases, and certain discretionary executive compensation.

U.S. BHCs with total consolidated assets of $100 billion or more, including Category IV BHCs such as Regions, must develop and maintain a capital plan, and must submit the capital plan to the Federal Reserve as part of the Federal Reserve’s CCAR process. The CCAR process is intended to help ensure that these BHCs have robust, forward-looking capital planning processes that account for each company’s unique risks and that permit continued operations during times of economic and

13

Table of Contents

financial stress. In January 2021, the Federal Reserve finalized a rule that further tailors the capital planning requirements applicable to Category IV firms to align with the two-year supervisory stress testing cycle for Category IV BHCs. Under the final rule, for Category IV BHCs, the portion of the SCB requirement that reflects stressed losses in the supervisory severely adverse scenario of the Federal Reserve’s supervisory stress tests is calculated every other year. During a year in which a Category IV BHC does not undergo a supervisory stress test, the BHC will receive an updated SCB requirement that reflects the BHC’s updated planned common stock dividends. A Category IV BHC is also able to elect to participate in the supervisory stress test in a year in which the BHC would not normally be subject to the supervisory stress test and consequently receive an updated SCB requirement. In addition, the Federal Reserve's capital plan rule relating to the CCAR process provides that a BHC must receive prior approval for any dividend, stock repurchase or other capital distribution if the BHC is required to resubmit its capital plan, subject to an exception for distributions on newly issued capital instruments. Among other circumstances, a BHC may be required to resubmit its capital plan in connection with certain acquisitions or dispositions.

Resolution Planning

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, as amended by EGRRCPA, Category I, II and III BHCs are required to submit resolution plans to the Federal Reserve and FDIC providing for the company’s strategy for rapid and orderly resolution in the event of its material financial distress or failure. Category IV firms such as Regions are not required to submit resolution plans. The FDIC separately requires insured depositary institutions with $100 billion or more in total assets, such as Regions Bank, to submit to the FDIC periodic plans for resolution in the event of the institution’s failure. In June 2021, the FDIC issued a “Statement on Resolution Plans for Insured Depositary Institutions,” which, among other things, establishes a three-year filing cycle for banks with $100 billion or more in total assets, such as Regions Bank, and provides details regarding the content that filers will be expected to prepare. Prior to each plan submission cycle, the FDIC will notify each bank of the timing of its next submission, which will be at least 12 months after the date of that communication. Regions Bank was notified in August 2021 that it will be required to submit the next resolution plan on or before December 1, 2022.

Safety and Soundness Standards

The FDIA requires the federal banking agencies to take prompt corrective action in respect of depository institutions that do not meet specified capital requirements. The FDIA establishes five capital categories (“well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized”), and the federal banking agencies must take certain mandatory supervisory actions, and are authorized to take other discretionary actions, with respect to institutions that are undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized. The severity of these mandatory and discretionary supervisory actions depends upon the capital category in which the institution is placed. Generally, subject to a narrow exception, the FDIA requires the banking regulator to appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is critically undercapitalized. As of December 31, 2021, both Regions and Regions Bank were well-capitalized.

An institution that is classified as well-capitalized based on its capital levels may be treated as adequately capitalized, and an institution that is adequately capitalized or undercapitalized based upon its capital levels may be treated as though it were undercapitalized or significantly undercapitalized, respectively, if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition or an unsafe or unsound practice warrants such treatment.

An institution that is categorized as undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized is required to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan to its appropriate federal banking regulator. Under the FDIA, in order for the capital restoration plan to be accepted by the appropriate federal banking agency, a BHC must guarantee that a subsidiary depository institution will comply with its capital restoration plan, subject to certain limitations. The BHC must also provide appropriate assurances of performance.

The FDIA requires the various regulatory agencies to prescribe certain non-capital standards for safety and soundness relating generally to operations and management, asset quality, and executive compensation and permits regulatory action against a financial institution that does not meet such standards. Regulators also must take into consideration: (i) concentrations of credit risk; (ii) interest rate risk (when the interest rate sensitivity of an institution’s assets does not match the sensitivity of its liabilities or its off-balance sheet position); and (iii) risks from non-traditional activities, as well as an institution’s ability to manage those risks, when determining the adequacy of an institution’s capital. Regulators make this evaluation as a part of their regular examination of the institution’s safety and soundness. Additionally, regulators may choose to examine other factors in order to evaluate the safety and soundness of financial institutions.

Payment of Dividends

We are a legal entity separate and distinct from our banking and other subsidiaries. The principal source of cash flow to us, including cash flow to pay dividends to our shareholders and principal and interest on any of our outstanding debt, is dividends from Regions Bank. There are statutory and regulatory limitations on the payment of dividends by Regions Bank to us, as well as by us to our shareholders.

If, in the opinion of a federal bank regulatory agency, an institution under its jurisdiction is engaged in or is about to engage in an unsafe or unsound practice, such agency may require, after notice and hearing, that such institution cease and

14

Table of Contents

desist from such practice. The federal bank regulatory agencies have indicated that paying dividends that deplete an institution’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice. Under the FDIA, an insured institution may not pay a dividend if payment would cause it to become undercapitalized or if it already is undercapitalized. See “-Safety and Soundness Standards” above. Moreover, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC have issued policy statements stating that BHCs and insured banks should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings.

Payment of Dividends by Regions Bank. Under the Federal Reserve’s Regulation H, Regions Bank may not, without approval of the Federal Reserve, declare or pay a dividend to Regions if the total of all dividends declared in a calendar year exceeds the total of (a) Regions Bank’s net income for that year and (b) its retained net income for the preceding two calendar years, less any required transfers to additional paid-in capital or to a fund for the retirement of preferred stock.

Under Alabama law, Regions Bank may not pay a dividend in excess of 90% of its net earnings unless its surplus is equal to at least 20% of capital. Regions Bank is also required by Alabama law to seek the approval of the Alabama Superintendent of Banking prior to the payment of dividends if the total of all dividends declared by Regions Bank in any calendar year will exceed the total of (a) Regions Bank’s net earnings for that year, plus (b) its retained net earnings for the preceding two years, less any required transfers to surplus. The statute defines net earnings as the remainder of all earnings from current operations plus actual recoveries on loans and investments and other assets, after deducting from the total thereof all current operating expenses, actual losses, accrued dividends on preferred stock, if any, and all federal, state and local taxes. Regions Bank cannot, without approval from the Federal Reserve and the Alabama Superintendent of Banking, declare or pay a dividend to Regions unless Regions Bank is able to satisfy the criteria discussed above.

Payment of Dividends by Regions. Our payment of dividends to our shareholders is subject to the oversight of the Federal Reserve. In particular, the dividend policies and share repurchases of a large BHC, such as Regions, are reviewed by the Federal Reserve based on capital plans submitted as part of the CCAR process and stress tests as submitted by the BHC. See “-Capital Requirements” and “-Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review and Stress Testing” above.

Support of Subsidiary Banks

Under longstanding Federal Reserve policy, which has been codified by the Dodd-Frank Act, Regions is expected to act as a source of financial strength to, and to commit resources to support, its subsidiary bank. This support may be required at times when Regions may not be inclined to provide it. In addition, any capital loans by a BHC to its subsidiary bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. In the event of a BHC’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the BHC to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

Transactions with Affiliates

Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and the Federal Reserve’s Regulation W restrict transactions between a bank and its affiliates, including a parent BHC. Regions Bank is subject to these restrictions, which include quantitative and qualitative limits on the amounts and types of transactions that may take place, including extensions of credit to affiliates, investments in the stock or securities of affiliates, purchases of assets from affiliates and certain other transactions with affiliates. These restrictions also require that credit transactions with affiliates be collateralized and that transactions with affiliates be on market terms or better for the bank. Generally, a bank’s covered transactions with any affiliate are limited to 10% of the bank’s capital stock and surplus and covered transactions with all affiliates are limited to 20% of the bank’s capital stock and surplus.

Deposit Insurance

Regions Bank accepts deposits, and those deposits have the benefit of FDIC insurance up to the applicable limits. Under the FDIA, insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the insured depository institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by a bank’s federal regulatory agency.

Regions Bank pays deposit insurance premiums to the FDIC based on an assessment rate established by the FDIC. FDIC assessment rates for large institutions with more than $10 billion in assets, such as Regions Bank, are calculated based on a “scorecard” methodology that seeks to capture both the probability that an individual large institution will fail and the magnitude of the impact on the deposit insurance fund if such a failure occurs. The calculation is based primarily on the institution's assessment base, which is primarily the difference between average total assets and average tangible equity, multiplied by the institution's assessment rate, which is derived from various risk-based scorecard measures. The FDIC has the ability to make discretionary adjustments to the total score, up or down, based upon significant risk factors that may not be adequately captured in the scorecard. For large institutions, including Regions Bank, after accounting for potential base-rate adjustments, the total base assessment rate that is applied to an institution's calculated assessment base could range from 1.5 to 40 basis points on an annualized basis.

For more information, see the “FDIC Insurance Assessments” section of Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

15

Table of Contents

Acquisitions

The BHC Act requires every BHC to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before: (i) it may acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank or savings and loan association, if after such acquisition, the BHC will directly or indirectly own or control 5% or more of the voting shares of the institution; (ii) it or any of its subsidiaries, other than a bank, may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank or savings and loan association; or (iii) it may merge or consolidate with any other BHC. FHCs must obtain prior approval from the Federal Reserve before acquiring certain non-bank financial companies with assets exceeding $10 billion. FHCs seeking approval to complete an acquisition must be well-capitalized and well-managed.

The BHC Act further provides that the Federal Reserve may not approve any transaction that would result in a monopoly or would be in furtherance of any combination or conspiracy to monopolize or attempt to monopolize the business of banking in any section of the U.S., or the effect of which may be substantially to lessen competition or to tend to create a monopoly in any section of the country, or that in any other manner would be in restraint of trade, unless the anticompetitive effects of the proposed transaction are clearly outweighed by the public interest in meeting the convenience and needs of the community to be served. The Federal Reserve is also required to consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the BHCs and banks impacted and the convenience and needs of the community to be served. Consideration of financial resources generally focuses on capital adequacy, and the consideration of convenience and needs of the community to be served includes the parties’ performance under the CRA. The Federal Reserve must also take into account the institutions’ effectiveness in combating money laundering. In addition, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the BHC Act was amended to require the Federal Reserve to, when evaluating a proposed transaction, consider the extent to which the transaction would result in greater or more concentrated risks to the stability of the U.S. banking or financial system.

In July 2021, the Biden Administration issued an executive order on competition, which included provisions relating to bank mergers. These provisions “encourage” the Department of Justice and the federal banking regulators to update guidelines on banking mergers and to provide more scrutiny of bank mergers. A number of large bank mergers that were pending at the time of the executive order have not yet obtained approval, despite them being filed earlier in 2021 or only obtained approval after extended periods of time.

Depositor Preference

Under federal law, claims of depositors and certain claims for both administrative expenses and employee compensation against an insured depository institution would be afforded a priority over other general unsecured claims against such an institution in the “liquidation or other resolution” of such an institution by any receiver.

Volcker Rule

The Dodd-Frank Act prohibits banks and their affiliates from engaging in proprietary trading and investing in, sponsoring and having certain relationships with private funds such as hedge funds or private equity funds that would be considered an investment company for purposes of the Volcker Rule. The compliance requirements under regulations implementing the Volcker Rule are tailored based on the size and scope of trading activities. The final rules implementing the Volcker Rule also require that large BHCs, such as Regions, design and implement compliance programs to ensure adherence to the Volcker Rule’s prohibitions.

Consumer Protection Laws

We are subject to a number of federal and state consumer protection laws, including laws designed to protect customers and promote lending to various sectors of the economy and population. These laws include, but are not limited to, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, and their respective state law counterparts.

The CFPB has broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement powers under various federal consumer financial protection laws, including the laws referenced above, other fair lending laws and certain other statutes. The CFPB also has examination and primary enforcement authority with respect to consumer financial laws for depository institutions with $10 billion or more in assets, including the authority to prevent unfair, deceptive or abusive practices in connection with the offering of consumer financial products.

Financial Privacy and Cybersecurity

The federal banking regulators have adopted rules that limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to third parties. These limitations require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to non-affiliated third parties. In addition, consumers may also prevent disclosure of certain information among affiliated companies that is assembled or used to determine eligibility for a product or service, such as that shown on consumer credit reports and application information. Consumers also have the option to direct banks and other financial institutions not to share information about transactions and experiences with affiliated companies for the purpose of marketing products or services.

16

Table of Contents

Federal law requires financial institutions to implement a written information security program that includes administrative, technical, and physical safeguards appropriate to the size and complexity of the institution and the nature and scope of its activities. The program should be designed to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer information, protect against unanticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such information, and protect against unauthorized access to or use of such information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer. Financial institutions must also conduct ongoing oversight of third party service providers to ensure they are maintaining appropriate security controls. Financial institutions must report on the institution’s cybersecurity program annually to the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. The federal banking regulators regularly issue guidance regarding cybersecurity intended to enhance cyber risk management standards among financial institutions. A financial institution is expected to establish multiple lines of defense against security threats and to ensure their risk management processes appropriately address the risk posed by potential threats to the institution. A financial institution’s management is expected to maintain sufficient processes to effectively respond and recover the institution’s operations after a cyber-attack. A financial institution is also expected to develop appropriate processes to enable recovery of data and business operations if a critical service provider of the institution falls victim to this type of cyber-attack. The Regions Information Security Program reflects the requirements of these regulatory requirements and guidance.

In addition, on November 18, 2021, the federal banking regulators imposed a new cybersecurity-related notification rule that would require banking organizations, including Regions and Regions Bank, to notify their primary federal regulator as soon as possible and within 36 hours of incidents that have materially disrupted or degraded, or are reasonably likely to materially disrupt or degrade, the banking organization’s ability to deliver services to a material portion of its customer base, jeopardize the viability of key operations of the banking organization, or impact the stability of the financial sector. The rule also imposes requirements on bank service providers to notify their affected banking organization customers of certain computer-security incidents. This rule will become effective on April 1, 2022,with compliance required by May 1, 2022.

State regulators have also been increasingly active in implementing privacy and cybersecurity standards and regulations. Recently, several states have adopted regulations requiring certain financial institutions to implement cybersecurity programs and providing detailed requirements with respect to these programs, including data encryption requirements. Many states have also recently implemented or modified their data breach notification and data privacy requirements. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act became effective on January 1, 2020, and in November 2020, California voters approved the California Privacy Rights Act, which will take effect on January 1, 2023. Comprehensive state privacy laws, approved in 2021, will also take effect in Colorado and Virginia in 2023. We expect this trend of state-level activity in those areas to continue and are continually monitoring developments in the states in which our customers are located.

Community Reinvestment Act

Regions Bank is subject to the provisions of the CRA. Under the terms of the CRA, Regions Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of its communities, including providing credit to individuals residing in low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA requires each appropriate federal bank regulatory agency, in connection with its examination of a depository institution, to assess such institution’s record in assessing and meeting the credit needs of the community served by that institution, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The regulatory agency’s assessment is part of the Federal Reserve’s consideration of applications by a bank or BHC to acquire, merge or consolidate with another banking institution or its holding company, to establish a new branch office that will accept deposits or to relocate an office. In the case of a BHC applicant, the Federal Reserve will assess the records of each subsidiary depository institution of the applicant BHC, and such records may be the basis for denying the application. In April 2018, the U.S. Department of Treasury issued a memorandum to the federal banking regulators with recommended changes to the CRA’s implementing regulations to reduce their complexity and associated burden on banks. Subsequently, in December 2019, the OCC and FDIC issued a notice of proposed rulemaking intended to update and modernize the CRA's implementing regulations. On May 20, 2020, the OCC finalized its rule while the FDIC, which had joined the OCC’s proposed rulemaking, did not proceed with a final rule. The Federal Reserve, which did not join the OCC and FDIC’s proposal, in October 2020 put forth its own advance notice of proposed rulemaking focused on CRA modernization. On December 14, 2021, the OCC issued a final rule to rescind its May, 2020 rule and will join the Federal Reserve and the FDIC in a joint CRA proposal, which will provide more consistency across all insured depository institutions. We will continue to evaluate the impact of any changes to the regulations implementing the CRA. Regions Bank's most recent CRA rating from the Federal Reserve is "Satisfactory".

Compensation Practices

Our compensation practices are subject to oversight by the Federal Reserve. The federal banking regulators have provided guidance designed to ensure that incentive compensation arrangements at banking organizations take into account risk and are consistent with safe and sound practices. The guidance sets forth the following three key principles with respect to incentive compensation arrangements: (i) the arrangements should provide employees with incentives that appropriately balance risk and financial results in a manner that does not encourage employees to expose their organizations to imprudent risk; (ii) the arrangements should be compatible with effective controls and risk management; and (iii) the arrangements should be

17

Table of Contents

supported by strong corporate governance. The guidance provides that supervisory findings with respect to incentive compensation will be incorporated, as appropriate, into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect its ability to make acquisitions or perform other actions. The guidance also provides that enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements or related risk management, control or governance processes pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness.

Anti-Money Laundering

A continued focus of governmental policy relating to financial institutions in recent years has been combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT Act broadened the application of anti-money laundering regulations to apply to additional types of financial institutions such as broker-dealers, investment advisors and insurance companies, and strengthened the ability of the U.S. Government to help prevent, detect and prosecute international money laundering and the financing of terrorism. The principal provisions of Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act require that regulated financial institutions, including state member banks: (i) establish an anti-money laundering program that includes training and audit components; (ii) comply with regulations regarding the verification of the identity of any person seeking to open an account; (iii) take additional required precautions with non-U.S. owned accounts; and (iv) perform certain verification and certification of money laundering risk for their foreign correspondent banking relationships. Failure of a financial institution to comply with the USA PATRIOT Act’s requirements could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution. Regions’ banking subsidiary has augmented its systems and procedures to meet the requirements of these regulations and will continue to revise and update their policies, procedures and controls to reflect changes required by the USA PATRIOT Act and implementing regulations. The USA PATRIOT Act also requires federal banking regulators to evaluate the effectiveness of an applicant in combating money laundering in determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition. In January 2021, the AMLA, which amends the BSA, was enacted. Among other things, the AMLA codifies a risk-based approach to anti-money laundering compliance for financial institutions; requires the development of standards by the U.S. Department of the Treasury for evaluating technology and internal processes for BSA compliance; and expands enforcement- and investigation-related authority, including a significant expansion in the available sanctions for certain BSA violations. Many of the statutory provisions in the AMLA will require additional rulemaking, reports and other measures, and the impact of the AMLA will depend on, among other things, rulemaking and implementation guidance.

In June 2021, FinCEN, which drafts regulations implementing the USA PATRIOT Act and other anti-money laundering and Bank Secrecy Act legislation, issued the priorities for anti-money laundering and countering the financing of terrorism policy required under AMLA. The priorities include: corruption, cybercrime, terrorist financing, fraud, transnational crime, drug trafficking, human trafficking and proliferation financing. Bank regulators are focusing their examinations on anti-money laundering compliance, and we continue to monitor and augment, where necessary, our anti-money laundering compliance programs.

Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation

The U.S. has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and others. These are typically known as the “OFAC” rules based on their administration by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control. The OFAC-administered sanctions targeting countries take many different forms. Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on U.S. persons engaging in financial transactions relating to, making investments in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (e.g., property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences.

Regulation of Broker Dealers and Investment Advisers

Our subsidiaries, Regions Securities LLC and BlackArch Securities LLC, are registered broker-dealers with the SEC and FINRA, and Regions Investment Management, Inc. and Highland Associates, Inc. are registered investment advisers with the SEC. These subsidiaries are, as a result, subject to regulation and examination by the SEC, FINRA and other self-regulatory organizations. These regulations cover a broad range of issues, including capital requirements; sales and trading practices; use of client funds and securities; the conduct of directors, officers and employees; record-keeping and recording; supervisory procedures to prevent improper trading on material non-public information; qualification and licensing of sales personnel; and limitations on the extension of credit in securities transactions. In addition to federal registration, state securities commissions require the registration of certain broker-dealers and investment advisers.

Competition

All aspects of our business are highly competitive. Our subsidiaries compete with other financial institutions located in the states in which they operate and other adjoining states, as well as large banks in major financial centers and other financial

18

Table of Contents

intermediaries, such as savings and loan associations, credit unions, internet banks, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking firms, mortgage companies and financial service operations of major commercial and retail corporations. We expect competition to remain intense among financial services companies given the low interest rate and slower economic environment. Also, future changes in monetary policy, coupled with post-crisis regulatory requirements, may increase competition for certain deposit products. Our success will depend, in part, on market acceptance and regulatory approval of new products and services. Further, we expect consolidation in the financial services industry to continue, which may produce larger, better-capitalized and more geographically diverse companies that are capable of offering a wide array of financial products and services at competitive prices. In addition, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer traditional bank or bank-like products and services and therefore compete with financial institutions like us in providing electronic, internet-based, and mobile phone-based financial solutions. In particular, the activity of fintechs has grown significantly over recent years and is expected to continue to grow. A number of fintechs have applied for, and in some cases been granted, bank or industrial loan charters, while other fintechs have partnered with existing banks to allow them to offer deposit products to their customers. In addition to fintechs, traditional technology companies have begun to make efforts toward providing financial services directly to their customers. Although providing digital products and services has been important to serving customers and competing in the financial services industry for some time, the COVID-19 pandemic further accelerated the move towards digital banking and financial services, and we expect a bank’s digital offerings to be a key competitive differentiator. The continued move toward digital banking and financial services, combined with customer expectations regarding digital offerings, will require us to invest greater resources in technological improvements. Customers for banking services and other financial services offered by our subsidiaries are generally influenced by convenience, quality of service, price of service, personal contacts, the quality of the technology that supports the customer experience, and availability of products. Although our position varies in different markets, we believe that our affiliates effectively compete with other financial services companies in their relevant market areas.

Human Capital

One pillar of our strategic priorities at Regions is the commitment to “Build the Best Team”. We believe one of the biggest differentiators of our performance is the people we employ. The need to attract, retain, and develop the right talent to accomplish our strategic plan is central to our success. As of December 31, 2021, Regions and its subsidiaries had 19,626 full-time equivalent employees supporting our consumer and commercial banking, wealth management, and mortgage product and services primarily across the Southeast and Midwest. Approximately 620 associates were added in the fourth quarter of 2021 from acquisitions closed during the quarter.

Our associate team reflects the diversity of the communities we serve. As of December 2021, approximately 62 percent of our associates were women and approximately 35 percent self-identified as a part of a minority demographic. Because diversity, equity and inclusion are fundamental to our human capital strategy, we believe it is important for our stakeholders to understand our progress, and therefore, we provided additional transparency into our workforce demographics by disclosing 2020 EEO-1 results on our 2020 Workforce Demographics Report available in our online ESG Resource Center.

A strong and impactful human capital program begins at the top. Our Board oversees our corporate strategy and sets the tone for our culture, values and high ethical standards, and through its Committees, holds management accountable for results. Beginning in 2018, the Board expanded the scope of our CHR Committee beyond its traditional compensation-focused role to include oversight of all human capital management efforts within Regions. Since this expansion, the CHR Committee has strategically conducted reviews of talent management and acquisition, succession planning, associate conduct, associate learning and development, diversity, equity and inclusion, and associate retention. Notably, in 2019, the CHR Committee further strengthened its oversight of these areas through the implementation of a HCM Dashboard that it reviews periodically throughout the year. The HCM Dashboard includes a mixture of trending and point-in-time metrics designed to provide information and analysis of workforce demographics; talent acquisition; workforce stability (retention, turnover, etc.); associate engagement; learning and development; and total rewards and associate support program utilization and effectiveness.

In order to build the best team, it is necessary for us to fill talent needs with qualified, diverse and engaged associates. Key to our success is our internal talent management program which strives to optimally deploy existing talent across Regions by focusing on where our associates excel and helping them find the best roles for them. For those roles which we fill externally, we continually build talent pipelines with an eye toward not only current needs, but also future demands of our business. Regions uses a number of innovative tools and structured processes to achieve our goals including applications and resources designed to reach larger and more diverse audiences. Our recruiting technology is agile, user friendly and allows us to offer to candidates a robust understanding of our needs, requirements and a view of our culture to support the building of a diverse, engaged workforce.

Diversity, equity and inclusion are fundamental to our corporate strategy. Our commitment to diversity and inclusion as noted starts at the top of our organization, with oversight of our initiatives provided by the CHR Committee. Led by our executive level Chief DE&I Officer, this commitment is implemented by a dedicated DE&I team, reinforced by senior leaders, and supported by our outstanding management team and associates. We track our progress in this area and continually implement programs and practices to support managers in reaching our goals.

19

Table of Contents

We also consider it critical to our success to invest in the professional development of all of our associates. We emphasize our commitment to professional development through opportunities such as technical, skills-based, management, and leadership training programs; formal talent and performance management processes; and sustainable career paths. We also aim to prepare our workforce for a rapidly changing environment and understand that reskilling and upskilling are crucial to staying competitive, meeting the needs of the modern workforce, and retaining associates. We’ve established a customized learning experience platform that provides the tools to measure, build, and communicate skills inside the Company. This tool provides the ability to inventory the skills our associates have, allowing us to target our development efforts on specific areas where elevated skills are needed. Regions also offers a leader and manager development program created to help people managers understand how to evaluate performance by leveraging the power of a strengths-based and engagement-focused workforce and culture.

Understanding that automation, cognitive technologies, and the open talent economy are reshaping the future of work, Regions makes available to technology associates courses on-demand that offer intensive learning in application development, information technology operations, security, and technology architecture. This solution also offers professional development for data and business professionals. In addition, almost all associates may access a full suite of courses regardless of whether the application is needed in their current role.

We aim to offer competitive and fair compensation to our associates. Base salaries are established considering market competitive rates for specific roles; additionally, on an individual basis base salaries reflect the experience and performance levels of our associates. We assess the competitiveness of our ranges on an annual basis by benchmarking our rates against those paid by our peers. In 2018, we established a minimum starting rate for our entry level positions at $15 an hour and we continue to study and review that level to ensure appropriateness. In addition to base salaries, we promote a robust pay-for-performance philosophy and incentivize a large majority of our associate population with incentive compensation designed to drive strategies, behaviors and business goals within our unique lines of business. Long-term stock-based incentive compensation is also key to the attraction and retention of key talent and is offered thoughtfully to our executive and leadership ranks. We believe tying the interests of our leaders to those of our shareholders creates a strong link to company performance.

As the success of our business is fundamentally connected to the well-being of our associates, we aim to offer a competitive and comprehensive benefits program to support associates throughout all life stages. Our benefits include comprehensive health, life, and disability coverage that are funded in whole or in part by the Company as well as a 401(k) plan with a dollar-for-dollar company match on employee contributions up to 5 percent of pay and a base contribution of 2 percent of pay for all associates who do not participate in our grandfathered pension program. We also offer our associates programs and tools to support their total well-being including a range of flexible work arrangements, generous time-off policies, physical, mental, and financial wellness benefits as well as other programs and practices that support associates and their families throughout the full spectrum of their careers and lives.

Finally, in any review of human capital programs over the past year, it is imperative to note responsive changes we have made in reaction to the evolving COVID-19 pandemic. During 2021, we implemented changes and enhancements that we determined were in the best interests of our associates, our customers and the communities we serve. In 2021, Regions began the process of returning remote working associates to office locations, with some employees maintaining the ability to work remotely on a full-time or hybrid basis. In addition, we implemented many other measures to help ensure and support associate safety. These measures included continuing to provide COVID-19 testing and relevant treatment at no cost to associates, continuing to offer expanded access to and payment for telehealth benefits and offering enhanced leave of absence benefits for those dealing with the virus or quarantine requirements. In all of our locations, we have signage to promote social distancing, implemented enhanced sanitizing protocols, and have provided appropriate facemasks and other sanitizing supplies to protect associates, customers, and our communities.

Available Information

We maintain a website at www.regions.com. We make available on our website, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, including exhibits, and amendments to those reports that are filed with or furnished to the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These documents are made available on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. The SEC also maintains an internet site (www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, including Regions. Also available on our website are our (i) Corporate Governance Principles, (ii) Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, (iii) Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers, (iv) Fair Disclosure Policy Summary, (v) the charters of our Audit Committee, Compensation and Human Resources Committee, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and Risk Committee, and (vi) a number of ESG reports and documents. Information included on our website is not incorporated into, or otherwise made a part of, this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

20

Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors

An investment in the Company involves risks, some of which, including market, liquidity, credit, operational, legal, compliance, reputational and strategic risks, could be substantial and is inherent in our business. These risks also includes the possibility that the value of the investment could decrease considerably, and dividends or other distributions concerning the investment could be reduced or eliminated. Discussed below are risk factors that could adversely affect our financial results and condition, as well as the value of, and return on investment in the Company.

Risks Related to the Operation of Our Business

Our businesses have been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by conditions in the financial markets and economic conditions generally.

We provide traditional commercial, retail and mortgage banking services, as well as other financial services including asset management, wealth management, securities brokerage, merger-and-acquisition advisory services and other specialty financing. All of our businesses are materially affected by conditions in the financial markets and economic conditions generally or specifically in the South, Midwest and Texas, the principal markets in which we conduct business. A worsening of business and economic conditions generally or specifically in the principal markets in which we conduct business could have adverse effects on our business, including the following:

•A decrease in the demand for, or the availability of, loans and other products and services offered by us;

•A decrease in the value of our loans held for sale or other assets secured by consumer or commercial real estate;

•An impairment of certain intangible assets, such as goodwill;

•A decrease in interest income from variable rate loans, due to declines in interest rates; and

•An increase in the number of clients and counterparties who become delinquent, file for protection under bankruptcy laws or default on their loans or other obligations to us, which could result in a higher level of nonperforming assets, net charge-offs, provisions for credit losses, and valuation adjustments on loans held for sale.

In the event of severely adverse business and economic conditions generally or specifically in the principal markets in which we conduct business, there can be no assurance that the federal government and the Federal Reserve would intervene. Further, the trajectory of the COVID-19 pandemic (including variant strains and resurgences of the COVID-19 virus) and its effects on the U.S. and global economy remains uncertain, as does the success of any measures taken or that may be taken in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, which ultimately may not be sufficient to address the specific effects of the pandemic or avert severe and prolonged reductions in economic activity. If economic conditions worsen or volatility increases, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Volatility and uncertainty related to inflation and the effects of inflation, which may lead to increased costs for businesses and consumers and potentially contribute to poor business and economic conditions generally, may enhance or contribute to some of the risks discussed herein. For example, higher inflation, or volatility and uncertainty related to inflation, could reduce demand for the our products, adversely affect the creditworthiness of the Company’s borrowers or result in lower values for the our investment securities and other interest-earning assets.

Our business, financial condition, liquidity, capital and results of operations have been, and will likely continue to be, adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic.

The COVID-19 pandemic has created disruptions that have adversely affected, and may in the future adversely affect, our business, financial condition, liquidity, capital and results of operations. We cannot predict the extent to which the pandemic will cause such adverse effects in the future. The nature and extent of any ongoing or future adverse effects will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and outside our control, including the scope and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and its impact on our employees, clients, customers, counterparties and service providers, as well as other market participants.

Circumstances brought about by the pandemic persist, and likely will persist, including supply chain disruptions, labor shortages, increased market volatility, credit deterioration and defaults, and increased spending on business continuity efforts, which may require that we reduce costs and investments in other areas. Should the pandemic worsen, we may face additional circumstances such as significant draws on credit lines should customers seek to increase liquidity.

We are offering assistance to support customers based upon customer needs. If such measures are not effective in mitigating the effects of the pandemic on borrowers, we may experience higher rates of default and increased credit losses in the future. We may also have to provide additional assistance or otherwise experience higher rates of default and increased credit losses.

Further, we have approximately $748 million in PPP loans as of year-end 2021. While much of the PPP forgiveness process has been completed, these efforts may continue to affect our revenue and results of operations and make our results

21

Table of Contents

more difficult to forecast. In addition, the PPP and other government programs in which we may participate are complex and our participation may lead to governmental and regulatory scrutiny, negative publicity and damage to our reputation.

The effects of the COVID-19 pandemic may also cause some of our commercial customers to be unable to pay their loans as they come due or decrease the value of collateral, which could cause significant increases in our credit losses. The pandemic may alter consumer behavior, including short- and long-term spending patterns. Accordingly, certain of these industries may continue to be negatively impacted even after the pandemic has subsided.

Other negative effects of the pandemic that may impact our business, financial condition, liquidity, capital and results of operations cannot be predicted at this time, but it is likely that such adverse effects will continue until the COVID-19 pandemic subsides. The COVID-19 pandemic may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and any subsequent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

Ineffective liquidity management could adversely affect our financial results and condition.

Effective liquidity management is essential for the operation of our business. We require sufficient liquidity to meet customer loan requests, customer deposit maturities/withdrawals, payments on our debt obligations as they come due and other cash commitments under both normal operating conditions and unpredictable circumstances causing industry or general financial market stress. Further, a substantial majority of our assets are loans, which cannot necessarily be called or sold on timeframes short enough to meet these liquidity requirements. In addition, our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities on terms that are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry or economy generally. Factors that could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include a downturn in the geographic markets in which our loans and operations are concentrated, difficult credit markets, or unforeseen outflows of cash or collateral, including as a result of unusual effects in the market, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Although we have historically been able to meet the liquidity needs of customers as necessary, the ability to do so is not assured, especially if a large number of our depositors seek to withdraw their accounts, regardless of the reason. A failure to maintain adequate liquidity could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our operations are concentrated primarily in the South, Midwest and Texas, and adverse changes in the economic conditions in this region can adversely affect our financial results and condition.

Our operations are concentrated primarily in the South, Midwest and Texas. As a result, local economic conditions in these areas significantly affect the demand for the loans and other products we offer to our customers (including real estate, commercial and construction loans), the ability of borrowers to repay these loans and the value of the collateral securing these loans. Any declines in real estate values in these areas may adversely affect borrowers and the value of the collateral securing many of our loans, which could adversely affect our currently performing loans, leading to future delinquencies or defaults and increases in our provision for credit losses. Further or continued adverse changes in these economic conditions could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Weather-related events and other natural or man-made disasters could cause a disruption in our operations or lead to other consequences that could adversely impact our financial results and condition. These impacts could be intensified by climate change. Heightening focus on climate change may also carry transition risks that could negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Weather-related events, other natural or man-made disasters, climate change and the transition to a lower-carbon economy all pose near and long-term risks to our business and/or that of our customers and are expected to increase over time.

A significant portion of our operations is located in the areas bordering the Gulf of Mexico and the Atlantic Ocean, regions that are susceptible to hurricanes, or in areas of the Southeastern U.S. that are susceptible to tornadoes and other severe weather events. In particular, in recent years, a number of severe hurricanes impacted areas in our footprint. Many areas in the Southeastern U.S. have also experienced severe droughts and floods in recent years. Any of these, or any other severe weather event, could cause disruption to our operations and could have a material adverse effect on our overall business, results of operations or financial condition. We have taken certain preemptive measures that we believe will mitigate these adverse effects, such as maintaining insurance that includes coverage for resultant losses and expenses. However, such measures cannot predict the nature, timing, or level of severe weather events or prevent the disruption that a catastrophic earthquake, fire, hurricane, tornado or other severe weather event could cause to the markets that we serve and any resulting adverse impact on our customers, such as hindering our borrowers’ ability to timely repay their loans and diminishing the value of any collateral held by us. Man-made disasters and other events connected with the Gulf of Mexico or Atlantic Ocean, such as oil spills, could have similar effects.

Climate change could intensify the severity of and increase the frequency of adverse effects of weather-related events impacting us and our customers. Namely, climate change may intensify the severity of and increase the frequency of earthquakes, fires, hurricanes, tornadoes, droughts, floods and other weather-related events, which could cause even greater disruption to our business and operations. Longer-term changes, such as increasing average temperatures and rising sea levels, may damage, destroy or otherwise impact the value or productivity of our properties and other assets, reduce the availability of insurance, and/or lead to prolonged disruptions in our operations.

22

Table of Contents

Responding to concerns around climate change provides us with potential new avenues through which we can support our stakeholders but also exposes us to risks associated with the transition to a lower-carbon economy. Such risks may result from changes in policies, laws and regulations, technologies, or market preferences that are intended to address climate change. These changes could materially and negatively impact our business, results of operations, financial condition and our reputation, in addition to having a similar impact on our customers. Federal and state regulatory authorities, investors and other third parties have increasingly viewed financial institutions as important in addressing risks related to climate change, which may result in financial institutions facing increased pressure regarding the disclosure and management of climate risks and related lending and investment activities. Relatedly, we may face increased scrutiny related to our ability to demonstrate resilience to potential climate-related risks, including systemic risks posed by operational disruptions and external demands. Ongoing legislative or regulatory uncertainties and changes regarding climate risk management and practices may result in higher regulatory, compliance, credit and reputational risks and costs. In addition, the transition to a lower-carbon economy could indirectly subject Regions to specific risks through our borrowers' exposure to changes in commodity prices. For more information see “Weakness in commodity businesses could adversely affect our performance” below.

We are subject to environmental, social and governance risks that could adversely affect our reputation and the trading price of our common stock.

We are subject to a variety of risks, including reputational risk, associated with environmental, social and governance, or ESG, issues. As a large financial institution with a diverse base of customers, vendors and suppliers, we may face negative publicity based on the identity of those with whom we choose to do business. The public holds diverse and conflicting views of those entities and their activities, including the perceived environmental, social or economic impacts of our business and that of our customers, vendors and suppliers. Because Regions has multiple stakeholders, among them shareholders, customers, employees, federal and state regulatory authorities, and political entities, often those stakeholders have differing priorities and expectations regarding ESG issues. Simultaneous, disparate sentiments from multiple stakeholder groups must be considered. Taking action in conflict with one or another of those stakeholder's expectations could lead to loss of business, adverse publicity, customer complaints, or public protests. Negative publicity may be driven by adverse news coverage in traditional media and may also be spread more broadly through the use of social media platforms. If Regions’ relationships with its customers, vendors and suppliers were to become the subject of such negative publicity, our ability to attract and retain customers and employees, compete effectively, and grow our business may be negatively impacted. Additionally, a growing number of investors (in particular significant U.S. institutional investors who hold and manage substantial equity positions, in some cases in nearly all major U.S. listed companies) are integrating ESG factors into their analysis of the expected risk and return of potential investments. The specific ESG factors considered, as well as the approach to incorporating the factors into a broader investment process, vary by investor and can shift over time. Regions' failure to align with, or remain aligned with, investors' ESG-related priorities may negatively impact the trading price of our common stock.

If we experience greater credit losses in our loan portfolios than anticipated, our earnings may be materially adversely affected.

As a lender, we are exposed to the risk that our customers will be unable to repay their loans and leases according to their terms and that any collateral securing the payment of their loans and leases may not be sufficient to assure repayment. Credit losses are inherent in the business of making loans and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio and provide an allowance for credit losses based on a number of factors. Our management periodically determines the allowance for credit losses based on available information, including the quality of the loan portfolio, the value of the underlying collateral and the level of non-accrual loans, taking into account relevant information about past events, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions that affect the collectability of our loan portfolio. Increases in the allowance will result in an expense for the period, thereby reducing our reported net income. If, as a result of general economic conditions, there is a decrease in asset quality or growth in the loan portfolio and management determines that additional increases in the allowance for credit losses are necessary, we may incur additional expenses which will reduce our net income, and our business, results of operations or financial condition may be materially adversely affected.

Although our management will establish an allowance for credit losses it believes is appropriate to absorb expected credit losses over the life of loans in our loan portfolio, this allowance may not be adequate. For example, if a hurricane or other natural disaster were to occur in one of our principal markets or if economic conditions in those markets were to deteriorate unexpectedly, additional credit losses not incorporated in the existing allowance for credit losses may occur. Losses in excess of the existing allowance for credit losses will reduce our net income and could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition, perhaps materially.

In addition, bank regulatory agencies will periodically review our allowance for credit losses and the value attributed to non-accrual loans and to real estate acquired through foreclosure. Such regulatory agencies may require us to adjust our determination of the value for these items. These adjustments could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

23

Table of Contents

As discussed in greater detail below, CECL became effective January 1, 2020, and substantially changed the accounting for credit losses on loans and other financial assets. The accounting standard removed the historical “probable” threshold in GAAP for recognizing credit losses and instead required companies to reflect their estimate of credit losses over the life of the financial assets. See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for disclosure on the impact to the allowance at adoption in 2020.

Weakness in the residential real estate markets could adversely affect our performance.

As of December 31, 2021, consumer residential real estate loans represented approximately 27.1% of our total loan portfolio. Declines in home values would adversely affect the value of collateral securing the residential real estate that we hold, as well as the volume of loan originations and the amount we realize on the sale of real estate loans. These factors could result in higher delinquencies and greater charge-offs in future periods, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Weakness in the commercial real estate markets could adversely affect our performance.

As of December 31, 2021, approximately 8.0% of our loan portfolio consisted of investor real estate loans. The properties securing income-producing investor real estate loans are typically not fully leased at the origination of the loan. The borrower’s ability to repay the loan is instead dependent upon additional leasing through the life of the loan or the borrower’s successful operation of a business. Continued uncertainty in economic conditions, including those caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, may impair a borrower's business operations and slow the execution of new leases. Such economic conditions may also lead to existing lease turnover. As a result of these factors, vacancy rates for retail, office and industrial space may increase, and hotel occupancy rates may decline. High vacancy and lower occupancy rates could also result in rents falling. The combination of these factors could result in deterioration in the fundamentals underlying the commercial real estate market and the deterioration in value of some of our loans. Any such deterioration could adversely affect the ability of our borrowers to repay the amounts due under their loans. As a result, our business, results of operations or financial condition may be materially adversely affected.

Risks associated with home equity products where we are in a second lien position could materially adversely affect our performance.

Home equity products, particularly those in a second lien position, may carry a higher risk of of non-collection than other loans. Home equity lending includes both home equity loans and lines of credit. Of our $6.3 billion home equity portfolio at December 31, 2021, approximately $3.7 billion were home equity lines of credit and $2.5 billion were closed-end home equity loans (primarily originated as amortizing loans). Real estate market values at the time of origination directly affect the amount of credit extended, and, in addition, past and future changes in these values impact the depth of potential losses. Second lien position lending carries higher credit risk because any decrease in real estate pricing may result in the value of the collateral being insufficient to cover the second lien after the first lien position has been satisfied. As of December 31, 2021, approximately $1.8 billion of our home equity lines and loans were in a second lien position.

Weakness in commodity businesses could adversely affect our performance.

Many of our borrowers operate in industries that are directly or indirectly impacted by changes in commodity prices. This includes agriculture, livestock, metals, timber, textiles and energy businesses (including oil, gas and petrochemical), as well as businesses indirectly impacted by commodities prices such as businesses that transport commodities or manufacture equipment used in production of commodities. Changes in commodity products prices depend on local, regional and global events or conditions that affect supply and demand for the relevant commodity. These industries have been, and may in the future be, subject to significant volatility. For example, oil prices have been volatile in recent years, including in 2020 and 2021, and in 2021 commodity prices have generally increased as a result of increased demand combined with supply chain disruption driven by the COVID-19 pandemic. As a consequence of oil and gas price volatility, our energy-related portfolio may be subject to additional pressure on credit quality metrics including past due, criticized, and non-performing loans, as well as net charge-offs. In addition, legislative changes such as the elimination of certain tax incentives and the transition to a less carbon dependent economy in response to climate change and other factors could have significant impacts on this portfolio.

Industry competition may adversely affect our degree of success.

Our profitability depends on our ability to compete successfully. We operate in a highly competitive industry that could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes, as well as continued industry consolidation. This consolidation may produce larger, better-capitalized and more geographically diverse companies that are capable of offering a wider array of financial products and services at more competitive prices. For example, there have been a number of recently completed or announced significant mergers of financial institutions within our market areas, and there may in the future be additional consolidation. These mergers will, if completed, allow the merged financial institutions to benefit from cost savings and shared resources.

In our market areas, we face competition from other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, internet banks, fintechs, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking firms,

24

Table of Contents

mortgage companies, and other financial intermediaries that offer similar services. Some of our non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive regulations we are and, therefore, may have greater flexibility in competing for business.

In addition, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services, such as loans and payment services, that traditionally were banking products, and made it possible for technology companies to compete with financial institutions in providing electronic, internet-based, and mobile phone–based financial solutions. Competition with non-banks, including technology companies, to provide financial products and services is intensifying. In particular, the activity of fintechs has grown significantly over recent years and is expected to continue to grow. Fintechs have and may continue to offer bank or bank-like products. For example, a number of fintechs have applied for, and in some cases been granted, bank or industrial loan charters. In addition, other fintechs have partnered with existing banks to allow them to offer deposit products to their customers. Regulatory changes, such as the December 2020 revisions to the FDIC’s rules on brokered deposits intended to reflect recent technological changes and innovations, may also make it easier for fintechs to partner with banks and offer deposit products. In addition to fintechs, traditional technology companies have begun to make efforts toward providing financial services directly to their customers and are expected to continue to explore new ways to do so. Many of these companies, including our competitors, have fewer regulatory constraints, and some have lower cost structures, in part due to lack of physical locations. Although providing digital products and services has been important to serving customers and competing in the financial services industry for some time, the COVID-19 pandemic has further accelerated the move toward digital banking and financial services and we expect a bank’s digital offerings to be a key competitive differentiator beyond the COVID-19 pandemic. The move toward digital banking and financial services, and customer expectations regarding digital offerings, will require us to invest greater resources in technological improvements and may put us at a disadvantage to banks and non-banks with greater resources to spend on technology..

Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of additional factors, including customer convenience, quality of service, personal contacts, the quality of the technology that supports the customer experience, pricing and range of products. If we are unable to successfully compete for new customers and to retain our current customers, our business, financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected, perhaps materially. In particular, if we experience an outflow of deposits as a result of our customers seeking investments with higher yields or greater financial stability, we may be forced to rely more heavily on borrowings and other sources of funding to operate our business and meet withdrawal demands, thereby adversely affecting our net interest margin and financial performance. In addition, we may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. As a result, our ability to effectively compete to retain or acquire new business may be impaired, and our business, financial condition or results of operations, may be adversely affected.

Fluctuations in market interest rates may adversely affect our performance.

Our profitability depends to a large extent on our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income received on interest-earning assets (primarily loans, leases, investment securities and cash balances held at the FRB) and the interest expense incurred in connection with interest-bearing liabilities (primarily deposits and borrowings). The level of net interest income is primarily a function of the average balance of interest-earning assets, the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities and the spread between the yield on such assets and the cost of such liabilities. These factors are influenced by both the pricing and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities which, in turn, are impacted by external factors such as the local economy, competition for loans and deposits, the monetary policy of the FOMC and interest rates markets.

The cost of our deposits and short-term wholesale borrowings is largely based on market-based liquidity and short-term interest rates, the level of which is influenced heavily by the FOMC’s monetary policy. However, the yields generated by our loans and securities are typically driven by both short-term and longer-term interest rates. Longer-term rates are affected by multiple factors including the actions of the FOMC such as quantitative easing or tightening, as well as the market’s expectations for future inflation, growth and other economic considerations. The level of net interest income is, therefore, influenced by the overall level of interest rates along with the shape of the yield curve. Interest rate volatility can reduce unrealized gains or create unrealized losses in our portfolios. If the interest rates on our interest-bearing liabilities increase at a faster pace than the interest rates on our interest-earning assets, our net interest income may decline. Our net interest income would be similarly affected if the interest rates on our interest-earning assets declined at a faster pace than the interest rates on our interest-bearing liabilities.

The monetary response to the pandemic, including significant reductions to the federal funds rate along with the Federal Reserves's quantitative easing program, has led to a decrease in the yields on U.S. Treasury securities. The yield curve steepened throughout 2021 in anticipation of an economic recovery and removal of monetary accommodation. However, if interest rates remain near historic lows or move lower, we would expect modest declines in net interest income over the next twelve months given the protection that remains in place from the Company's interest rate hedging program.

Conversely, an increasing rate environment would have a positive impact on net interest income. However, increasing rates would also increase debt service requirements for some of our borrowers and may adversely affect those borrowers’ ability to pay as contractually obligated and could result in additional delinquencies or charge-offs. Our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected as a result.

25

Table of Contents

For a more detailed discussion of these risks and our management strategies for these risks, see the "Executive Overview", “Net Interest Income, Margin and Interest Rate Risk,” “Net Interest Income and Margin,” “Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk” and “Securities” sections of Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Transitions away from and the replacement of LIBOR and other benchmark rates could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our floating-rate funding, certain hedging transactions and certain of the products that we offer, such as floating-rate loans and mortgages, determine their applicable interest rate or payment amount by reference to a benchmark rate, such as LIBOR, or to an index, currency, basket or other financial metric. LIBOR and certain other benchmark rates are the subject of recent national, international, and other regulatory guidance and proposals for reform. The U.K. FCA and the administrator for LIBOR have announced that the publication of one week and two-month LIBOR settings ceased to be published or to be representative as of December 31, 2021. The publication of all other LIBOR settings, which are the most commonly used U.S. dollar LIBOR settings, will cease to be published or cease to be representative after June 30, 2023. In addition, the U.S. bank regulators had also issued guidance strongly encouraging banking organizations to cease using U.S. dollar LIBOR as a reference rate in new contracts as soon as practicable and in any event by December 31, 2021. As a result, financial market participants have begun to transition away from LIBOR and other similar inter-bank offering rates. This transition is further supported by the requirements of the EU Benchmarks Regulation, which no longer permits inter-bank offering rates that rely on quotes or estimates submitted by contributing banks that are not anchored in transaction-based data.

Various regulators, industry bodies and other market participants in the U.S. and other countries are engaged in initiatives to develop, introduce and encourage the use of alternative rates to replace certain benchmarks. In the U.S., SOFR has been identified by the Alternate Reference Rates Committee convened by the Federal Reserve as the alternative benchmark rate to U.S. dollar LIBOR.

However, there continues to be substantial uncertainty as to the ultimate effects of LIBOR transition, including with respect to the acceptance and use of SOFR or other alternative benchmark rates. The characteristics of these new rates are not identical to the benchmarks they seek to replace, will not produce the exact economic equivalent as those benchmarks, and may perform differently in a variety of market conditions compared to those benchmarks.

Uncertainty remains as to the transition process and acceptance of SOFR as the primary alternative to LIBOR. Derivatives markets linked to proposed alternatives, including swaps markets, have not yet developed into robust markets, which may present continuing risks as the June 30, 2023 cessation date approaches. Other benchmark administrators have also proposed potentially viable replacement rate options, including Bloomberg Index Services Limited’s “BSBY” and the American Financial Exchange’s “AMERIBOR”. At this time, it is not possible to predict whether any of the available rates will be broadly accepted, whether they will continue to evolve, and what the effect of their implementation may be on the markets for floating-rate financial instruments. Further, it is not possible to predict the extent of additional developments in derivative markets linked to these benchmarks.

Certain of our LIBOR-based financial products and contracts, including, but not limited to, hedging products, debt obligations, preferred stock, investments, and loans, extend beyond proposed LIBOR cessation timelines. We are in the process of assessing the impact that a cessation or market replacement of LIBOR would have on these various products and contracts.

For a more detailed discussion of our management strategies related to the LIBOR cessation and transition, see the “LIBOR Transition” section of Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Any future reductions in our credit ratings may increase our funding costs and place limitations on business activities.

The major ratings agencies regularly evaluate us, and their ratings are based on a number of factors, including our financial strength and conditions affecting the financial services industry generally. In general, ratings agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix and level and quality of earnings, and we may not be able to maintain our current credit ratings. The ratings assigned to Regions and Regions Bank remain subject to change at any time, and it is possible that any ratings agency will take action to downgrade Regions, Regions Bank or both in the future. Additionally, ratings agencies may also make substantial changes to their ratings policies and practices, which may affect our credit ratings. In the future, changes to existing ratings guidelines and new ratings guidelines may, among other things, adversely affect the ratings of our securities or other securities in which we have an economic interest.

Regions’ credit ratings can have negative consequences that can impact our ability to access the debt and capital markets, as well as reduce our profitability through increased costs on future debt issuances. If Regions were to be downgraded below investment grade, we may not be able to reliably access the short-term unsecured funding markets, and certain customers could be prohibited from placing deposits with Regions Bank, which could cause us to hold more cash and liquid investments to meet our ongoing liquidity needs. Such actions could reduce our profitability as these liquid investments earn a lower return than

26

Table of Contents

other assets, such as loans. See the "Liquidity" section within “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for Regions' liquidity policy.

Additionally, if Regions were to be downgraded to below investment grade, certain counterparty contracts may be required to be renegotiated or require posting of additional collateral. Refer to Note 20 "Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities" to the consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fair value of contracts subject to contingent credit features and the collateral postings associated with such contracts. Although the exact amount of additional collateral is unknown, it is reasonable to conclude that Regions may be required to post additional collateral related to existing contracts with contingent credit features.

The value of our goodwill and other intangible assets may decline in the future.

As of December 31, 2021, we had $5.7 billion of goodwill and $305 million of other intangible assets. A significant decline in our expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, slower economic growth or a significant and sustained decline in the price of our common stock, any or all of which could be materially impacted by many of the risk factors discussed herein, may necessitate our taking charges in the future related to the impairment of our goodwill. Although they have not to-date, the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic may in the future impact our assessment of our goodwill. Future regulatory actions and increases in income tax rates could also have a material impact on assessments of goodwill for impairment. If we were to conclude that a future write-down of our goodwill is necessary, we would record the appropriate charge, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Identifiable intangible assets other than goodwill consist primarily of core deposit intangibles, purchased credit card relationship assets, broker and contractor origination networks and agency commercial real estate licenses. Adverse events or circumstances could impact the recoverability of these intangible assets including loss of core deposits, losses of broker and contractor relationships, significant losses of credit card accounts and/or balances, increased competition and adverse changes in the economy. To the extent these intangible assets are deemed unrecoverable, a non-cash impairment charge would be recorded, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

The value of our deferred tax assets could adversely affect our operating results and regulatory capital ratios.

As of December 31, 2021, Regions had approximately $306 million in net deferred tax liabilities, which included approximately $603 million of deferred tax assets (net of valuation allowance of $29 million). Our deferred tax assets are subject to an evaluation of whether it is more likely than not that they will be realized for financial statement purposes. In making this determination, we consider all positive and negative evidence available, including the impact of recent operating results, future reversals of taxable temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards and tax planning strategies. We have determined that the deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realized at December 31, 2021 (except for $29 million related to state deferred tax assets for which we have established a valuation allowance). If we were to conclude that a significant portion of our deferred tax assets were not more likely than not to be realized, the required valuation allowance could adversely affect our financial position, results of operations and regulatory capital ratios. In addition, the value of our deferred tax assets and liabilities would be affected by a change in statutory tax rates. An increase in statutory rates would have an adverse effect on a net deferred tax liability position. Other tax law changes could have a detrimental impact on the value of deferred tax assets.

Changes in the soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.

Financial services companies are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds, and other institutional clients. As a result, defaults by, or even mere speculation about, one or more financial services companies, or the financial services industry generally, may lead to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default of our counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated if the collateral held by us cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or lease or derivative exposure due us. Any such losses may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our businesses may be adversely affected if we are unable to hire and retain qualified employees.

Our success depends, in part, on our executive officers and other key personnel. The market for qualified individuals is highly competitive, and we may not be able to attract and retain qualified personnel or candidates to replace or succeed members of our senior management team or other key personnel. As a large financial and banking institution, we may be subject to limitations on compensation practices, which may or may not affect our competitors, by the Federal Reserve, the FDIC or other regulators. These limitations could further affect our ability to attract and retain our executive officers and other key personnel, in particular as we are more often competing for personnel with fintechs, technology companies and other less regulated entities who may not have the same limitations on compensation as we do. The increase in remote work arrangements and opportunities in regional, national and global labor markets has also increased competition to attract and retain skilled personnel. Our current or future approach to in-office and remote-work arrangements may not meet the needs or expectations of

27

Table of Contents

our current or prospective employees or may not be perceived as favorable as the arrangements offered by other employers, which could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain employees.

We are subject to a variety of operational risks, including the risk of fraud or theft by employees, which may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We are exposed to many types of operational risks, including business resilience, process, third party, information technology, human resource, model, and fraud risks, each of which may be amplified by continued remote work. Regions’ fraud risks include fraud committed by external parties against the Company or its customers and fraud committed internally by our associates. Certain fraud risks, including identity theft and account takeover may increase as a result of customers’ account or personally identifiable information being obtained through breaches of retailers’ or other third parties’ networks. We have established processes and procedures intended to identify, measure, monitor, mitigate, report and analyze these risks; however, there are inherent limitations to our risk management strategies as there may exist, or develop in the future, risks that we have not appropriately anticipated, monitored or identified. If our risk management framework proves ineffective, we could suffer unexpected losses, we may have to expend resources detecting and correcting the failure in our systems and we may be subject to potential claims from third parties and government agencies. We may also suffer severe reputational damage. Any of these consequences could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In particular, the unauthorized disclosure, misappropriation, mishandling or misuse of personal, non-public, confidential or proprietary information of customers could result in significant regulatory consequences, reputational damage and financial loss.

Damage to our reputation could significantly harm our businesses.

Our ability to attract and retain customers and highly-skilled management and employees is impacted by our reputation. A negative public opinion of us and our business can result from any number of activities, including our lending practices, corporate governance and regulatory compliance, acquisitions and actions taken by community organizations in response to these activities. Furthermore, negative publicity regarding Regions as an employer could have an adverse impact on our reputation, especially with respect to matters of diversity, pay equity and workplace harassment.

Significant harm to our reputation, or the reputation of any company, could also arise as a result of regulatory or governmental actions, litigation and the activities of our customers, other participants in the financial services industry or our contractual counterparties, such as our service providers and vendors. The potential harm is heightened given increased attention to how corporations address environmental, social and governance issues.

In addition, a cybersecurity event affecting Regions or our customers’ data could have a negative impact on our reputation and customer confidence in Regions and its cybersecurity practices. Damage to our reputation could also adversely affect our credit ratings and access to the capital markets.

Additionally, whereas negative public opinion once was primarily driven by adverse news coverage in traditional media, the widespread use of social media platforms by virtually every segment of society facilitates the rapid dissemination of information or misinformation, which magnifies the potential harm to our reputation.

We are subject to a variety of systems failure and cybersecurity risks that could adversely affect our business and financial performance.

Failure in or breach of our systems, or those of our third-party service providers (or providers to such third-party service providers), including as a result of cyber-attacks, could disrupt our businesses or the businesses of our customers. This could result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information, damage to our reputation, increases to our costs and cause financial losses. As a large financial institution, we depend on our ability to process, record and monitor a large number of customer transactions on a continuous basis. As public and regulatory expectations, as well as our customers’ expectations, have increased regarding operational performance and information security, our systems and infrastructure must continue to be safeguarded and monitored for potential failures, disruptions and breakdowns. Our business, financial, accounting and data processing systems or other operating systems and facilities may stop operating properly or become disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors, including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. For example, there could be electrical or telecommunications outages; natural disasters such as earthquakes, tornadoes and hurricanes; pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic; events arising from local or larger scale political or social matters, including terrorist acts and civil unrest; and, as described below, cyber-attacks. Although we have business continuity plans and other safeguards in place, our business operations may be adversely affected by significant and widespread disruption to our physical infrastructure or operating systems that support our businesses and customers. For a discussion of the guidance that federal banking regulators have released regarding cybersecurity and cyber risk management standards, see the “Supervision and Regulation-Financial Privacy and Cybersecurity” section of Item 1. “Business” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Information security risks for large financial institutions, such as Regions, have increased significantly in recent years in part because of the proliferation of technology-based products and services and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, nation-states, activists and other external parties. This increase is expected to continue and further intensify. Third parties with whom we or our customers do business also present operational and information security risks to us, including security breaches or failures of their own systems. In recent years, attacks in which hackers inserted

28

Table of Contents

malware into software updates, have highlighted the growing risk from the infection of software while it is under assembly, known as a supply chain attack. While Regions has not experienced similar attacks, we could become the subject of a similar style attack through a supply chain compromise. As noted above, our operations rely on the secure processing, transmission and storage of confidential information in our computer systems and networks. In addition, to access our products and services, our customers may use personal computers, smartphones, tablets, and other mobile devices that are beyond our control environment. Although we believe that we have appropriate information security procedures and controls designed to prevent or limit the effects of a cyber-attack or information security breach, our technologies, systems, networks and our customers’ devices may be the target of cyber-attacks or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of Regions’ or our customers’ confidential, proprietary and other information. We also have insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain losses associated with cyber-attacks or information security breaches, but it may be insufficient to cover all losses from any such attack or breach, including any related damage to our reputation. In addition, given the proliferation of cyber-events in our industry, the cost of cyber insurance is expected to continue to increase and may not be available at all or on acceptable terms. Additionally, cyber-attacks (such as denial of service, ransomware, or malware attacks), hacking or terrorist activities, could disrupt Regions’ or our customers’ or other third parties’ business operations. For example, denial of service attacks have been launched against a number of large financial services institutions, including Regions. Although these past events have not resulted in a breach of Regions’ client data or account information, such attacks have adversely affected the performance of Regions Bank’s website, www.regions.com, and, in some instances, prevented customers from accessing Regions Bank’s secure websites for consumer and commercial applications. In all cases, the attacks primarily resulted in inconvenience; however, future cyber-attacks could be more disruptive and damaging, and Regions may not be able to anticipate or prevent all such attacks. Work-from-home arrangements such as those implemented in response to the COVID-19 pandemic may also present additional cybersecurity, information security and operational risks. During the COVID-19 pandemic, we have experienced a modest increase in cybersecurity events, such as phishing attacks and malicious traffic. Our layered control environment has effectively detected and prevented any material impact related to these events to date.

As cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our layers of defense or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities. We may also be required to incur significant costs in connection with any regulatory investigation or civil litigation resulting from a cyber-attack or information security breach that impacts us. In addition, our third-party service providers may be unable to identify vulnerabilities in their systems or, once identified, be unable to promptly provide required patches or other remedial measures. Further, even if provided, such patches or remedial measures may not fully address any vulnerability or may be difficult for Regions to implement. The techniques used by cyber criminals change frequently, may not be recognized until launched and can be initiated from a variety of sources, including terrorist organizations and hostile foreign governments. These criminals may attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers or other users of our systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to data or our systems.

Disruptions or failures in the physical infrastructure or operating systems that support our businesses and customers, or cyber-attacks or security breaches of the networks, systems or devices that our customers use to access our products and services, could result in customer attrition, regulatory fines, civil litigation, penalties or intervention, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, remediation costs, additional cybersecurity protection costs, increased insurance premiums and/or additional compliance costs, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. We could also be adversely affected if we lost access to information or services from a third-party service provider as a result of a security breach, system or operational failure or disruption affecting the third-party service provider. For a more detailed discussion of these risks and specific occurrences, see the “Information Security Risk” section of Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We are also subject to laws and regulations relating to the privacy and security of the information of clients, employees or others, and any failure to comply with these laws and regulations could expose us to liability and/or reputational damage. As new privacy and security-related laws and regulations are implemented, the time and resources needed for us to comply with such laws and regulations, as well as our potential liability for non-compliance and reporting obligations in the case of data breaches, may significantly increase. In addition, our businesses are increasingly subject to laws and regulations relating to privacy, surveillance, encryption and data use in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Compliance with these laws and regulations may require us to change our policies, procedures and technology for information security and segregation of data, which could, among other things, make us more vulnerable to operational failures and to monetary penalties for breach of such laws and regulations.

We rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure.

Third parties provide key components of our business operations such as data processing, recording and monitoring transactions, online banking interfaces and services, Internet connections and network access. While we have selected these third-party vendors carefully, performing upfront due diligence and ongoing monitoring activities, we do not control their actions. Any issues that arise with respect to these third parties, including those resulting from disruptions in services provided

29

Table of Contents

by a vendor (including as a result of a cyber-attack, other information security event or a natural disaster), financial or operational difficulties for the vendor, issues at third-party vendors to the vendors, failure of a vendor to handle current or higher volumes, failure of a vendor to provide services for any reason, poor performance of services, failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, or fraud or misconduct on the part of employees of any of our vendors, could trigger regulatory notification obligations on us, adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to our customers, our reputation and our ability to conduct our business. In certain situations, replacing these third-party vendors could also create significant delay and expense. Accordingly, use of such third parties creates an unavoidable, inherent risk to our business operations. Such risk was also impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, as many of our vendors have also been, and may continue to be, affected by increased remote work, market volatility and other factors that increase their risks of business disruption or that may otherwise affect their ability to perform under the terms of any agreements with us or provide essential services.

We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about clients and counterparties.

In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with clients and counterparties, we may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of clients and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. We also may rely on representations of clients and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors if made available. If this information is inaccurate, we may be subject to regulatory action, reputational harm or other adverse effects with respect to the operation of our business, our financial condition and our results of operations.

We are exposed to risk of environmental liability when we take title to property.

In the course of our business, we may foreclose on and take title to real estate. As a result, we could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, if we are the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. If we become subject to significant environmental liabilities, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.

We rely on the mortgage secondary market for some of our liquidity.

In 2021, we sold 45.1% of the mortgage loans we originated to the Agencies. We rely on the Agencies to purchase loans that meet their conforming loan requirements in order to reduce our credit risk and provide funding for additional loans we desire to originate. We cannot provide assurance that the Agencies will not materially limit their purchases of conforming loans due to capital constraints, a change in the criteria for conforming loans or other factors. Additionally, various proposals have been made to reform the U.S. residential mortgage finance market, including the role of the Agencies. The exact effects of any such reforms, if implemented, are not yet known, but they may limit our ability to sell conforming loans to the Agencies. If we are unable to continue to sell conforming loans to the Agencies, our ability to fund, and thus originate, additional mortgage loans may be adversely affected, which would adversely affect our results of operations.

We are subject to a variety of risks in connection with any sale of loans we may conduct.

In connection with our sale of one or more loan portfolios, we may make certain representations and warranties to the purchaser concerning the loans sold and the procedures under which those loans have been originated and serviced. If any of these representations and warranties are incorrect, we may be required to indemnify the purchaser for any related losses, or we may be required to repurchase part or all of the affected loans. We may also be required to repurchase loans as a result of borrower fraud or in the event of early payment default by the borrower on a loan we have sold. If we are required to make any indemnity payments or repurchases and do not have a remedy available to us against a solvent counterparty, we may not be able to recover our losses resulting from these indemnity payments and repurchases. Consequently, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

In addition, we must report as held for sale any loans that we have undertaken to sell, whether or not a purchase agreement for the loans has been executed. We may, therefore, be unable to ultimately complete a sale for part or all of the loans we classify as held for sale. Management must exercise its judgment in determining when loans must be reclassified from held for investment status to held for sale status under applicable accounting guidelines. Any failure to accurately report loans as held for sale could result in regulatory investigations and monetary penalties. Any of these actions could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Reclassifying loans from held for investment to held for sale also requires that the affected loans be marked to the lower of cost or fair value. As a result, any loans classified as held for sale may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates and by changes in the borrower’s creditworthiness. We may be required to reduce the value of any loans we mark held for sale, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

30

Table of Contents

Our reported financial results depend on management’s selection of accounting methods and certain assumptions and estimates.

Our accounting policies and assumptions are fundamental to our reported financial condition and results of operations. Our management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these accounting policies and methods so they comply with GAAP and reflect management’s judgment of the most appropriate manner to report our financial condition and results. In some cases, management must select the accounting policy or method to apply from two or more alternatives, any of which may be reasonable under the circumstances, yet may result in us reporting materially different results than would have been reported under a different alternative.

Certain accounting policies are critical to presenting our reported financial condition and results of operations. They require management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain. Materially different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions or estimates. The Company’s critical accounting estimates include: the allowance for credit losses; fair value measurements; intangible assets; residential MSRs; and income taxes. Because of the uncertainty of estimates involved in these matters, we may be required to do one or more of the following: significantly increase the allowance for credit losses and/or sustain credit losses that are significantly higher than the allowance provided; recognize significant losses on assets carried at fair value; recognize significant impairment on our goodwill, other intangible assets or deferred tax asset balances; significantly increase our accrued income taxes; or significantly decrease the value of our residential MSRs. Any of these actions could adversely affect our reported financial condition and results of operations.

If the models that we use in our business perform poorly or provide inadequate information, our business or results of operations may be adversely affected.

We utilize quantitative models, machine learning models, and artificial intelligence models to assist in measuring risks and estimating or predicting certain financial values. Models may be used in processes such as determining the pricing of various products, grading loans and extending credit, measuring interest rate and other market risks, forecasting financial performance, predicting losses, improving customer services, maintaining adherence to laws and regulations, assessing capital adequacy, calculating regulatory capital levels, preventing fraud, strengthening customer authentication processes, generating marketing analytics, prospecting leads, and estimating the value of financial instruments and balance sheet items. Poorly designed, implemented, or managed models present the risk that our business decisions that consider information based on such models will be adversely affected due to the inadequacy or inaccuracy of that information, which may lead to losses, damage our reputation and adversely affect our reported financial condition and results of operations. Also, information we provide to the public or to our regulators based on poorly designed, implemented, or managed models could be inaccurate or misleading. Some of the decisions that our regulators make, including those related to capital distributions to our shareholders, could be affected adversely due to the perception that the quality of the models used to generate the relevant information is insufficient.

Changes in our accounting policies or in accounting standards could materially affect how we report our financial results and condition.

From time to time, the FASB and SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. For example, FASB’s CECL accounting standard became effective on January 1, 2020 and substantially changed the accounting for credit losses on loans and other financial assets held by banks, financial institutions and other organizations. The standard had a material impact to our allowance and capital at adoption. See Regions' impact at adoption in Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020.

In March 2020, the federal banking agencies released an interim final rule, subsequently adopted as a final rule in August 2020, which allows an addback to regulatory capital for the impacts of CECL for a two-year period and at the end of the two years the impact is then phased in over the following three years. See Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for disclosure on the impact of the addback.

Risks Arising From the Legal and Regulatory Framework in which Our Business Operates

We are, and may in the future be, subject to litigation, investigations and governmental proceedings that may result in liabilities adversely affecting our financial condition, business or results of operations or in reputational harm.

We and our subsidiaries are, and may in the future be, named as defendants in various class actions and other litigation, and may be the subject of subpoenas, reviews, requests for information, investigations, and formal and informal proceedings by government and self-regulatory agencies regarding our and their businesses and activities (including subpoenas, requests for information and investigations related to the activities of our customers). Any such matters may result in material adverse consequences to our results of operations, financial condition or ability to conduct our business, including adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties (including civil money penalties under applicable banking laws), injunctions, restitution, orders,

31

Table of Contents

restrictions on our business activities or other relief. Our involvement in any such matters, even if the matters are ultimately determined in our favor, could also cause significant harm to our reputation and divert management attention from the operation of our business. Further, any settlement, consent order or adverse judgment in connection with any formal or informal proceeding or investigation by government or self-regulatory agencies may result in additional litigation, investigations or proceedings as other litigants and government or self-regulatory agencies (including the inquiries mentioned above) begin independent reviews of the same businesses or activities. In general, the amounts paid by financial institutions in settlement of proceedings or investigations, including those relating to anti-money laundering matters or sales practices, have increased substantially and are likely to remain elevated. Regulators and other governmental authorities may also be more likely to pursue enforcement actions, or seek admissions of wrongdoing, in connection with the resolution of an inquiry or investigation to the extent a firm has previously been subject to other governmental investigations or enforcement actions. In some cases, governmental authorities have required criminal pleas or other extraordinary terms as part of such settlements, which could have significant collateral consequences for a financial institution, including loss of customers, restrictions on the ability to access the capital markets, and the inability to operate certain businesses or offer certain products for a period of time. In addition, enforcement matters could impact our supervisory and CRA ratings, which may in turn restrict or limit our activities.

Additional information relating to our litigation, investigations and other proceedings is discussed in Note 23 "Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees" to the consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We are subject to extensive governmental regulation, which could have an adverse impact on our operations.

We are subject to extensive state and federal regulation, supervision and examination governing almost all aspects of our operations, which limits the businesses in which we may permissibly engage. The laws and regulations governing our business are intended primarily for the protection of our depositors, our customers, the financial system and the FDIC insurance fund, not our shareholders or other creditors. These laws and regulations govern a variety of matters, including certain debt obligations, changes in control, maintenance of adequate capital, and general business operations and financial condition (including permissible types, amounts and terms of loans and investments, the amount of reserves against deposits, restrictions on dividends and repurchases of our capital securities, establishment of branch offices, and the maximum interest rate that may be charged by law). Further, we must obtain approval from our regulators before engaging in many activities, and our regulators have the ability to compel us to, or restrict us from, taking certain actions entirely. There can be no assurance that any regulatory approvals we may require or otherwise seek will be obtained.

Regulations affecting banks and other financial institutions are undergoing continuous review and frequently change, and the ultimate effect of such changes cannot be predicted. Regulations and laws may be modified or repealed at any time, and new legislation may be enacted that will affect us, Regions Bank and our subsidiaries, including any changes resulting from the recent change in U.S. presidential administration and change in control of the U.S. Senate.

Any changes in any federal and state law, as well as regulations and governmental policies, income tax laws and accounting principles, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways, including ways that may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Failure to appropriately comply with any such laws, regulations or principles could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties or damage to our reputation, all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Our regulatory capital position is discussed in greater detail in Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We may be subject to more stringent capital and liquidity requirements.

Regions and Regions Bank are each subject to capital adequacy and liquidity guidelines and other regulatory requirements specifying minimum amounts and types of capital that must be maintained. From time to time, the regulators implement changes to these regulatory capital adequacy and liquidity guidelines. If we fail to meet these minimum capital adequacy and liquidity guidelines and other regulatory requirements, we or our subsidiaries may be restricted in the types of activities we may conduct and may be prohibited from taking certain capital actions, such as paying dividends and repurchasing or redeeming capital securities.

Regions and Regions Bank are each required to comply with applicable capital adequacy standards established by the Federal Reserve, which are based on the Basel III framework. The Basel Committee has published standards that it describes as the finalization of the Basel III post-crisis regulatory reforms. These standards will generally be effective on January 1, 2023, with an aggregate output floor phasing in through January 1, 2028. Among other things, these standards revise the standardized approach for credit risk and provide a new standardized approach for operational risk capital. Under the current capital rules, these standards only apply to advanced approached institutions and not to Regions or Regions Bank, however the impact of these standards on us will depend on the manner in which the revisions are implemented in the U.S. with respect to firms such as Regions and Regions Bank.

For more information concerning our compliance with capital and liquidity requirements, see Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K..

32

Table of Contents

Rulemaking changes and regulatory initiatives implemented by the CFPB may result in higher regulatory and compliance costs that may adversely affect our results of operations.

Since its formation, the CFPB has finalized a number of significant rules and introduced new regulatory initiatives that could have a significant impact on our business and the financial services industry more generally. We may also be required to add additional compliance personnel or incur other significant compliance-related expenses. Our business, results of operations or competitive position may be adversely affected as a result.

We may not be able to complete future acquisitions, may not be successful in realizing the benefits of any future acquisitions that are completed, or may choose not to pursue acquisition opportunities we might find beneficial.

We may, from time to time, evaluate and engage in the acquisition or divestiture of businesses (including their assets or liabilities, such as loans or deposits). We must generally satisfy a number of meaningful conditions prior to completing any such transaction, including in certain cases, federal and state bank regulatory approvals.

The process for obtaining required regulatory approvals, particularly for large financial institutions, like Regions, can be difficult, time-consuming and unpredictable. We may fail to pursue, evaluate or complete strategic and competitively significant business opportunities as a result of our inability, or our perceived inability, to obtain required regulatory approvals in a timely manner or at all.

Assuming we are able to successfully complete one or more transactions, we may not be able to successfully integrate and realize the expected synergies from any completed transaction in a timely manner or at all. In particular, we may be held responsible by federal and state regulators for regulatory and compliance failures at an acquired business prior to the date of the acquisition, and these failures by the acquired company may have negative consequences for us, including the imposition of formal or informal enforcement actions. Completion and integration of any transaction may also divert management attention from other matters, result in additional costs and expenses, or adversely affect our relationships with our customers and employees, any of which may adversely affect our business or results of operations. Future acquisitions may also result in dilution of our current shareholders’ ownership interests or may require we incur additional indebtedness or use a substantial amount of our available cash and other liquid assets. As a result, our financial condition may be affected, and we may become more susceptible to economic conditions and competitive pressures.

Increases in FDIC insurance assessments may adversely affect our earnings.

Our deposits are insured by the FDIC up to legal limits and, accordingly, we are subject to FDIC deposit insurance assessments. We generally cannot control the amount of assessments we will be required to pay for FDIC insurance. The FDIC may require us to pay higher FDIC assessments than we currently do or may charge additional special assessments or future prepayments if, for example, there are financial institution failures in the future. Any increase in deposit assessments or special assessments may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. See the “Supervision and Regulation-Deposit Insurance” discussion within Item 1. “Business” and the “Non-Interest Expense” discussion within Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information related to the FDIC’s deposit insurance assessments applicable to Regions Bank.

Unfavorable results from ongoing stress analyses may adversely affect our ability to retain customers or compete for new business opportunities.

The Federal Reserve conducts supervisory stress testing of Regions to evaluate our ability to absorb losses in baseline and severely adverse economic and stressed financial scenarios generated by the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve also has implemented the SCB framework which created a firm-specific risk sensitive buffer that is informed by the results of supervisory stress testing, and is applied to regulatory minimum capital levels to help determine effective minimum ratio requirements. Firm specific SCB requirements, as well as a summary of the results of certain aspects of the Federal Reserve’s supervisory stress testing and firm specific results are released publicly.

Although the theoretical stress tests are not meant to assess our current condition or outlook, our customers may misinterpret and negatively react to the results of these stress tests despite the strength of our financial condition. Any potential misinterpretations and adverse reactions could limit our ability to attract and retain customers or to effectively compete for new business opportunities. The inability to attract and retain customers or effectively compete for new business may have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our regulators may also require us to raise additional capital or take other actions, or may impose restrictions on capital distributions, based on the results of the supervisory stress tests, such as requiring revisions or resubmission of our annual capital plan, which could adversely affect our ability to pay dividends and repurchase capital securities. In addition, we may not be able to raise additional capital if required to do so, or may not be able to do so on terms that we believe are advantageous to Regions or its current shareholders. Any such capital raises, if required, may also be dilutive to our existing shareholders. As discussed in the “Supervision and Regulation” section of Item 1. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, in the second quarter of 2021, we received the results of our voluntary participation in the 2021 CCAR process. The Federal Reserve communicated that the Company exceeded all minimum capital levels under the supervisory stress test and the

33

Table of Contents

Company's SCB for the fourth quarter of 2021 through the third quarter of 2022 is floored at 2.5 percent. Despite exceeding these minimum capital levels, we may experience unfavorable results from stress test analyses in the future.

If an orderly liquidation of a systemically important BHC or non-bank financial company were triggered, we could face assessments for the Orderly Liquidation Fund.

The Dodd-Frank Act created a new mechanism, the OLA, for liquidation of systemically important BHCs and non-bank financial companies. The OLA is administered by the FDIC and is based on the FDIC’s bank resolution model. The Secretary of the U.S. Treasury may trigger a liquidation under this authority only after consultation with the President of the U.S. and after receiving a recommendation from the boards of the FDIC and the Federal Reserve upon a two-thirds vote. Liquidation proceedings will be funded by the Orderly Liquidation Fund, which will borrow from the U.S. Treasury and impose risk-based assessments on covered financial companies. Risk-based assessments would be made, first, on entities that received more in the resolution than they would have received in the liquidation to the extent of such excess, and second, if necessary, on, among others, BHCs with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, such as Regions. Any such assessments may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We are a holding company and depend on our subsidiaries for dividends, distributions and other payments.

We are a legal entity separate and distinct from our banking and other subsidiaries. Our principal source of cash flow, including cash flow to pay dividends to our shareholders and principal and interest on our outstanding debt, is dividends from Regions Bank. There are statutory and regulatory limitations on the payment of dividends by Regions Bank to us, as well as by us to our shareholders. Regulations of both the Federal Reserve and the State of Alabama affect the ability of Regions Bank to pay dividends and other distributions to us and to make loans to the holding company. If Regions Bank is unable to make dividend payments to us and sufficient cash or liquidity is not otherwise available, we may not be able to make dividend payments to our common and preferred shareholders or principal and interest payments on our outstanding debt. See the “Shareholders’ Equity” section of Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of creditors of that subsidiary, except to the extent that any of our claims as a creditor of such subsidiary may be recognized. As a result, shares of our capital stock are effectively subordinated to all existing and future liabilities and obligations of our subsidiaries. At December 31, 2021, our subsidiaries’ total deposits and borrowings were approximately $139.6 billion.

We may not pay dividends on shares of our capital stock.

Holders of shares of our capital stock are only entitled to receive such dividends as our Board may declare out of funds legally available for such payments. Although we have historically declared cash dividends on our common stock, we are not required to do so and may reduce or eliminate our common stock dividend in the future. This could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Furthermore, the terms of our outstanding preferred stock prohibit us from declaring or paying any dividends on any junior series of our capital stock, including our common stock, or from repurchasing, redeeming or acquiring such junior stock, unless we have declared and paid full dividends on our outstanding preferred stock for the most recently completed dividend period.

We are also subject to statutory and regulatory limitations on our ability to pay dividends on our capital stock. For example, it is the policy of the Federal Reserve that BHCs should generally pay dividends on common stock only out of earnings, and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs, asset quality and financial condition. Additionally, Regions is subject to the Federal Reserve’s SCB requirement whereby supervisory stress testing informs a buffer above regulatory minimum capital levels that must be maintained to avoid restrictions on capital distributions. Lastly, if we are unable to satisfy the capital requirements applicable to us for any reason, we may be limited in our ability to declare and pay dividends on our capital stock.

Anti-takeover and banking laws and certain agreements and charter provisions may adversely affect share value.

Certain provisions of state and federal law and our certificate of incorporation may make it more difficult for someone to acquire control of us without our Board’s approval. Under federal law, subject to certain exemptions, a person, entity or group must notify the federal banking agencies before acquiring control of a BHC. Acquisition of 10% or more of any class of voting stock of a BHC or state member bank, including shares of our common stock, creates a rebuttable presumption that the acquirer “controls” the BHC or state member bank. Also, as noted under the “Supervision and Regulation” section of Item 1. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, a BHC must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before, among other things, acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5 percent of the voting shares of any bank, including Regions Bank. One factor the federal banking agencies must consider in certain acquisitions is the systemic impact of the transaction. This may make it more difficult for large institutions to acquire other large institutions and may otherwise delay the regulatory approval process, possibly by requiring public hearings. Similarly, under Alabama state law, a person or group of persons must receive approval from the Superintendent of Banks before acquiring “control” of an Alabama bank or any entity having control of an Alabama bank. For the purposes of determining whether approval is required, “control” is defined as the power, directly or indirectly, to vote the lesser of (i) 25% or more of any class of voting securities of an Alabama bank (or any entity having

34

Table of Contents

control of an Alabama bank) or (ii) 10% or more of any class of voting securities of an Alabama bank (or any entity having control of an Alabama bank) if no other person will own, control, or hold the power to vote a majority of that class of voting securities following the acquisition of such voting securities. Furthermore, there also are provisions in our certificate of incorporation that may be used to delay or block a takeover attempt. For example, holders of our preferred stock have certain voting rights that could adversely affect share value. If and when dividends on the preferred stock have not been declared and paid for at least six quarterly dividend periods or their equivalent (whether or not consecutive), the authorized number of directors then constituting our Board will automatically be increased by two, and the preferred shareholders will be entitled to elect the two additional directors. Also, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of all of the then-outstanding shares of the preferred stock is required to consummate a binding share-exchange or reclassification involving the preferred stock, or a merger or consolidation of Regions with or into another entity, unless certain requirements are met. These statutory provisions and provisions in our certificate of incorporation, including the rights of the holders of our preferred stock, could result in Regions being less attractive to a potential acquirer and thus adversely affect our share value.

Our amended and restated bylaws designate (i) the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our shareholders and (ii) the federal district courts of the United States as the sole and exclusive forum for any action asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, which could limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with our company or our company’s directors, officers or other employees.

Our amended and restated bylaws (our “bylaws”) contain two forum selection provisions. First, our bylaws provide that, except for claims made under the Securities Act of 1933 (which are the subject of the forum selection provision described in the following sentence), unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) derivative actions brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) certain actions asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty, (iii) actions asserting a claim against the Company or a director, officer or other employee of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation, or our bylaws or (iv) any actions asserting a claim against the Company or any director, officer or other employee of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine, shall be a state court located within the State of Delaware or the federal district court for the District of Delaware if no state court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction. In addition, our bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for any action asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder, shall be the federal district courts of the United States; provided, however, that if this particular exclusive forum provision or its application is deemed illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the sole and exclusive forum for any action asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act shall be the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware. Our bylaws further provide that our shareholders are deemed to have received notice of and consented to both of these forum selection provisions.

The forum selection provisions of our bylaws may discourage claims or limit shareholders’ ability to submit claims in a judicial forum that they find favorable, and may result in additional costs for a stockholder seeking to bring a claim. Additionally, with respect to our forum selection provision relating to claims made under the Securities Act, we note that, while Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over claims brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act. As noted above, our bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, U.S. federal district courts will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act except where the provision or its application is deemed illegal, invalid or unenforceable, in which case the exclusive forum for the action will be the Delaware Court of Chancery. While we believe the risk of a court declining to enforce our forum selection provisions is low, if a court were to determine either forum selection provision to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in a particular action, we may incur additional costs in conjunction with our efforts to resolve the dispute in an alternative jurisdiction or multiple jurisdictions, which could have a negative impact on our results of operations and financial condition and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our management and board of directors.

Risks Related to Our Capital or Debt

The market price of shares of our capital stock will fluctuate.

The market price of our capital stock could be subject to significant fluctuations due to a change in sentiment in the market regarding our operations or business prospects. The market price of our capital stock, including our common stock and depositary shares representing fractional interests in our preferred stock, may be subject to fluctuations unrelated to our operating performance or prospects.

Our capital stock is subordinate to our existing and future indebtedness.

Our capital stock, including our common stock and depositary shares representing fractional interests in our preferred stock, ranks junior to all of Regions’ existing and future indebtedness and Regions’ other non-equity claims with respect to assets available to satisfy claims against us, including claims in the event of our liquidation. As of December 31, 2021,

35

Table of Contents

Regions’ total liabilities were approximately $144.6 billion, and we may incur additional indebtedness in the future to increase our capital resources. Additionally, if our total capital ratio or the total capital ratio of Regions Bank falls below the required minimums, we or Regions Bank could be forced to raise additional capital by through additional offerings of debt securities, including medium-term notes, senior or subordinated notes or other applicable securities to which our capital stock would rank junior with respect to assets available to satisfy claims against us, including claims in the event of our liquidation.

We may need to raise additional debt or equity capital in the future, but may be unable to do so.

We may need to raise additional debt or equity capital in the future to provide us with sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet our commitments and for other business purposes. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on, among other things, prevailing conditions in the capital markets, which are outside of our control, and our financial performance. An economic slowdown or loss of confidence in financial institutions could increase our cost of funding and limit our access to some of our customary sources of capital, including inter-bank borrowings, repurchase agreements and borrowings from the discount window of the Federal Reserve. We cannot be assured that capital will be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. Any occurrence that may limit our access to the capital markets, such as a decline in the confidence of debt purchasers, depositors of Regions Bank or counterparties participating in the capital markets, or a downgrade of our debt ratings, may adversely affect our capital costs and our ability to raise capital and, in turn, our liquidity. An inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when needed could have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Future issuances of additional equity securities could result in dilution of existing shareholders’ equity ownership.

We may determine from time to time to issue additional equity securities to raise additional capital, support growth, or to make acquisitions. Further, we may issue stock options or other stock grants to retain and motivate our employees. These issuances of our securities could dilute the voting and economic interests of our existing shareholders.

36

Table of Contents

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

Regions’ corporate headquarters occupy the main banking facility of Regions Bank, located at 1900 Fifth Avenue North, Birmingham, Alabama 35203.

At December 31, 2021, Regions Bank, Regions’ banking subsidiary, operated 1,302 banking offices. At December 31, 2021, there were no significant encumbrances on the offices, equipment and other operational facilities owned by Regions and its subsidiaries.

See Item 1. “Business” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a list of the states in which Regions Bank’s branches are located.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

Information required by this item is set forth in Note 23 "Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees" in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which are included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

Information About Our Executive Officers

Information concerning the Executive Officers of Regions as of February 24, 2022 is set forth below.

Executive Officer	Age	Position and Offices Held with Registrant and Subsidiaries	Executive Officer Since
John M. Turner, Jr.	60	President and Chief Executive Officer of registrant and Regions Bank. Previously served as Head of Corporate Banking Group of registrant and Regions Bank and as South Region President of Regions Bank. Prior to joining Regions, served as President of Whitney National Bank and Whitney Holding Corporation.	2011
David J. Turner, Jr.	58	Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of registrant and Regions Bank.	2010
Tara A. Plimpton	53	Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary of registrant and Regions Bank. Previously served as General Counsel of registrant and Regions Bank. Prior to joining Regions, served as Vice President and General Counsel of GE Global Operations and as General Counsel of GE Energy Connections.	2020
C. Matthew Lusco	64	Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer of registrant and Regions Bank. Previously served as managing partner of KPMG LLP’s offices in Birmingham, Alabama and Memphis, Tennessee.	2011
Kate R. Danella	43	Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy and Client Experience Officer of registrant and Regions Bank. Previously served as Executive Vice President and Head of Strategic Planning & Consumer Bank Products and Origination Partnerships and as Head of Strategic Planning and Corporate Development of registrant and Regions Bank. Previously served as Head of Private Wealth Management and as Wealth Strategy and Effectiveness Executive of Regions Bank. Prior to joining Regions, served as Vice President of Capital Group Companies.	2018
David R. Keenan	54	Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative and Human Resources Officer of registrant and Regions Bank. Previously served as Chief Human Resources Officer of registrant and Regions Bank.	2010

37

Table of Contents

Scott M. Peters	60	Senior Executive Vice President and Head of Consumer Banking Group of registrant and Regions Bank. Director of Regions Investment Services, Inc. Previously served as Consumer Services Group Head of registrant and Regions Bank.	2010
William D. Ritter	51	Senior Executive Vice President and Head of Wealth Management Group of registrant and Regions Bank. Director of Highland Associates, Inc.	2010
Ronald G. Smith	61	Senior Executive Vice President and Head of Corporate Banking Group of registrant and Regions Bank. Director of Regions Equipment Finance Corporation. Manager of RFC Financial Services Holding LLC. Previously served as Regional President, Mid-America Region of Regions Bank.	2010

38

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Regions common stock, par value $.01 per share, is listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol RF. Information relating to compensation plans under which Regions' equity securities are authorized for issuance is presented in Part III, Item 12. As of February 22, 2022, there were 37,222 holders of record of Regions common stock (including participants in the Computershare Investment Plan for Regions Financial Corporation).

Restrictions on the ability of Regions Bank to transfer funds to Regions at December 31, 2021, are set forth in Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements, which are included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. A discussion of certain limitations on the ability of Regions Bank to pay dividends to Regions and the ability of Regions to pay dividends on its common stock is set forth in Item 1. “Business” under the heading “Supervision and Regulation—Payment of Dividends” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Period	Total Number of  Shares Purchased	Average Price Paid  per Share		Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs	Maximum Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under Publicly Announced Plans or Programs
October 1-31, 2021	650,000	$	23.87	650,000	$	2,305,547,758
November 1-30, 2021	7,294,800	$	24.09	7,294,800	$	2,129,712,326
December 1-31, 2021	4,825,000	$	22.58	4,825,000	$	2,020,698,556
Total Fourth Quarter	12,769,800	$	23.51	12,769,800	$	2,020,698,556

As part of the Company's capital plan, on April 21, 2021, Regions announced the Board's authorization of the repurchase of up to $2.5 billion of the Company's common stock, permitting purchases from the second quarter of 2021 through the first quarter of 2022.

As of December 31, 2021, Regions repurchased approximately 20.8 million shares of common stock at a total cost of $467 million under this plan. All of these shares were immediately retired upon repurchase and, therefore, were not included in treasury stock.

39

Table of Contents

PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The graph below compares the yearly percentage change in the cumulative total return of Regions common stock against the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 500 Banks Index for the past five years. This presentation assumes that the value of the investment in Regions’ common stock and in each index was $100 and that all dividends were reinvested.

 

	Cumulative Total Return
	12/31/2016		12/31/2017		12/31/2018		12/31/2019		12/31/2020		12/31/2021
Regions	$	100.00	$	122.95	$	97.66	$	130.18	$	128.05	$	178.50
S&P 500 Index	100.00		121.82		116.47		153.13		181.29		233.28
S&P 500 Banks Index	100.00		122.55		102.41		144.02		124.21		168.23

Item 6. [Reserved]

40

Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

Management believes the following sections provide an overview of several of the most relevant matters necessary for an understanding of the financial aspects of Regions's business, particularly regarding its 2021 results. Cross references to more detailed information regarding each topic within MD&A and the consolidated financial statements are included. This summary is intended to assist in understanding the information provided, but should be read in conjunction with the entire MD&A and consolidated financial statements, as well as the other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Economic Environment in Regions’ Banking Markets

One of the primary factors influencing the credit performance of Regions’ loan portfolio is the overall economic environment in the U.S. and the primary markets in which it operates. After preliminary growth of 5.7 percent in 2021, the February baseline forecast anticipates real GDP growth of 4.1 percent in 2022 and 3.2 percent in 2023, the January 2022 baseline forecast anticipates growth of 4.1 percent in 2022 and 3.0 percent in 2023. As in 2020 and 2021, intra-year growth patterns in 2022 will remain subject to period spikes and subsequent declines in COVID-19 case counts, though it could be that these swings in case counts become less disruptive as time goes on. As 2021 was coming to a close, there were signs that global supply chain and logistics bottlenecks were beginning to ease, and Regions expects further progress along these lines in 2022. The Company continues to expect that by late-2023 the economy will be back on the path of growth around 2.0 percent that prevailed prior to the pandemic. As has been the case since the onset of the pandemic, there remains a heightened degree of uncertainty around current economic forecasts.

With manufacturing activity across Asia having come back online, global shipping rates having fallen from their peaks, U.S. motor vehicle producers having recalled idled workers and increased production, late-2021 brought signs that the supply-side constraints that weighed on the U.S. economy over much of the year were easing. Though it will still be some time before supply chains are functioning normally, further progress along these lines will support stepped-up manufacturing activity. With business inventories having been drawn down significantly over the course of 2021, it is anticipated that inventory restocking will be a meaningful tailwind for growth in 2022. Additionally, with production having been curtailed in 2021, manufacturers and homebuilders ended the year with sizable backlogs of unfilled orders and, with supply-side constraints easing, backfilling these orders will also be a tailwind for growth in 2022.

As the supply side of the economy normalizes further over the course of 2022, the demand side of the economy is being waned from the considerable fiscal and monetary support provided in 2020 and 2021. Still, though to a lesser degree than was the case over the prior two years, fiscal and monetary policy will remain accommodative in 2022. While pandemic-related transfer payments such as the three rounds of Economic Impact Payments, supplemental unemployment insurance benefits, and the expanded Child Care Tax Credit have largely run their course, robust growth in labor earnings will help fill the void in disposable personal income. To that point, aggregate private sector wage and salary earnings, the largest single component of personal income, rose at an annualized rate of 11 percent in the fourth quarter of 2021, and while growth will moderate in 2022 it will nonetheless remain well above the pre-pandemic trend rate. Between robust growth in labor earnings, a significant pool of excess saving, and healthy household balance sheets, there are plenty of reasons for continued growth in consumer spending, though elevated inflation will likely weigh on growth in discretionary spending.

Business investment is expected to remain supportive of real GDP growth in 2022. Firms took advantage of favorable financing conditions, including elevated internal cash balances, to embark on replacement investment in machinery and equipment in 2021, and that is expected to continue in 2022. At the same time, firms increased investments in technology and automation in 2021 as a means of either enhancing labor productivity or substituting capital for labor given pressing labor supply constraints. That is expected to continue in 2022, and investment in intellectual property products is expected to remain robust. The one area of business investment that may continue to underperform is investment in structures, particularly as needs for physical office and retail space remain difficult to gauge.

The supply/demand imbalance in the housing market widened during 2021. Inventories of new homes for sale have been held down by shortages of labor and materials, and inventories of existing homes for sale continue to bump along near record-lows. At the same time, demand for home purchases has been fueled by favorable mortgage interest rates and greater freedom in work arrangements for many. The growing supply/demand imbalance has fueled rapid house price appreciation; the HPI was on course to rise by around 15 percent for full-year 2021 and another double-digit increase is expected in 2022 though the pace of price appreciation is expected to slow as the year progresses. It should be noted that, given the extent to which prices have risen to date, affordability has become an increasing issue even in the absence of higher mortgage interest rates. To the extent mortgage interest rates rise in 2022, affordability constraints will become more binding for increased numbers of prospective buyers.

Labor supply constraints have weighed on the pace of growth in nonfarm employment. At year-end 2021, the level of nonfarm employment was 3.6 million jobs below the level as of February 2020, and there were 2.3 million fewer people in the labor force than was the case at the onset of the pandemic. With over 10.5 million open jobs across the U.S. economy as of November 2021, there were more than 1.5 open jobs for each unemployed person. Labor force participation is expected to rise

41

Table of Contents

in 2022, but the labor force participation rate at year-end 2022 is expected to be well below the pre-pandemic rate. With continued strong demand for labor while labor supply remains constrained, wage growth has been much faster than would otherwise have been the case at this point in the cycle.

As measured by the CPI, inflation is likely to remain at or above 7.0 percent through the first quarter of 2022. The expectation of further easing of supply chain and logistics bottlenecks would contribute to a sharp deceleration in goods price inflation, if not outright goods price deflation. While that would act as a drag on overall inflation, faster growth in services prices is expected, including rent and medical care, and continued robust growth in labor costs to keep inflation easily above the FOMC’s 2.0 percent target rate through 2022. We believe the FOMC will begin raising the Fed funds rate in March and expect four or five 25-basis point hikes by year-end, though market expectations currently anticipate a slightly faster pace of rate hikes. We also anticipate the FOMC will allow the Fed’s balance sheet to begin winding down either late in the second quarter of 2022 or early in the third quarter of 2022. This would be a significant departure from the FOMC’s playbook during the prior cycle, when the Fed’s balance sheet was held steady for nearly three years after the asset purchases ended.

Patterns of economic activity within the Regions footprint are expected to be broadly similar to those seen in the U.S. as a whole. To the extent supply chain and logistics bottlenecks do ease over the course of 2022, an above-average exposure to manufacturing, particularly motor vehicle manufacturing, across much of the footprint will be a tailwind to growth within the footprint. To the extent remote working remains part of the post-pandemic landscape, states such as Florida, Georgia, Tennessee, Texas, and the Carolinas that have consistently benefited from above-average degrees of in-migration should continue to do so, which will provide support to the broader economies of these states.

The continued economic uncertainty, as described above, impacted Regions' forecast utilized in calculating the ACL as of December 31, 2021. See the "Allowance" section for further information.

COVID-19 Pandemic

Following are select areas where the COVID-19 pandemic has impacted the Company.

As a certified SBA lender, Regions provided its customers with the loan process under the PPP Program funding ended in the second quarter of 2021 and the forgiveness process is ongoing. Regions originated PPP loans totaling approximately $6.2 billion, of which approximately 12,600 loans totaling approximately $748 million remain outstanding as of December 31, 2021.

As provided initially in the CARES Act passed into law on March 27, 2020, and subsequently extended through the Consolidated Appropriations Act signed into law on December 27, 2020, certain loan modifications related to the COVID-19 pandemic beginning March 1, 2020, through the earlier of 60 days after the end of the pandemic or January 1, 2022, are eligible for relief from TDR classification. These provisions precluded the majority of impacted loans from being classified as TDRs as of December 31, 2021.

Regions has experienced a modest increase in cyber events as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, however the Company's layered control environment has effectively detected and prevented any material impact related to these events. Refer to the "Information Security" section for further detail.

2021 Results

Regions reported net income available to common shareholders of $2.4 billion, or $2.49 per diluted share, in 2021 compared to net income available to common shareholders from continuing operations of $1.0 billion, or $1.03 per diluted share, in 2020.

Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis) totaled $4.0 billion in 2021 compared to $3.9 billion in 2020. The net interest margin (taxable-equivalent basis) was 2.85 percent in 2021, reflecting a 36 basis point decrease from 2020. The increase in net interest income was primarily driven by decreases in interest expense on deposits and long-term borrowings, the acquisition of EnerBank, and PPP income. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in interest income due to declines in loan balances and a continued decline in long-term interest rates. Net interest income continued to benefit from the Company's interest rate hedging strategy. The decline in net interest margin was primarily driven by continued elevated liquidity as evidenced by higher cash levels held at the Federal Reserve and the continued repricing of fixed-rate loan portfolios and the securities portfolio at lower market interest rates.

The benefit from credit losses totaled $524 million in 2021 compared to a provision for credit losses of $1.3 billion in 2020. The benefit from credit losses was lower than net charge-offs by $728 million in 2021. The significant decrease in the provision for credit losses was driven primarily by improvement in the economic outlook and strong credit performance. Refer to the "Allowance for Credit Losses" section of Management's Discussion and Analysis for further detail.

Non-interest income was $2.5 billion in 2021 compared to $2.4 billion in 2020. The increase was driven by higher service charges on deposit accounts, card and ATM fees, capital markets income, investment management and trust fee income, investment services fee income and other miscellaneous income during 2021. These increases were partially offset by lower mortgage income and decreased gain on equity investment. See Table 4 "Non-Interest Income" for further details.

42

Table of Contents

Non-interest expense was $3.7 billion in 2021 and $3.6 billion in 2020. The increase was driven by several expense categories, primarily salaries and employee benefits expense and equipment and software expense. These increases were partially offset by decreases in several categories, but primarily driven by lower branch consolidation and property and equipment charges. See Table 5 "Non-Interest Expense" for further details.

Regions' effective tax rate was 21.6 percent in 2021 compared to 16.8 percent in 2020. The effective tax rate is higher in 2021 due primarily to the impact of a consistent level of permanent income tax preferences having a proportionally lower impact on higher 2021 pre-tax income. See the "Income Taxes" section for further details.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•"Operating Results" section of MD&A

•“Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin” discussion within the “Operating Results” section of MD&A

•“Interest Rate Risk” discussion within the “Risk Management” section of MD&A

Capital

Capital Actions

Regions was not required to participate in the 2021 CCAR. However, the Company voluntarily participated in the 2021 CCAR in part to have the Federal Reserve re-evaluate Regions' SCB. Effective October 1, 2021, Regions' SCB requirement for the fourth quarter of 2021 through the third quarter of 2022 is floored at 2.5 percent.

During the third quarter of 2020, the Federal Reserve mandated that banks must not increase their quarterly per share common dividend which was subsequently extended through the second quarter of 2021. The mandate was lifted in the third quarter of 2021 and the Board approved a common stock increase from $0.155 to $0.17. On February 9, 2022, the Company declared a cash dividend for the first quarter of 2022 of $0.17 per share.

As part of the Company's capital plan, on April 21, 2021, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to $2.5 billion of the Company's common stock, permitting purchases from the second quarter of 2021 through the first quarter of 2022. In 2021 Regions repurchased approximately 20.8 million shares of common stock under this program, which reduced shareholders' equity by $467 million.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•"Shareholders' Equity" discussion in MD&A

•"Regulatory Requirements" section of MD&A

•Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated financial statements

Regulatory Capital

Regions and Regions Bank are required to comply with regulatory capital requirements established by Federal and State banking agencies. Under the Basel III Rules, Regions is designated as a standardized approach bank. The Basel III Rules maintain the minimum guidelines for Regions to be considered well-capitalized for Tier 1 capital and Total capital at 6.0% and 10.0%, respectively. At December 31, 2021, Regions’ Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios were estimated to be 11.03% and 12.74%, respectively.

The Basel III Rules also officially defined CET1. Regions' CET1 ratio at December 31, 2021 was estimated to be 9.57%.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•“Supervision and Regulation” discussion within Item 1. Business

•"Regulatory Requirements" section of MD&A

•Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements

Loan Portfolio and Credit

During 2021, total loans increased by $2.5 billion or 3.0 percent compared to 2020. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in the consumer portfolio of $2.0 billion, which largely reflected loans acquired through the Company's acquisition of EnerBank, offset by continued runoff in the other consumer—exit portfolios. The commercial portfolio increased $734 million, demonstrating significant growth and overcoming a $2.9 billion decrease in PPP loans during 2021. The economy has been and will continue to be the primary factor which influences Regions’ loan portfolio. In 2021, line utilization remained below pre-pandemic levels but reached an inflection point in the second quarter of 2021 and increased by year-end. Refer to the "Portfolio Characteristics" section for further discussion.

Net charge-offs totaled $204 million, or 0.24 percent of average loans, in 2021, compared to $512 million, or 0.58 percent in 2020, reflecting decreased net charge-offs in the commercial and industrial loan and non-real estate related consumer

43

Table of Contents

portfolios. The real estate-related consumer portfolios experienced net recoveries during 2021. The allowance was 1.79 percent of total loans, net of unearned income at December 31, 2021, a decrease from 2.69 percent at December 31, 2020. The coverage ratio of allowance to non-performing loans excluding held for sale was 349 percent at December 31, 2021, compared to 308 percent at December 31, 2020.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•Adjusted Average Balances of Loans within the Table 1 "GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations"

•"Portfolio Characteristics" section of MD&A

•“Allowance for Credit Losses” discussion within the “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” section of MD&A

•“Provision for Credit Losses” discussion within the “Operating Results” section of MD&A

•“Loans,” “Allowance for Credit Losses,” “Troubled Debt Restructurings” and “Non-performing Assets” discussions within the “Balance Sheet Analysis” section of MD&A

•Note 4 "Loans" to the consolidated financial statements

•Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements

Liquidity

At the end of 2021, Regions Bank had $28.1 billion in cash on deposit with the Federal Reserve and the loan-to-deposit ratio was 63 percent. Cash and cash equivalents at the parent company totaled $1.5 billion.

At December 31, 2021, the Company’s borrowing capacity with the Federal Reserve was $13.3 billion based on available collateral. Borrowing availability with the FHLB was $16.2 billion based on available collateral at the same date. Regions also maintains a shelf registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that can be utilized by the Company to issue various debt and/or equity securities. Additionally, Regions' Board has authorized Regions Bank to issue up to $10 billion in aggregate principal amount of bank notes outstanding at any one time.

Regions is required to conduct liquidity stress testing and measure its available sources of liquidity against minimums as established by Regions' internal liquidity policy. Regions was fully compliant with those requirements as of year-end.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•“Supervision and Regulation” discussion within Item 1. Business

•“Borrowings” discussion within the “Balance Sheet Analysis” section of MD&A

•“Regulatory Requirements” section of MD&A

•“Liquidity” discussion within the “Risk Management” section of MD&A

•Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements

44

Table of Contents

2022 Expectations

2022 Expectations
Category	Expectation
Total Adjusted Revenue (1)	Up 4-5%
Adjusted Non-Interest Expense	Up 3-4%
Adjusted Operating Leverage	Positive
Average Loans (2)	Up 4-5%
Net Charge-Offs / Average Loans	Approximately 25-35 basis points
Effective Tax Rate (3)	21-23%
CET1	Near the mid-point of a 9.25-9.75% operating range

______

(1) Included in the total adjusted revenue expectation is the expectation for capital markets to generate quarterly revenue in the $90 million to $110 million range, exclusive of the CVA/DVA adjustment, and expect to be near the lower end of the range in the first half of 2022 as new acquisitions are integrated and ramped-up. Also included in this expectation, the anticipated impact of newly announced non-sufficient funds and overdraft policy changes will result in 2022 service charges of approximately $600 million. Lastly, expect mortgage income to be lower in 2022, but remain a key component of fee revenue.

(2) Included in the average loan growth expectation is the expectation that the other consumer—exit portfolios will have a negative impact to average loans of approximately $700 million.

(3) Does not include the impact of potential tax legislation.

The reconciliation with respect to these forward-looking non-GAAP measures is expected to be consistent with the actual non-GAAP reconciliations within Management's Discussion and Analysis of this Form 10-K. For more information related to the Company's 2022 expectations, refer to the related sub-sections discussed in more detail within Management's Discussion and Analysis of this Form 10-K.

GENERAL

The following discussion and financial information is presented to aid in understanding Regions’ financial position and results of operations. The emphasis of this discussion will be on operations for the years 2021 and 2020; in addition, financial information for prior years will also be presented when appropriate.

Regions’ profitability, like that of many other financial institutions, is dependent on its ability to generate revenue from net interest income as well as non-interest income sources. Net interest income is primarily the difference between the interest income Regions receives on interest-earning assets, such as loans, leases, investment securities and cash balances held at the FRB, and the interest expense Regions pays on interest-bearing liabilities, principally deposits and borrowings. Regions’ net interest income is impacted by the size and mix of its balance sheet components and the interest rate spread between interest earned on its assets and interest paid on its liabilities. Non-interest income includes fees from service charges on deposit accounts, card and ATM fees, mortgage servicing and secondary marketing, investment management and trust activities, capital markets and other customer services which Regions provides. Results of operations are also affected by the provision for credit losses and non-interest expenses such as salaries and employee benefits, occupancy, professional, legal and regulatory expenses, FDIC insurance assessments, and other operating expenses, as well as income taxes.

Economic conditions, competition, new legislation and related rules impacting regulation of the financial services industry and the monetary and fiscal policies of the Federal government significantly affect most, if not all, financial institutions, including Regions. Lending and deposit activities and fee income generation are influenced by levels of business spending and investment, consumer income, consumer spending and savings, capital market activities, and competition among financial institutions, as well as customer preferences, interest rate conditions and prevailing market rates on competing products in Regions’ market areas.

Regions’ business strategy is focused on providing a competitive mix of products and services, delivering quality customer service, and continuing to develop and optimize distribution channels that include a branch distribution network with offices in convenient locations, as well as electronic and mobile banking.

Recent Acquisitions

On December 17, 2021, Regions entered into an agreement to acquire Clearsight Advisors, Inc., a leading-edge mergers and acquisitions firm headquartered in McLean, Virginia. The transaction closed on December 31, 2021.

On October 4, 2021, Regions entered into an agreement to acquire Sabal Capital Partners, LLC, a diversified financial services firm that facilitates lending in the small-balance commercial real estate market headquartered in Irvine, California. The transaction closed on December 1, 2021. Refer to the "Sabal Acquisition" section for more detail.

45

Table of Contents

On June 8, 2021, Regions entered into an agreement to acquire EnerBank, a consumer lending institution specializing in home improvement lending headquartered in Salt Lake City, Utah. The transaction closed on October 1, 2021, and resulted in the addition of approximately $3.1 billion in loans to consumers. Refer to the "EnerBank Acquisition" section for more detail.

On February 27, 2020, Regions announced that it had entered into an agreement to acquire Ascentium Capital LLC, an independent equipment financing company headquartered in Kingwood, Texas. The transaction closed on April 1, 2020, and included approximately $1.9 billion in loans and leases to small businesses. Refer to the "Ascentium Acquisition" section for more detail.

Business Segments

Regions provides traditional commercial, retail and mortgage banking services, as well as other financial services in the fields of asset management, wealth management, securities brokerage, and other specialty financing. Regions carries out its strategies and derives its profitability from three reportable segments: Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank, and Wealth Management, with the remainder in Other.

See Note 22 "Business Segment Information" to the consolidated financial statements for further information on Regions’ business segments.

NON-GAAP MEASURES

The table below presents computations of earnings and certain other financial measures, which exclude certain items that are included in the financial results presented in accordance with GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures include “adjusted non-interest expense”, “adjusted non-interest income”, “adjusted total revenue” and “adjusted operating leverage ratio”. Regions believes that excluding certain items provides a meaningful base for period-to-period comparisons, which management believes will assist investors in analyzing the operating results of the Company and predicting future performance. These non-GAAP financial measures are also used by management to assess the performance of Regions’ business because management does not consider the activities related to the adjustments to be indications of ongoing operations. Regions believes that presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures will permit investors to assess the performance of the Company on the same basis as that applied by management. Management and the Board utilize these non-GAAP financial measures as follows:

•Preparation of Regions’ operating budgets

•Monthly financial performance reporting

•Monthly close-out reporting of consolidated results

•Presentations to investors of Company performance

•Metrics for incentive compensation

The adjusted operating leverage ratio (non-GAAP), which is a measure of productivity, is generally calculated as the year over year percentage change in adjusted total revenue on a taxable-equivalent basis less the year over year percentage change in adjusted total non-interest expense. Management uses this ratio to monitor performance and believes it provides meaningful information to investors. Non-interest income (GAAP) is presented excluding adjustments to arrive at adjusted non-interest income (non-GAAP). Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis and non-interest income are added together to arrive at total revenue on a taxable-equivalent basis. Adjustments are made to arrive at adjusted total revenue on a taxable-equivalent basis (non-GAAP). Non-interest expense (GAAP) is presented excluding adjustments to arrive at adjusted non-interest expense (non-GAAP).

Non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, are not required to be uniformly applied and are not audited. Although these non-GAAP financial measures are frequently used by stakeholders in the evaluation of a company, they have limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analyses of results as reported under GAAP. In particular, a measure of earnings that excludes selected items does not represent the amount that effectively accrues directly to shareholders.

The following table provides: 1) a reconciliation of non-interest expense (GAAP) to adjusted non-interest expense (non-GAAP), 2) a reconciliation of non-interest income (GAAP) to adjusted non-interest income (non-GAAP), 3) a computation of adjusted total revenue (non-GAAP), and 4) presentation of the operating leverage ratio (GAAP) and the adjusted operating leverage ratio (non-GAAP).

46

Table of Contents

Table 1—GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations

		Year Ended December 31
		2021			2020			2019
		(Dollars in millions,)
ADJUSTED OPERATING LEVERAGE RATIOS
Non-interest expense (GAAP)	A	$	3,747		$	3,643		$	3,489
Adjustments:
Contribution to Regions Financial Corporation foundation		(3)			(10)			—
Professional, legal and regulatory expenses (1)		(15)			(7)			—
Branch consolidation, property and equipment charges		(5)			(31)			(25)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		(20)			(22)			(16)
Salaries and employee benefits—severance charges		(6)			(31)			(5)
Acquisition expenses		—			(1)			—
Adjusted non-interest expense (non-GAAP)	B	$	3,698		$	3,541		$	3,443
Net interest income (GAAP)	C	$	3,914		$	3,894		$	3,745
Taxable-equivalent adjustment (GAAP)		44			48			53
Net interest income, taxable-equivalent basis (GAAP)	D	3,958			3,942			3,798
Non-interest income (GAAP)	E	$	2,524		$	2,393		$	2,116
Adjustments:
Securities (gains) losses, net		(3)			(4)			28
Gains on equity investment (2)		(3)			(50)			—
Bank-owned life insurance (3)		(18)			(25)			—
Leveraged lease termination gains		(2)			(2)			(1)
Gain on sale of affordable housing residential mortgage loans (4)		—			—			(8)
Adjusted non-interest income (non-GAAP)	F	$	2,498		$	2,312		$	2,135
Total revenue (GAAP)	C+E=G	$	6,438		$	6,287		$	5,861
Adjusted total revenue (non-GAAP)	C+F=H	$	6,412		$	6,206		$	5,880
Total revenue, taxable-equivalent basis (GAAP)	D+E=I	$	6,482		$	6,335		$	5,914
Adjusted total revenue, taxable-equivalent basis (non-GAAP)	D+F=J	$	6,456		$	6,254		$	5,933
Operating leverage ratio (GAAP) (5)		(0.55)		%	2.71		%	4.15		%
Adjusted operating leverage ratio (non-GAAP) (5)		(1.23)		%	2.56		%	2.13		%

 _________

(1)Amounts are professional and legal expenses related to acquisitions.

(2)The 2021 amount is a gain on the sale of an equity investment, whereas the 2020 amount is a valuation gain on the investment that was sold in the first quarter 2021.

(3)During the second quarter of 2021, the Company recognized an individual BOLI claim benefit. During the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company recognized a gain on the exchange of BOLI policies.

(4)In the first quarter of 2019, the Company sold $167 million of affordable housing residential mortgage loans for a gain of $8 million.

(5)Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND RELATED POLICIES

In preparing financial information, management is required to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses for the periods shown. The accounting principles followed by Regions and the methods of applying these principles conform with GAAP, regulatory guidance, where applicable, and general banking practices. Estimates and assumptions most significant to Regions are related primarily to the allowance for credit losses, fair value measurements, intangible assets (goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets), residential MSRs and income taxes, and are summarized in the following discussion and in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses (“allowance”) consists of two components: the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded credit commitments. Unfunded credit commitments include items such as letters of credit, financial guarantees and binding unfunded loan commitments. Regions determines its allowance in accordance with GAAP and applicable regulatory guidance.

On January 1, 2020, Regions adopted CECL, which replaced the incurred loss allowance methodology with an expected loss allowance methodology. See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements for information about CECL adoption, areas of judgment and methodologies used in establishing the allowance.

47

Table of Contents

The allowance is sensitive to a number of internal factors, such as modifications in the mix and level of loan balances outstanding, portfolio performance and assigned risk ratings. The allowance is also sensitive to external factors such as the general health of the economy, as evidenced by changes in interest rates, GDP, unemployment rates, changes in real estate demand and values, volatility in commodity prices, bankruptcy filings, health pandemics, government stimulus, and the effects of weather and natural disasters such as droughts, floods and hurricanes.

Management considers these variables and all other available information when establishing the final level of the allowance. These variables and others have the ability to result in actual loan losses that differ from the originally estimated amounts.

Changes in the factors used by management to determine the appropriateness of the allowance or the availability of new information could cause the allowance to be increased or decreased in future periods. In addition, bank regulatory agencies, as part of their examination process, may require changes in the level of allowance based on their judgments and estimates. Volatility in certain credit metrics is to be expected. Additionally, changes in circumstances related to individually large credits, commodity prices, or certain macroeconomic forecast assumptions may result in volatility. The scenarios discussed below, or other scenarios, have the ability to result in actual credit losses that differ, perhaps materially, from the originally estimated amounts. In addition, it is difficult to predict how changes in economic conditions, including changes resulting from various pandemic scenarios, the impact of government stimulus programs to individuals and businesses, and the timely distribution and efficacy of a vaccine could affect borrower behavior. This analysis is not intended to estimate changes in the overall allowance, which would also be influenced by the judgment management applies to the modeled loss estimates to reflect uncertainty and imprecision based on then-current circumstances and conditions.

In June 2021, the FRB released its estimated modeled credit losses for Regions based on the December 31, 2020 balance sheet. The FRB estimated credit losses in its severely adverse scenario of $5.3 billion, or 6.5 percent. See the Federal Reserve stress test disclosures at "Item 1. Business - Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review and Stress Testing" for more information regarding their assumptions in this stress test.

It is difficult to estimate how potential changes in any one economic factor might affect the overall allowance because a wide variety of factors and inputs are considered in the allowance estimate. Changes in the factors and inputs may not occur at the same rate and may not be consistent across all product types. Additionally, changes in factors and inputs may be directionally inconsistent, such that improvement in one factor may offset deterioration in others. However, to consider the impact of a hypothetical alternate economic forecast, Regions estimated the allowance using a scenario that was 1 standard deviation unfavorable to the expected scenario for each macroeconomic variable. This unfavorable scenario resulted in an allowance approximately 10 percent higher than the allowance using the expected scenario.

Similar to the scenarios above, it is difficult to estimate how potential changes in credit risk factors might affect the overall allowance because of the wide variety of credit risk factors that are considered in estimating the allowance. Changes in risk ratings may not occur at the same rate and may not be consistent across product or industry types. Regions conducted a separate sensitivity analysis considering deteriorating conditions for commercial and investor real estate portfolio factors by stressing key portfolio drivers relative to the baseline portfolio conditions. Regions stressed risk ratings by one downgrade for commercial and investor real estate loans. This scenario generated an increase in the modeled allowance of approximately $148 million for the commercial and investor real estate portfolios.

Fair Value Measurements

A portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities is carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded either in earnings or accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). These include debt securities available for sale, mortgage loans held for sale, equity investments (with and without readily determinable market values), residential MSRs and derivative assets and liabilities. From time to time, the estimation of fair value also affects other loans held for sale, which are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value. Fair value determination is also relevant for certain other assets such as foreclosed property and other real estate, which are recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan/property or fair value, less estimated costs to sell the property. For example, the fair value of other real estate is determined based on recent appraisals by third parties and other market information, less estimated selling costs. Adjustments to the appraised value are made if management becomes aware of changes in the fair value of specific properties or property types. The determination of fair value also impacts certain other assets that are periodically evaluated for impairment using fair value estimates, including goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets.

Fair value is generally defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) as opposed to the price that would be paid to acquire the asset or received to assume the liability (an entry price), in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. While management uses judgment when determining the price at which willing market participants would transact when there has been a significant decrease in the volume or level of activity for the asset or liability in relation to “normal” market activity, management’s objective is to determine the point within the range of fair value estimates that is most representative of a sale to a third-party

48

Table of Contents

investor under current market conditions. The value to the Company if the asset or liability were held to maturity is not included in the fair value estimates.

A fair value measure should reflect the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including the assumptions about the risk inherent in a particular valuation technique, the effect of a restriction on the sale or use of an asset and the risk of nonperformance. Fair value is measured based on a variety of inputs the Company utilizes. Fair value may be based on quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities traded in active markets (Level 1 valuations). If market prices are not available, quoted market prices for similar instruments traded in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market are used (Level 2 valuations). Where observable market data is not available, the valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market, but observable based on Company-specific data (Level 3 valuations). These unobservable assumptions reflect the Company’s own estimates for assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques typically include option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques, but may also include the use of market prices of assets or liabilities that are not directly comparable to the subject asset or liability.

See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements for a detailed discussion of determining fair value, including pricing validation processes.

Intangible Assets

Regions’ intangible assets consist primarily of the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets of acquired businesses (“goodwill”) and other identifiable intangible assets (primarily relationship assets, agency commercial real estate licenses, core deposit intangibles and purchased credit card relationships). Goodwill totaled $5.7 billion and $5.2 billion at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. Goodwill is allocated to each of Regions’ reportable segments (each a reporting unit: Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank, and Wealth Management). Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis as of October 1 or more often if events and circumstances indicate impairment may exist (refer to Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion).

Accounting guidance permits the Company to first assess qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value. If, based on the weight of the evidence, the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value exceeds book value, then an impairment test is not necessary. If the Company elects to bypass the qualitative assessment, or concludes that it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying value, an impairment test is performed. The estimated fair value of the reporting unit is compared to its carrying amount, including goodwill. To the extent that the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value, impairment is not indicated. Conversely, if the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is below its carrying amount, a loss (which could be material) would be recognized to reduce the carrying amount to the estimated fair value. The carrying value of equity for each reporting unit is determined from an allocation based upon risk weighted assets. Adverse changes in the economic environment, declining operations of the reporting unit, or other factors could result in a decline in the estimated implied fair value of goodwill.

The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1, 2021, by performing a qualitative assessment of goodwill at the reporting unit level to determine whether any indicators of impairment existed. In performing the qualitative assessment, the Company evaluated events and circumstances since the last impairment analysis, recent operating performance including reporting unit performance, changes in market capitalization, regulatory actions and assessments, changes in the business climate, company-specific factors, and trends in the banking industry. After assessing the totality of the events and circumstances, the Company determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank, and Wealth Management reporting units exceed their respective carrying values. Therefore, a quantitative impairment test was deemed unnecessary. Refer to Note 9 "Intangible Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion of goodwill.

Specific factors as of the date of filing the financial statements that could negatively impact the assumptions used in assessing goodwill for impairment include: a protracted decline in the Company’s market capitalization; adverse business trends resulting from litigation and/or regulatory actions; higher loan losses; forecasts of high unemployment levels; future increased minimum regulatory capital requirements above current thresholds (refer to Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of current minimum regulatory requirements); future federal rules and regulations (e.g., such as those resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act); and/or a significant protraction in the current level of interest rates.

Other identifiable intangible assets, relationship intangible assets, agency commercial real estate licenses, core deposit intangibles and purchased credit card relationships, are reviewed at least annually (usually in the fourth quarter) for events or circumstances which could impact the recoverability of the intangible asset. These events could include loss of customer relationships, loss of core deposits, significant losses of credit card accounts and/or balances, increased competition or adverse changes in the economy. To the extent an other identifiable intangible asset is deemed unrecoverable, an impairment loss would

49

Table of Contents

be recorded to reduce the carrying amount. These events or circumstances, if they occur, could be material to Regions’ operating results for any particular reporting period but the potential impact cannot be reasonably estimated. As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s review indicated there was no impairment in the value of the intangible assets.

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights

Regions has elected to measure and report its residential MSRs using the fair value method. Although sales of residential MSRs do occur, residential MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable market prices and the exact terms and conditions of sales may not be readily available, and are therefore Level 3 valuations in the fair value hierarchy previously discussed in the "Fair Value Measurements" section. Specific characteristics of the underlying loans greatly impact the estimated value of the related residential MSRs. As a result, Regions stratifies its residential mortgage servicing portfolio on the basis of certain risk characteristics, including loan type and contractual note rate, and values its residential MSRs using discounted cash flow modeling techniques. These techniques require management to make estimates regarding future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration historical and forecasted residential mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, escrow balances and servicing costs. Changes in interest rates, prepayment speeds or other factors impact the fair value of residential MSRs which impacts earnings. The carrying value of residential MSRs was $418 million at December 31, 2021. Based on a hypothetical sensitivity analysis, Regions estimates that a reduction in benchmark interest rates of 25 basis points and 50 basis points would reduce the December 31, 2021 fair value of residential MSRs by approximately 6 percent ($24 million) and 12 percent ($52 million), respectively. Conversely, 25 basis point and 50 basis point increases in these rates would increase the December 31, 2021 fair value of residential MSRs by approximately 5 percent ($21 million) and 9 percent ($38 million), respectively. Regions also estimates that an increase in servicing costs of approximately $10 per loan, or 16 percent, would result in a decline in the value of the residential MSRs by approximately $12 million.

The pro forma fair value analyses presented above demonstrates the sensitivity of fair values to hypothetical changes in primary mortgage rates and servicing costs. This sensitivity analysis does not reflect an expected outcome. Refer to Note 6 "Servicing of Financial Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for additional disclosure on residential mortgage servicing rights.

Income Taxes

Accrued income taxes are reported as a component of either other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, in the consolidated balance sheets and reflect management’s estimate of income taxes to be paid or received.

Deferred income taxes represent the amount of future income taxes to be paid or received and are accounted for using the asset and liability method. The net balance is reported as a component of either other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company determines the realization of deferred tax assets by considering all positive and negative evidence available, including the impact of recent operating results, future reversals of taxable temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards and tax planning strategies. In projecting future taxable income, the Company utilizes forecasted pre-tax earnings, adjusts for the estimated book-tax differences and incorporates assumptions, including the amounts of income allocable to taxing jurisdictions. These assumptions require significant judgment and are consistent with the plans and estimates the Company uses to manage the underlying businesses. The realization of the deferred tax assets could be reduced in the future if these estimates are significantly different than forecasted. For a detailed discussion of realization of deferred tax assets, refer to the “Income Taxes” section found later in this report.

The Company is subject to income tax in the U.S. and multiple state and local jurisdictions. The tax laws and regulations in each jurisdiction may be interpreted differently in certain situations, which could result in a range of outcomes. Thus, the Company is required to exercise judgment regarding the application of these tax laws and regulations. The Company will evaluate and recognize tax liabilities related to any tax uncertainties. Due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is different from the current estimate of the tax liabilities.

The Company’s estimate of accrued income taxes, deferred income taxes and income tax expense can also change in any period as a result of new legislative or judicial guidance impacting tax positions, as well as changes in income tax rates. Any changes, if they occur, can be significant to the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. See Note 19 "Income Taxes" to the consolidated financial statements for further details.

OPERATING RESULTS

NET INTEREST INCOME AND NET INTEREST MARGIN

Net interest income is Regions’ principal source of income and is one of the most important elements of Regions’ ability to meet its overall performance goals. Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis) increased by $16 million in 2021 compared to 2020. The increase in net interest income was driven primarily by higher hedge-related income, lower funding costs, a larger securities portfolio, the acquisition of EnerBank and increased PPP income. While PPP loan balances declined during the year, the fees related to loan forgiveness increased as the loan forgiveness process continued throughout 2021.

50

Table of Contents

In 2021, interest rates remained near historic lows. Regions' asset yields were impacted by the low interest rate environment. In particular, the investment securities portfolio which contains significant residential fixed-rate exposure, declined in yield to 1.86 percent in 2021 from 2.34 percent in 2020. The yield decreased primarily due to reinvestment at lower yields, addition of new securities at lower yields, and higher premium amortization. The increase in premium amortization was driven by higher recognized premium from securities purchases combined with increased prepayment speeds.

The loan portfolio yield declined to 4.11 percent in 2021 from 4.15 percent in 2020. The Company's loan yields are primarily influenced by short-term interest rates such as 30-day LIBOR, which averaged 0.10 percent in 2021 compared to 0.52 percent in 2020. Notably the hedging program, which protects against lower short-term rates, contributed interest income of $426 million for all of 2021 compared to $260 million in 2020. This equates to a benefit of 0.50 percent to loan yields in 2021 compared to 0.30 percent in 2020. Additionally, continued reinvestment of fixed-rate loans at lower long-term interest rates throughout 2021 contributed to the yield decrease.

The Company's funding costs also declined in 2021 to 0.12 percent as compared to 0.31 percent in 2020. Deposit costs decreased to 5 basis points for 2021 compared to 16 basis points for 2020 due primarily to continued lower interest rates and active deposit cost management, coupled with a higher non-interest-bearing balance mix. The average long-term borrowing balance of $2.8 billion in 2021 was lower than 2020 due to the redemption of Parent and Bank senior notes, as well as early termination of FHLB secured funding sources. While the interest expense declined, the rate on these borrowings increased 96 basis points, primarily attributable to the remixing out of lower-cost FHLB funding. See the "Borrowed Funds" section and Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Net interest margin decreased to 2.85 percent in 2021 from 3.21 percent in 2020. The decline was primarily driven by continued elevated liquidity in higher cash levels. Cash reduced net interest margin by 54 basis points in 2021 compared to 18 basis points in 2020.

See also the "Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk" section in Management's Discussion and Analysis for additional information.

51

Table of Contents

Table 2 "Consolidated Average Daily Balances and Yield/Rate Analysis" presents a detail of net interest income (on a taxable-equivalent basis), the net interest margin, and the net interest spread.

Table 2—Consolidated Average Daily Balances and Yield/Rate Analysis

	Year Ended December 31
	2021						2020						2019
	Average Balance		Income/ Expense		Yield/ Rate(1)		Average Balance		Income/ Expense		Yield/ Rate(1)		Average Balance		Income/ Expense		Yield/ Rate(1)
	(Dollars in millions; yields on taxable-equivalent basis)
Assets
Earning assets:
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell	$	3	$	—	0.14	%	$	—	$	—	—	%	$	—	$	—	—	%
Debt securities (2)	28,604		533		1.86		24,837		582		2.34		24,274		643		2.65
Loans held for sale	1,219		37		3.06		932		28		2.95		450		17		3.75
Loans, net of unearned  income (3)(4)	84,802		3,496		4.11		87,813		3,658		4.15		83,248		3,919		4.69
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks	22,810		30		0.13		7,688		9		0.13		666		16		2.41
Other earning assets(5)	1,289		29		2.23		1,382		33		2.37		1,536		54		3.49
Total earning assets	138,727		4,125		2.97		122,652		4,310		3.50		110,174		4,649		4.21
Unrealized gains/(losses) on securities available for sale, net (2)	623						935						(5)
Allowance for loan losses	(1,795)						(1,944)						(857)
Cash and due from banks	2,027						2,047						1,895
Other non-earning assets	14,687						14,405						13,903
	$	154,269					$	138,095					$	125,110
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Savings	$	13,867	19		0.13		$	10,325	14		0.14		$	8,719	14		0.16
Interest-bearing checking	25,128		8		0.03		21,522		35		0.16		18,772		125		0.67
Money market	30,615		8		0.03		27,877		51		0.18		24,637		167		0.68
Time deposits	5,253		29		0.56		6,432		76		1.18		7,632		123		1.61
Other deposits	2		—		1.20		252		4		1.58		784		18		2.26
Total interest-bearing deposits (6)	74,865		64		0.09		66,408		180		0.27		60,544		447		0.74
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase	12		—		0.19		46		1		1.18		227		5		2.28
Other short-term borrowings	—		—		—		797		9		1.13		2,014		48		2.35
Long-term borrowings	2,823		103		3.63		6,601		178		2.67		10,126		351		3.43
Total interest-bearing liabilities	77,700		167		0.21		73,852		368		0.50		72,911		851		1.17
Non-interest-bearing deposits(5)	55,838		—		—		44,386		—		—		33,869		—		—
Total funding sources	133,538		167		0.12		118,238		368		0.31		106,780		851		0.79
Net interest spread (2)					2.75						3.00						3.04
Other liabilities	2,525						2,469						2,245
Shareholders’ equity	18,201						17,382						16,082
Noncontrolling Interest	5						6						3
	$	154,269					$	138,095					$	125,110
Net interest income/margin on a taxable-equivalent basis (7)			$	3,958	2.85	%			$	3,942	3.21	%			$	3,798	3.45	%

_______

(1)Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values.

(2)Debt securities are included on an amortized cost basis with yield and net interest margin calculated accordingly.

(3)Loans, net of unearned income include non-accrual loans for all periods presented.

(4)Interest income includes net loan fees of $152 million, $75 million and $7 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

(5)Due to the impact of interest-bearing deposits in other banks on the balance sheet in 2021, other earning assets and interest-bearing deposits in other banks for prior periods have been revised to reflect the 2021 presentation.

(6)Total deposit costs may be calculated by dividing total interest expense on deposits by the sum of interest-bearing deposits and non-interest-bearing deposits. The rates for total deposit costs equal 0.05%, 0.16% and 0.47% for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

(7)The computation of taxable-equivalent net interest income is based on the statutory federal income tax rate of 21%, adjusted for applicable state income taxes net of the related federal tax benefit.

52

Table of Contents

Table 3 "Volume and Yield/Rate Variances" provides additional information with which to analyze the changes in net interest income.

Table 3— Volume and Yield/Rate Variances

	2021 Compared to 2020						2020 Compared to 2019
	Change Due to						Change Due to
	Volume		Yield/ Rate		Net		Volume		Yield/ Rate		Net
	(Taxable-equivalent basis—in millions)
Interest income on:
Debt securities	$	80	$	(129)	$	(49)	$	15	$	(76)	$	(61)
Loans held for sale	8		1		9		15		(4)		11
Loans, including fees	(126)		(36)		(162)		206		(467)		(261)
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks	21		—		21		21		(28)		(7)
Other earning assets	(2)		(2)		(4)		(5)		(16)		(21)
Total earning assets	(19)		(166)		(185)		252		(591)		(339)
Interest expense on:
Savings	5		—		5		2		(2)		—
Interest-bearing checking	5		(32)		(27)		16		(106)		(90)
Money market	4		(47)		(43)		19		(135)		(116)
Time deposits	(12)		(35)		(47)		(17)		(30)		(47)
Other deposits	(3)		(1)		(4)		(10)		(4)		(14)
Total interest-bearing deposits	(1)		(115)		(116)		10		(277)		(267)
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase	—		(1)		(1)		(2)		(2)		(4)
Other short-term borrowings	(11)		2		(9)		(21)		(18)		(39)
Long-term borrowings	(124)		49		(75)		(106)		(67)		(173)
Total interest-bearing liabilities	(136)		(65)		(201)		(119)		(364)		(483)
Increase (decrease) in net interest income	$	117	$	(101)	$	16	$	371	$	(227)	$	144

______

Notes:

•The change in interest not due solely to volume or yield/rate has been allocated to the volume column and yield/rate column in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

•The computation of taxable-equivalent net interest income is based on the statutory federal income tax rate of 21%, adjusted for applicable state income taxes net of the related federal tax benefit.

The mix of earning assets can affect the interest rate spread. Regions’ primary types of earning assets are loans and investment securities. Certain types of earning assets have historically generated larger spreads; for example, loans typically generate larger spreads than other assets, such as securities, Federal funds sold or securities purchased under agreements to resell. Average earning assets in 2021 totaled $138.7 billion, an increase of $16.1 billion as compared to the prior year, primarily due to increases in interest-bearing deposits in other banks. See the "Cash and Cash Equivalents" and "Loans" sections for further details.

Average loans as a percentage of average earning assets were 61 percent and 72 percent in 2021 and 2020, respectively. The remaining categories of earning assets are shown in Table 2 "Consolidated Average Daily Balances and Yield/Rate Analysis". The proportion of average earning assets to average total assets, which was 90 percent in 2021 and 89 percent in 2020, measures the effectiveness of management’s efforts to invest available funds into the most profitable earning vehicles. Funding for Regions’ earning assets comes from interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing sources. Another significant factor affecting the net interest margin is the percentage of earning assets funded by interest-bearing liabilities. The percentage of average earning assets funded by average interest-bearing liabilities was 56 percent in 2021 and 60 percent in 2020.

53

Table of Contents

PROVISION FOR (BENEFIT FROM) CREDIT LOSSES

The provision for (benefit from) credit losses is used to maintain the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded credit losses at a level that in management's judgment is appropriate to absorb expected credit losses over the contractual life of the loan and credit commitment portfolio at the balance sheet date. During 2021, the benefit from credit losses totaled $524 million and net charge-offs were $204 million. This compares to a provision for credit losses of $1.3 billion and net charge-offs of $512 million in 2020.

For further discussion and analysis of the total allowance for credit losses, see the "Allowance for Credit Losses" and “Risk Management” sections found later in this report. See also Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements.

NON-INTEREST INCOME

Table 4—Non-Interest Income

	Year Ended December 31						Change 2021 vs. 2020
	2021		2020		2019		Amount		Percent
	(Dollars in millions)
Service charges on deposit accounts	$	648	$	621	$	729	$	27	4.3	%
Card and ATM fees	499		438		455		61		13.9	%
Capital markets income	331		275		178		56		20.4	%
Investment management and trust fee income	278		253		243		25		9.9	%
Mortgage income	242		333		163		(91)		(27.3)	%
Investment services fee income	104		84		79		20		23.8	%
Commercial credit fee income	91		77		73		14		18.2	%
Bank-owned life insurance	82		95		78		(13)		(13.7)	%
Market valuation adjustments on employee benefit assets- other	20		12		11		8		66.7	%
Gain on equity investment(1)	3		50		—		(47)		(94.0)	%
Securities gains (losses), net	3		4		(28)		(1)		(25.0)	%
Market valuation adjustments on employee benefit assets- defined benefit	—		—		5		—		NM
Other miscellaneous income	223		151		130		72		47.7	%
	$	2,524	$	2,393	$	2,116	$	131	5.5	%

_______

NM - Not Meaningful

(1) The 2021 amount is a gain on the sale of an equity investment, whereas the 2020 amount is a valuation gain on the investment that was sold in the first quarter 2021.

Service Charges on Deposit Accounts

Service charges on deposit accounts include non-sufficient fund and overdraft fees, corporate analysis service charges, overdraft protection fees and other customer transaction-related service charges. The increase in 2021 compared to 2020 was the result of elevated spending in 2021 as the pace of economic activity accelerated through the year. While service charges revenue improved, changes to customer spending behaviors as a result of the pandemic, combined with future changes to overdraft and non-sufficient funds policies, are expected to keep service charges below pre-pandemic levels. See the "Executive Overview" section for details on expectations for service charges income in 2022.

Card and ATM Fees

Card and ATM fees include the combined amounts of credit card/bank card income and debit card and ATM related revenue. The increase in 2021 compared to 2020 was primarily driven by increased debit card spending and transaction volume.

Capital Markets Income

Capital markets income primarily relates to capital raising activities that includes securities underwriting and placement, loan syndication, as well as foreign exchange, derivatives, M&A and other advisory services. The increase in 2021 compared to 2020 was primarily due to increases in revenue derived from loan syndications, securities underwriting and placement, M&A advisory services, and fees generated from the placement of permanent financing for real estate. See the "Executive Overview" section for details on expectations of capital markets income in 2022.

54

Table of Contents

Investment Management and Trust Fee Income

Investment management and trust fee income represents income from asset management services provided to individuals, businesses and institutions. The increase in 2021 compared to 2020 was due to favorable market conditions and an increase in sales.

Mortgage Income

Mortgage income is generated through the origination and servicing of residential mortgage loans for long-term investors and sales of residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. The decrease in mortgage income in 2021 compared to 2020 was due to a decline in loan refinance production and sales income from the record levels experienced in 2020. Losses on mortgage servicing rights and related economic hedges also contributed to the decline. See Note 6 "Servicing of Financial Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for more information.

Investment Services Fee Income

Investment services fee income represents income earned from investment advisory services. Investment services fee income increased during 2021 compared to 2020 due primarily to stronger financial advisor production and favorable market conditions.

Commercial Credit Fee Income

Commercial credit fee income includes letters of credit fees and unused commercial commitment fees. Commercial credit fee income increased during 2021 compared 2020 primarily due to an increase in fees on unused commercial lines of credit. While line utilization at year-end had risen from the inflection point reached in the second quarter of 2021, overall line utilization remained below pre-pandemic levels.

Bank-owned Life Insurance

Bank-owned life insurance income primarily represents income earned from the appreciation of the cash surrender value of insurance contracts held and the proceeds of insurance benefits. Bank-owned life insurance decreased in 2021 compared to 2020 due to a continued decline in crediting rates, as well as a gain associated with a policy exchange completed during the fourth quarter of 2020, which did not repeat in 2021. An individual BOLI claim benefit recognized in 2021 partially offset the year-over-year decrease.

Securities Gains (Losses), net

Net securities gains (losses) primarily result from the Company's asset/liability management process. See Table 6 "Debt Securities" section and Note 3 "Debt Securities" to the consolidated financial statements for more information.

Market Value Adjustments on Employee Benefit Assets

Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets, both defined benefit and other, are the reflection of market value variations related to assets held for certain employee benefits. The adjustments are offset in salaries and benefits.

Other Miscellaneous Income

Other miscellaneous income includes net revenue from affordable housing, income from SBIC investments, valuation adjustments to equity investments (other than the item listed separately in Table 4 above), commercial loan and leasing related income, fees from safe deposit boxes, check fees and other miscellaneous income. Net revenue from affordable housing includes actual gains and losses resulting from the sale of affordable housing investments, cash distributions from the investments and any related impairment charges. Other miscellaneous income increased in 2021 compared to 2020 primarily due to increases in commercial loan and leasing related income generated from the 2020 acquisition of Ascentium, SBIC income and increases in the values of certain other equity investments.

55

Table of Contents

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

Table 5—Non-Interest Expense

	Year Ended December 31						Change 2021 vs. 2020
	2021		2020		2019		Amount		Percent
	(Dollars in millions)
Salaries and employee benefits	$	2,205	$	2,100	$	1,916	$	105	5.0	%
Equipment and software expense	365		348		325		17		4.9	%
Net occupancy expense	303		313		321		(10)		(3.2)	%
Outside services	156		170		189		(14)		(8.2)	%
Marketing	106		94		97		12		12.8	%
Professional, legal and regulatory expenses	98		89		95		9		10.1	%
Credit/checkcard expenses	62		50		68		12		24.0	%
FDIC insurance assessments	45		48		48		(3)		(6.3)	%
Visa class B shares expense	22		24		14		(2)		(8.3)	%
Loss on early extinguishment of debt	20		22		16		(2)		(9.1)	%
Branch consolidation, property and equipment charges	5		31		25		(26)		(83.9)	%
Provision (credit) for unfunded credit losses(1)	—		—		(6)		—		NM
Other miscellaneous expenses	360		354		381		6		1.7	%
	$	3,747	$	3,643	$	3,489	$	104	2.9	%

_______

(1)Upon adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, the provision for credit losses presented within net interest income after provision for credit losses is the sum of the provision for loan losses and the provision for unfunded credit commitments. Prior to the adoption of CECL, the provision for unfunded commitments was included in other non-interest expense.

Salaries and Employee Benefits

Salaries and employee benefits consist of salaries, incentive compensation, long-term incentives, payroll taxes, and other employee benefits such as 401(k), pension, and medical, life and disability insurance, as well as, expenses from liabilities held for employee benefit purposes. Salaries and employee benefits increased during 2021 compared to 2020 primarily due to higher variable-based and incentive compensation associated with elevated fee income and better than expected credit performance. Also contributing to the increase for 2021 was an increase in 401(k) and other benefits expenses as a result of positive market valuation adjustments. Full-time equivalent headcount increased to 19,626 at December 31, 2021 from 19,406 at December 31, 2020, reflecting additions of approximately 620 associates from acquisitions in the fourth quarter of 2021 which were offset by declines in headcount throughout 2021 as a result of the continuing impact of the Company's efficiency initiatives implemented as part of its strategic priorities.

Outside Services

Outside services consists of expenses related to routine services provided by third parties, such as contract labor, servicing costs, data processing, loan pricing and research, data license purchases, data subscriptions, and check printing. Outside services decreased in 2021 compared to 2020 primarily due to Regions exiting a third party lending relationship.

Marketing

Marketing consists of advertising, market research, and public relations expenses. Marketing increased in 2021 compared to 2020 primarily due to costs incurred for advertising.

Professional, Legal and Regulatory Expenses

Professional legal and regulatory expenses consist of amounts related to legal, consulting, other professional fees and regulatory charges. Professional, legal and regulatory expenses increased in 2021 compared to 2020 primarily due to professional fees incurred related to the acquisitions in the fourth quarter of 2021.

Credit/Checkcard Expenses

Credit/checkcard expenses include credit and checkcard fraud and expenses. Credit/checkcard expenses increased in 2021 compared to 2020 primarily due to an increase in debit card fraud.

56

Table of Contents

Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt

In both 2020 and 2021, Regions redeemed or terminated early certain outstanding borrowings and incurred pre-tax charges associated with these transactions. See Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Branch Consolidation, Property and Equipment Charges

Branch consolidation, property and equipment charges include valuation adjustments related to owned branches when the decision to close them is made. Accelerated depreciation and lease write-off charges are recorded for leased branches through and at the actual branch close date. Branch consolidation, property and equipment charges also include costs related to occupancy optimization initiatives.

Other Miscellaneous Expenses

Other miscellaneous expenses include expenses related to communications, postage, supplies, certain credit-related costs, foreclosed property expenses, mortgage repurchase costs, operational losses and other costs (benefits) related to employee benefit plans.

INCOME TAXES

The Company’s income tax expense for the year ended 2021 was $694 million compared to income tax expense of $220 million for the same period in 2020, resulting in effective tax rates of 21.6% percent and 16.8% percent, respectively. The effective tax rate is higher in 2021 due primarily to a consistent level of permanent income tax preferences having a proportionally lower impact on higher 2021 pre-tax income.

The effective tax rate is affected by many factors including, but not limited to, the level of pre-tax income, the mix of income between various tax jurisdictions with differing tax rates, enacted tax legislation, net tax benefits related to affordable housing investments, bank-owned life insurance income, tax-exempt interest and nondeductible expenses. In addition, the effective tax rate is affected by items that may occur in any given period but are not consistent from period-to-period, such as the termination of certain leveraged leases, share-based payments, valuation allowance changes and changes to unrecognized tax benefits. Accordingly, the comparability of the effective tax rate between periods may be impacted.

At December 31, 2021, the Company reported a net deferred tax liability of $306 million compared to a net deferred liability of $505 million at December 31, 2020. The decrease in the net deferred tax liability was due principally to the decrease in unrealized gains in available for sale securities and derivative instruments, which was partially offset by a decrease in the deferred tax asset related to the allowance.

The Company continually assesses the realizability of its deferred tax assets based on an evaluative process that considers all available positive and negative evidence. A valuation allowance is recognized for a deferred tax asset if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. In determining whether a valuation allowance is necessary, Regions considers the level of taxable income in prior years to the extent that carrybacks are permitted under current tax laws, as well as estimates of future pre-tax and taxable income and tax planning strategies that would, if necessary, be implemented.

Based on this evaluative process, the Company established a valuation allowance in the amount of $29 million at December 31, 2021 and $31 million at December 31, 2020 because the Company believes that a portion of state net operating loss carryforwards will not be utilized. Since Regions expects to realize the remaining federal and state deferred tax assets, no valuation allowance was deemed necessary against these deferred tax assets at December 31, 2021. See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 19 "Income Taxes" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information about income taxes.

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

The following sections provide expanded discussion of significant changes in certain line items in asset, liability, and shareholders' equity categories.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

At December 31, 2021, cash and cash equivalents totaled $29.4 billion compared to $18.0 billion at December 31, 2020. The increase was due primarily to an increase in cash on deposit with the FRB. Significant deposit growth was primarily driven by pandemic-related deposit inflows resulting in higher consumer account balances, and new account growth during 2021 contributed to elevated liquidity sources for the Company. Regions deployed some excess liquidity as opportunities existed given market interest rates, primarily through securities purchases and long-term borrowing extinguishment activities. See the "Borrowed Funds" and "Securities" sections for further details. The remaining excess liquidity is held at the FRB. See the "Liquidity" and "Deposits" sections for more information.

57

Table of Contents

Debt Securities

Debt securities available for sale, which constitute the majority of the securities portfolio, are an important tool used to manage interest rate sensitivity and provide a primary source of liquidity for the Company. Regions maintains a highly rated securities portfolio consisting primarily of agency mortgage-backed securities. Regions’ investment policy emphasizes credit quality and liquidity. Debt securities rated in the highest category by nationally recognized rating agencies and debt securities backed by the U.S. Government and government sponsored agencies, both on a direct and indirect basis, represented approximately 95 percent of the investment portfolio at December 31, 2021. All other debt securities rated below AAA, not backed by the U.S. Government or government sponsored agencies, or which are not rated represented approximately 5 percent of total debt securities at December 31, 2021. The “Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk” and "Liquidity Risk" sections, found later in this report, further explain Regions’ interest rate and liquidity risk management practices.

The average life of the debt securities portfolio at December 31, 2021 was estimated to be 4.93 years, with a duration of approximately 4.25 years. These metrics compare with an estimated average life of 4.59 years, with a duration of approximately 4.0 years for the portfolio at December 31, 2020.

The increase in debt securities from year-end 2020 was primarily the result of the purchase of approximately $2.0 billion in U.S treasury securities, mortgage-backed securities and corporate and other debt securities during the second quarter of 2021, which was partially offset by decreases in market valuation driven by changes in interest rates.

See Note 3 "Debt Securities" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Table 6 "Debt Securities" details the carrying values of debt securities, including both available for sale and held to maturity.

Table 6—Debt Securities

	2021		2020
	(In millions)
U.S. Treasury securities	$	1,132	$	183
Federal agency securities	92		105
Obligations of states and political subdivisions	4		—
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency	19,319		19,611
Residential non-agency	1		1
Commercial agency	6,915		6,586
Commercial non-agency	536		586
Corporate and other debt securities	1,381		1,204
	$	29,380	$	28,276

58

Table of Contents

Table 7 "Relative Contractual Maturities" details the contractual maturities of debt securities, including held to maturity and available for sale, and the related weighted-average yields.

Table 7— Relative Contractual Maturities

	Debt Securities Maturing as of December 31, 2021
	Within One Year			After One But Within Five Years			After Five But Within Ten Years			After Ten Years			Total
	(Dollars in millions)
U.S. Treasury securities	$	104		$	320		$	700		$	8		$	1,132
Federal agency securities	7			—			—			85			92
Obligations of states and political subdivisions	—			—			—			4			4
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency	—			135			962			18,222			19,319
Residential non-agency	—			—			1			—			1
Commercial agency	74			2,119			4,085			637			6,915
Commercial non-agency	—			—			—			536			536
Corporate and other debt securities	217			984			160			20			1,381
	$	402		$	3,558		$	5,908		$	19,512		$	29,380
Weighted-average yield (1)	2.28		%	2.18		%	2.00		%	1.88		%	1.95		%

_________

(1)The weighted-average yields are calculated on the basis of the yield to maturity based on the carrying value of each debt security. The yields presented in Table 2 are calculated based on the amortized cost of each debt security and yields earned throughout each year. Yields are calculated based on whole dollar amounts.

Loans Held For Sale

At December 31, 2021, loans held for sale totaled $1.0 billion, consisting of $680 million of residential real estate mortgage loans, $257 million of commercial loans, $53 million of consumer and other performing loans, and $13 million of non-performing loans. At December 31, 2020, loans held for sale totaled $1.9 billion, consisting of $1.4 billion of residential real estate mortgage loans, $460 million of commercial mortgage and other loans, and $6 million of non-performing loans. In the fourth quarter of 2020, Regions made the decision to sell a certain portfolio of $239 million commercial and industrial loans, which were reclassified to held for sale as of December 31, 2020. On June 1, 2021, Regions made the decision not to sell the respective loans, therefore the remaining balance of approximately $193 million was reclassified back into the held for investment portfolio. The levels of residential real estate and commercial mortgage loans held for sale that are part of the Company's mortgage originations to be sold fluctuate depending on the timing of origination and sale to third parties.

Loans

GENERAL

Loans, net of unearned income, represented 60 percent of interest-earning assets as of December 31, 2021, compared to 64 percent as of December 31, 2020. Lending at Regions is generally organized along three portfolio segments: commercial loans (including commercial and industrial, and owner-occupied commercial real estate mortgage and construction loans), investor real estate loans (commercial real estate mortgage and construction loans) and consumer loans (residential first mortgage, home equity lines and loans, consumer credit card, other consumer—exit portfolios, and other consumer loans).

59

Table of Contents

Table 8 illustrates a year-over-year comparison of loans, net of unearned income, by portfolio segment and class as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and Table 9 provides information on selected loan maturities as of December 31, 2021:

Table 8—Loan Portfolio

	2021		2020
	(In millions, net of unearned income)
Commercial and industrial	$	43,758	$	42,870
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied	5,287		5,405
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied	264		300
Total commercial	49,309		48,575
Commercial investor real estate mortgage	5,441		5,394
Commercial investor real estate construction	1,586		1,869
Total investor real estate	7,027		7,263
Residential first mortgage	17,512		16,575
Home equity lines	3,744		4,539
Home equity loans	2,510		2,713
Consumer credit card	1,184		1,213
Other consumer—exit portfolios	1,071		2,035
Other consumer	5,427		2,353
Total consumer	31,448		29,428
	$	87,784	$	85,266

Table 9— Loan Maturities

	Loans Maturing as of December 31, 2021
	Within One Year		After One But  Within Five Years		After Five  But Within 15 Years		After 15 Years		Total
	(In millions)
Commercial and industrial	$	6,439	$	29,187	$	6,900	$	1,232	$	43,758
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied	353		1,825		2,937		172		5,287
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied	14		63		152		35		264
Total commercial	6,806		31,075		9,989		1,439		49,309
Commercial investor real estate mortgage	1,974		3,262		205		—		5,441
Commercial investor real estate construction	276		1,308		2		—		1,586
Total investor real estate	2,250		4,570		207		—		7,027
Residential first mortgage	8		172		3,613		13,719		17,512
Home equity lines	126		1,110		2,503		5		3,744
Home equity loans	13		176		2,063		258		2,510
Consumer credit card	1,184		—		—		—		1,184
Other consumer—exit portfolios	44		599		428		—		1,071
Other consumer	212		2,155		1,596		1,464		5,427
Total consumer	1,587		4,212		10,203		15,446		31,448
	$	10,643	$	39,857	$	20,399	$	16,885	$	87,784

60

Table of Contents

Table 10- Loan Distribution by Rate Type

The following table shows the distribution of those loans with maturities greater than one year between predetermined and variable interest rate loans as of December 31, 2021:

	Predetermined Rate		Variable Rate (1)
	(In millions)
Commercial and industrial	$	12,472	$	24,847
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied	2,935		1,999
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied	168		82
Total commercial	15,575		26,928
Commercial investor real estate mortgage	262		3,205
Commercial investor real estate construction	4		1,306
Total investor real estate	266		4,511
Residential first mortgage	15,758		1,746
Home equity lines	—		3,618
Home equity loans	2,497		—
Other consumer—exit portfolios	1,027		—
Other consumer	4,990		225
Total consumer	24,272		5,589
	$	40,113	$	37,028

_________

(1)The lending reported in variable rate disclosure is based upon the rate in the underlying lending agreements. For some lending arrangements, Regions enters into interest rate swap and floor agreements to manage overall cash flow changes related to interest rate risk exposure on variable rate loans. The agreements effectively modify the Company’s exposure to interest rate risk by utilizing receive fixed/pay variable interest rate swaps and interest rate floors. The impact of hedging is not considered within this disclosure.

Loans, net of unearned income, totaled $87.8 billion at December 31, 2021, an increase of $2.5 billion from year-end 2020 levels. Regions manages loan growth with a focus on risk management and risk-adjusted return on capital. Loan balances increased year over year in the commercial and consumer portfolio segments but declined within the investor real estate portfolio segment. Within the consumer portfolio segment, the year over year balance increase is primarily attributable to $3.1 billion in loans associated with the acquisition of EnerBank. See the "Executive Overview" section for details on expectations of average loan growth in 2022.

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS

The following sections describe the composition of the portfolio segments and classes disclosed in Table 8, explain changes in balances from the 2020 year-end, and highlight the related risk characteristics. Regions believes that its loan portfolio is well diversified by product, client, and geography throughout its footprint. However, the loan portfolio may be exposed to certain concentrations of credit risk which exist in relation to individual borrowers or groups of borrowers, certain types of collateral, certain types of industries, certain loan products, or certain regions of the country. See Note 4 "Loans" and Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion.

Commercial

The commercial portfolio segment includes commercial and industrial loans to commercial customers for use in normal business operations to finance working capital needs, equipment purchases and other expansion projects. Commercial and industrial loans increased $888 million or 2 percent since year-end 2020. The December 31, 2021 balance includes $748 million of PPP loans, a decrease of $2.9 billion compared to year-end 2020. While line utilization levels remain well below pre-pandemic levels, utilization levels slightly increased by the end of the year compared to the inflection point reached in the second quarter of 2021. Excluding PPP lending balances, commercial loan balances increased since year-end 2020 driven by growth in financial services, wholesale goods, utilities, and transportation and warehousing.

Commercial also includes owner-occupied commercial real estate mortgage loans to operating businesses, which are loans for long-term financing on land and buildings, and are repaid by cash generated by business operations. Owner-occupied commercial real estate construction loans are made to commercial businesses for the development of land or construction of a building where the repayment is derived from revenues generated from the business of the borrower.

Over half of the Company’s total loans are included in the commercial portfolio segment. These balances are spread across numerous industries, as noted in the table below. The Company manages the related risks to this portfolio by setting certain lending limits for each significant industry.

61

Table of Contents

The following table provides detail of Regions' commercial portfolio balances in selected industries as of December 31:

Table 11—Commercial Industry Exposure

	2021
	Loans		Unfunded Commitments		Total Exposure
	(In millions)
Administrative, support, waste and repair	$	1,489	$	1,141	$	2,630
Agriculture	336		253		589
Educational services	2,975		948		3,923
Energy	1,361		2,678		4,039
Financial services	5,582		5,933		11,515
Government and public sector	2,845		526		3,371
Healthcare	3,918		2,270		6,188
Information	1,929		1,233		3,162
Manufacturing	4,629		4,270		8,899
Professional, scientific and technical services	2,235		1,409		3,644
Real estate (1)	7,343		7,720		15,063
Religious, leisure, personal and non-profit services	1,733		730		2,463
Restaurant, accommodation and lodging	1,658		433		2,091
Retail trade	2,247		2,307		4,554
Transportation and warehousing	3,030		1,538		4,568
Utilities	2,131		2,895		5,026
Wholesale goods	3,756		3,189		6,945
Other (2)	112		2,425		2,537
Total commercial	$	49,309	$	41,898	$	91,207

	2020 (3)
	Loans		Unfunded Commitments		Total Exposure
	(In millions)
Administrative, support, waste and repair	$	1,605	$	1,017	$	2,622
Agriculture	424		332		756
Educational services	3,055		852		3,907
Energy	1,676		2,337		4,013
Financial services	4,416		4,905		9,321
Government and public sector	2,907		621		3,528
Healthcare	4,141		2,468		6,609
Information	1,699		1,096		2,795
Manufacturing	4,555		4,216		8,771
Professional, scientific and technical services	2,467		1,594		4,061
Real estate (1)	7,285		7,456		14,741
Religious, leisure, personal and non-profit services	1,966		810		2,776
Restaurant, accommodation and lodging	2,196		341		2,537
Retail trade	2,578		2,178		4,756
Transportation and warehousing	2,731		1,415		4,146
Utilities	1,829		2,758		4,587
Wholesale goods	3,050		3,303		6,353
Other (2)	(5)		1,774		1,769
Total commercial	$	48,575	$	39,473	$	88,048

_______

(1)"Real estate" includes REITs, which are unsecured commercial and industrial products that are real estate related.

(2)"Other" contains balances related to non-classifiable and invalid business industry codes offset by payments in process and fee accounts that are not available at the loan level.

(3)As customers' businesses evolve (e.g. up or down the vertical manufacturing chain), Regions may need to change the assigned business industry code used to define the customer relationship. When these changes occur, Regions does not recast the customer history for prior periods into the new classification because the business industry code used in the prior period was deemed appropriate. As a result, year over year changes may be impacted.

62

Table of Contents

Investor Real Estate

Loans for real estate development are repaid through cash flows related to the operation, sale or refinance of the property. This portfolio segment includes extensions of credit to real estate developers or investors where repayment is dependent on the sale of real estate or income generated from the real estate collateral. A portion of Regions’ investor real estate portfolio segment consists of loans secured by residential product types (land, single-family and condominium loans) within Regions’ markets. Additionally, this category includes loans made to finance income-producing properties such as apartment buildings, office and industrial buildings, and retail shopping centers. Total investor real estate loans decreased $236 million in comparison to 2020 year-end balances.

Residential First Mortgage

Residential first mortgage loans represent loans to consumers to finance a residence. These loans are typically financed over a 15 to 30 year term and, in most cases, are extended to borrowers to finance their primary residence. These loans increased $937 million in comparison to 2020 year-end balances. The increase in residential first mortgage loans was primarily driven by strong originations due to continued historically low market interest rates. Approximately $6.0 billion in new loan originations were retained on the balance sheet through the year ended December 31, 2021.

Home Equity Lines

Home equity lines are secured by a first or second mortgage on the borrower's residence and allow customers to borrow against the equity in their homes. Home equity lines decreased by $795 million in comparison to 2020 year-end balances continuing the pace of decline experienced in the past several years as payoffs and paydowns outpaced production. Substantially all of this portfolio was originated through Regions’ branch network.

Beginning in December 2016, new home equity lines of credit have a 10-year draw period and a 20-year repayment term. During the 10-year draw period customers do not have an interest-only payment option, except on a very limited basis. From May 2009 to December 2016, home equity lines of credit had a 10-year draw period and a 10-year repayment term. Prior to May 2009, the predominant structure was a 20-year draw period with a balloon payment upon maturity. The term “balloon payment” means there are no principal payments required until the balloon payment is due for interest-only lines of credit.

The following table presents information regarding the future principal payment reset dates for the Company's home equity lines of credit as of December 31, 2021. The balances presented are based on maturity date for lines with a balloon payment and draw period expiration date for lines that convert to a repayment period.

Table 12—Home Equity Lines of Credit - Future Principal Payment Resets

	First Lien		% of Total		Second Lien		% of Total		Total
	(Dollars in millions)
2022	$	122	3.27	%	$	101	2.68	%	$	223
2023	90		2.40		67		1.79		157
2024	130		3.47		92		2.46		222
2025	130		3.47		139		3.73		269
2026	179		4.79		185		4.93		364
2027-2032	1,433		38.27		1,067		28.49		2,500
2032-2036	2		0.04		2		0.06		4
Thereafter	3		0.09		2		0.06		5
Total	$	2,089	55.80	%	$	1,655	44.20	%	$	3,744

Home Equity Loans

Home equity loans are also secured by a first or second mortgage on the borrower's residence, are primarily originated as amortizing loans, and allow customers to borrow against the equity in their homes. Home equity loans decreased by $203 million in comparison to 2020 year-end balances. Substantially all of this portfolio was originated through Regions’ branch network.

Other Consumer Credit Quality Data

The Company calculates an estimate of the current value of property secured as collateral for both residential first mortgage and home equity lending products (“current LTV”). The estimate is based on home price indices compiled by a third party. The third party data indicates trends for MSAs. Regions uses the third party valuation trends from the MSAs in the Company's footprint in its estimate. The trend data is applied to the loan portfolios taking into account the age of the most recent valuation and geographic area.

63

Table of Contents

The following table presents current LTV data for components of the residential first mortgage, home equity lines and home equity loans classes of the consumer portfolio segment. Current LTV data for some loans in the portfolio is not available due to mergers and systems integrations. The amounts in the table represent the entire loan balance. For purposes of the table below, if the loan balance exceeds the current estimated collateral the entire balance is included in the “Above 100%” category, regardless of the amount of collateral available to partially offset the shortfall.

Table 13—Estimated Current Loan to Value Ranges

	December 31, 2021
	Residential First Mortgage		Home Equity Lines of Credit				Home Equity Loans
			1st Lien		2nd Lien		1st Lien		2nd Lien
	(In millions)
Estimated current LTV:
Above 100%	$	5	$	1	$	—	$	2	$	1
Above 80% - 100%	1,667		6		8		16		4
80% and below	15,564		2,053		1,588		2,305		167
Data not available	276		29		59		11		4
	$	17,512	$	2,089	$	1,655	$	2,334	$	176

	December 31, 2020
	Residential First Mortgage		Home Equity Lines of Credit				Home Equity Loans
			1st Lien		2nd Lien		1st Lien		2nd Lien
	(In millions)
Estimated current LTV:
Above 100%	$	20	$	4	$	2	$	5	$	4
Above 80% - 100%	2,510		32		82		22		12
80% and below	13,790		2,417		1,888		2,452		207
Data not available	255		32		82		7		4
	$	16,575	$	2,485	$	2,054	$	2,486	$	227

Consumer Credit Card

Consumer credit card lending represents primarily open-ended variable interest rate consumer credit card loans. These balances decreased $29 million from year-end 2020.

Other Consumer—Exit Portfolios

Other consumer—exit portfolios includes lending initiatives through third parties consisting of loans made through automotive dealerships and other point of sale lending. Regions ceased originating new loans related to these businesses prior to 2020 and therefore the portfolio balance has decreased $1.0 billion from year-end 2020.

Other Consumer

Other consumer loans primarily include indirect and direct consumer loans, overdrafts and other revolving loans. Other consumer loans increased $3.1 billion from year-end 2020 primarily due to the Company's acquisition of EnerBank in the fourth quarter of 2021.

Regions considers factors such as periodic updates of FICO scores, unemployment, home prices, and geography as credit quality indicators for consumer loans. FICO scores are obtained at origination and refreshed FICO scores are obtained by the Company quarterly for most consumer loans. For more information on credit quality indicators refer to Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses".

Allowance

The allowance consists of two components: the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded credit commitments. Unfunded credit commitments includes items such as letters of credit, financial guarantees and binding unfunded loan commitments.

The allowance totaled $1.6 billion as of December 31, 2021, compared to $2.3 billion at December 31, 2020, which represents management's best estimate of expected losses over the life of the loan and credit commitment portfolios. Key drivers of the change in the allowance are presented in Table 14 below for the quarters within and the years ended December

64

Table of Contents

31, 2021, and 2020 to illustrate categories of changes in the allowance under CECL. While many of these items overlap regarding impact, they are included in the category most relevant.

Table 14— Allowance Changes

	Three Months Ended
	December 31, 2021		September 30, 2021		June 30, 2021		March 31, 2021
	(In millions)
Allowance for credit losses, beginning balance	$	1,499	$	1,684	$	2,068	$	2,293
Initial allowance on acquired PCD loans	9		—		—		—
Net charge-offs	(44)		(30)		(47)		(83)
Provision (credit) over net charge-offs:
Economic outlook and adjustments	(51)		(91)		(265)		(130)
Changes in portfolio credit quality/uncertainty	(19)		(66)		(67)		(14)
Changes in specific reserves	(19)		(21)		(36)		(17)
Other portfolio changes (1)	40		23		31		19
Initial provision impact of non-PCD acquired loans(2)	159		—		—		—
Total provision over (less than) net charge-offs	66		(185)		(384)		(225)
Allowance for credit losses, ending balance	$	1,574	$	1,499	$	1,684	$	2,068

	Three Months Ended
	December 31, 2020		September 30, 2020		June 30, 2020		March 31, 2020
	(In millions)
Allowance for credit losses, beginning balance (as adjusted for change in accounting guidance on January 1, 2020) (3)	$	2,425	$	2,425	$	1,665	$	1,415
Initial allowance on acquired PCD loans	—		—		60		—
Net charge-offs	(94)		(113)		(182)		(123)
Provision (credit) over net charge-offs:
Economic outlook and adjustments	(137)		(22)		287		223
Changes in portfolio credit quality/uncertainty	147		115		382		42
Changes in specific reserves	(5)		52		(10)		36
Other portfolio changes (1)	(43)		(32)		147		72
Initial provision impact of non-PCD acquired loans(2)	—		—		76		—
Total provision over (less than) net charge-offs	(132)		—		700		250
Allowance for credit losses, ending balance	$	2,293	$	2,425	$	2,425	$	1,665

	Twelve months ended December 31, 2021		Twelve months ended December 31, 2020
	(In millions)
Allowance for credit losses at January 1 (as adjusted for change in accounting guidance) (1)	$	2,293	$	1,415
Initial allowance on acquired PCD loans	9		60
Net charge-offs	(204)		(512)
Provision over net charge-offs:
Economic outlook and adjustments	(537)		351
Changes in portfolio credit quality/uncertainty	(166)		686
Changes in specific reserves	(93)		73
Other portfolio changes (1)	113		144
Initial provision impact of non-PCD acquired loans(2)	159		76
Total provision over (less than) net charge-offs	(728)		818
Allowance for credit losses at December 31	$	1,574	$	2,293

_________

(1)This line item includes the net impact of portfolio growth, portfolio run-off, pay-downs and changes in the mix of total outstanding loans. This line does not include PPP loans of $748 million, $1.5 billion, $2.9 billion, $4.3 billion, $3.6 billion, $4.6 billion and $4.5 billion as of December 31, 2021, September 30, 2021, June 30, 2021, March 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, September 30, 2020, and June 30, 2020 respectively, which are fully backed by the U.S. government and have an immaterial associated allowance.

(2)The balance for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 includes $145 million related to the initial allowance for non-PCD loans acquired as a part of the fourth quarter 2021 EnerBank acquisition. The balance for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 includes $64 million related to the initial allowance for non-PCD loans acquired as part of the second quarter 2020 Ascentium acquisition.

(3)Regions adopted the CECL accounting guidance on January 1, 2020 and recorded the cumulative effect of the change in accounting guidance as a reduction to retained earnings and an increase to deferred tax assets. See Note 1 for additional details.

65

Table of Contents

Credit metrics are monitored throughout the quarter in order to understand external macro-views, trends and industry outlooks, as well as Regions' internal specific views of credit metrics and trends. The fourth quarter of 2021 exhibited positive credit performance inclusive of the increased loans from Regions' fourth quarter acquisition of EnerBank. While total net charge-offs did increase $14 million, commercial and investor real estate criticized balances decreased approximately $149 million and classified balances decreased $41 million compared to the third quarter of 2021. Non-performing loans, excluding held for sale, and non-performing assets decreased approximately $79 million and $72 million, respectively, compared to the third quarter of 2021.

Regions' purchase of EnerBank included approximately $3.1 billion in loans that are included in Regions' other consumer loan portfolio, of which approximately 6% were considered to be PCD. Purchased loans that have experienced a more than insignificant deterioration in credit quality since origination are considered to be credit deteriorated. The EnerBank acquisition resulted in $168 million in additional allowance in the fourth quarter, of which $159 million was recorded through the provision for credit losses and the remaining $9 million was for acquired PCD loans and did not impact the provision for credit losses. See the "EnerBank Acquisition" section for more information.

Regions' December 2021 forecast was generally improved compared to the September 2021 forecast with continued increases in HPI and stable GDP growth; however a significant level of uncertainty remains. Regions' economic forecast utilized in the December 31, 2021 allowance estimate considered top-line real GDP growth, business investment in equipment and machinery, further vaccine distribution and ample liquidity. Additionally, mortgage LTVs are holding up well, but the rate of house price appreciation has begun to slow and continued moderation is expected through the forecast horizon. Ongoing supply chain bottlenecks, labor supply constraints, inflationary pressures and COVID-19 variants provide uncertainty. Refer to the Economic Environment in Regions' Banking Markets within the "Executive Overview" section for more information. Furthermore, Regions benchmarks its internal forecast with external forecasts and external data available.

The table below reflects a range of macroeconomic factors utilized in the Base forecast over the two-year R&S forecast period as of December 31, 2021. The unemployment rate is the most significant macroeconomic factor among the CECL models. Unemployment rates in the fourth quarter and the forecasted periods remained normalized.

Table 15— Macroeconomic Factors in the Forecast

	Pre-R&S Period		Base R&S Forecast
			December 31, 2021
	4Q2021		1Q2022		2Q2022		3Q2022		4Q2022		1Q2023		2Q2023		3Q2023		4Q2023
Real GDP, annualized % change	6.4	%	4.0	%	4.2	%	4.0	%	3.4	%	2.6	%	2.2	%	2.1	%	2.2	%
Unemployment rate	4.4	%	3.9	%	3.8	%	3.7	%	3.7	%	3.6	%	3.6	%	3.5	%	3.5	%
HPI, year-over-year % change	16.7	%	14.0	%	9.6	%	6.0	%	4.7	%	4.7	%	4.7	%	4.5	%	4.2	%
S&P 500	4,570		4,643		4,697		4,760		4,833		4,892		4,940		4,987		5,036

The continued improvement in the economic outlook and positive credit performance during the quarter (described above) were significant drivers of the modeled decreases in the allowance, excluding the impact of EnerBank.

While Regions' quantitative allowance methodologies strive to reflect all risk factors, any estimate involves assumptions and uncertainties resulting in some level of imprecision. The qualitative framework has a general imprecision component which is meant to acknowledge that model and forecast errors are inherent in any modeling estimate. The December 31, 2021 general imprecision allowance was reduced compared to the third quarter of 2021, but continues to reflect management's caution with respect to the modeled reductions in the allowance given uncertainties such as concerns about new COVID-19 variants, lingering supply chain issues and inflation.

Based on the overall analysis performed, management deemed an allowance of $1.6 billion to be appropriate to absorb expected credit losses in the loan and credit commitment portfolios as of December 31, 2021.

66

Table of Contents

Details regarding the allowance and net charge-offs, including an analysis of activity from the previous year’s totals, are included in Table 16 "Allowance for Credit Losses". Net charge-offs decreased $308 million year-over-year, primarily driven by a decline in net charge-offs in the commercial and industrial portfolio as a result of larger individual charge-offs during 2020 coupled with more recoveries in 2021. Additionally, the consumer real estate-related portfolios experienced net recoveries during 2021 and the other consumer-exit portfolios had less charge-offs in 2021 as those portfolios continue to wind down. As noted, economic trends such as interest rates, unemployment, volatility in commodity prices, collateral valuations and inflationary pressure will impact the future levels of net charge-offs and may result in volatility of certain credit metrics during 2022 and beyond. See the "Executive Overview" section for details on expectations for net charge-offs in 2022.

Table 16—Allowance for Credit Losses

	2021		2020		2019
	(Dollars in millions)
Allowance for loan losses at January 1	$	2,167	$	869	$	840
Cumulative change in accounting guidance (1)	—		438		—
Allowance for loan losses, January 1 (as adjusted for change in accounting guidance) (1)	2,167		1,307		840
Loans charged-off:
Commercial and industrial	124		358		138
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied	3		10		11
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied	1		—		1
Commercial investor real estate mortgage	20		1		1
Commercial investor real estate construction	—		—		—
Residential first mortgage	2		6		4
Home equity lines	6		12		21
Home equity loans	1		3		5
Consumer credit card	43		58		67
Other consumer- exit portfolios	31		61		84
Other consumer	97		104		111
	328		613		443
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:
Commercial and industrial	56		38		24
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied	3		5		5
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied	—		—		—
Commercial investor real estate mortgage	3		3		3
Commercial investor real estate construction	—		—		1
Residential first mortgage	5		3		3
Home equity lines	14		12		12
Home equity loans	4		3		4
Consumer credit card	11		10		9
Other consumer- exit portfolios	5		9		12
Other consumer	23		18		12
	124		101		85
Net charge-offs (recoveries):
Commercial and industrial	68		320		114
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied	—		5		6
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied	1		—		1
Commercial investor real estate mortgage	17		(2)		(2)
Commercial investor real estate construction	—		—		(1)
Residential first mortgage	(3)		3		1
Home equity lines	(8)		—		9
Home equity loans	(3)		—		1
Consumer credit card	32		48		58
Other consumer- exit portfolios	26		52		72
Other consumer	74		86		99
	204		512		358
Provision for loan losses	(493)		1,312		387
Initial allowance on acquired PCD loans	9		60		—
Allowance for loan losses at December 31	1,479		2,167		869

67

Table of Contents

	2021			2020			2019
	(Dollars in millions)
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments at January 1	$	126		$	45		$	51
Cumulative change in accounting guidance (1)	—			63			—
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments, as adjusted for change in accounting guidance	126			108			51
Provision (credit) for unfunded credit losses	(31)			18			(6)
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments at December 31	$	95		$	126		$	45
Allowance for credit losses at December 31	$	1,574		$	2,293		$	914
Loans, net of unearned income, outstanding at end of period	$	87,784		$	85,266		$	82,963
Average loans, net of unearned income, outstanding for the period	$	84,802		$	87,813		$	83,248
Net loan charge-offs (recoveries) as a % of average loans, annualized
Commercial and industrial	0.16		%	0.71		%	0.28		%
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied	—		%	0.09		%	0.09		%
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied	0.42		%	0.27		%	—		%
Total commercial	0.14		%	0.64		%	0.26		%
Commercial investor real estate mortgage	0.30		%	(0.03)		%	(0.04)		%
Commercial investor real estate construction	—		%	—		%	(0.05)		%
Total investor real estate	0.23		%	(0.03)		%	(0.04)		%
Residential first mortgage	(0.02)		%	0.02		%	0.01		%
Home equity- lines of credit	(0.20)		%	(0.01)		%	0.15		%
Home equity- closed end	(0.11)		%	0.01		%	0.05		%
Consumer credit card	2.83		%	3.84		%	4.44		%
Other consumer- exit portfolios	1.70		%	1.86		%	1.69		%
Other consumer	2.41		%	3.26		%	4.74		%
Total	0.24		%	0.58		%	0.43		%
Ratios:
Allowance for credit losses at end of period to loans, net of unearned income	1.79		%	2.69		%	1.10		%
Allowance for loan losses to loans, net of unearned income	1.69		%	2.54		%	1.05		%
Allowance for credit losses at end of period to non-performing loans, excluding loans held for sale	349		%	308		%	180		%
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans, excluding loans held for sale	328		%	291		%	171		%

_______

(1)Regions adopted the CECL accounting guidance on January 1, 2020 and recorded the cumulative effect of the change in accounting guidance as a reduction to retained earnings and an increase to deferred tax assets. See Note 1 for additional details.

Allocation of the allowance for credit losses by portfolio segment and class is summarized as follows:

Table 17—Allowance Allocation

	2021						2020
	Loan Balance		Allowance Allocation(1)		Allowance to Loans %(2)		Loan Balance		Allowance Allocation(1)		Allowance to Loans %(2)
	(Dollars in millions)
Commercial and industrial	$	43,758	$	613	1.4	%	$	42,870	$	1,027	2.4	%
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied	5,287		118		2.2		5,405		242		4.5
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied	264		9		3.5		300		24		8.0
Total commercial	49,309		740		1.5		48,575		1,293		2.7
Commercial investor real estate mortgage	5,441		77		1.4		5,394		167		3.1
Commercial investor real estate construction	1,586		10		0.6		1,869		30		1.6
Total investor real estate	7,027		87		1.2		7,263		197		2.7
Residential first mortgage	17,512		122		0.7		16,575		155		0.9
Home equity lines	3,744		83		2.2		4,539		122		2.7
Home equity loans	2,510		28		1.1		2,713		33		1.2
Consumer credit card	1,184		120		10.2		1,213		161		13.3
Other consumer—exit portfolios	1,071		64		6.0		2,035		124		6.1
Other consumer	5,427		330		6.1		2,353		208		8.9
Total consumer	31,448		747		2.4		29,428		803		2.7
Total	$	87,784	$	1,574	1.8	%	$	85,266	$	2,293	2.7	%

68

Table of Contents

_____

(1)Regions adopted the CECL accounting guidance on January 1, 2020 and recorded the cumulative effect of the change in accounting guidance as a reduction to retained earnings and an increase to deferred tax assets. The allowance allocation after January 1, 2020 is the allowance for credit losses compared to the allowance for loan losses prior to January 1, 2020. See Note 1 for additional details.

(2)Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values.

TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS (TDRs)

TDRs are modified loans in which a concession is provided to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty. As provided initially in the CARES Act passed into law on March 27, 2020 and subsequently extended through the Consolidated Appropriations Act signed into law on December 27, 2020, certain loan modifications related to the COVID-19 pandemic beginning March 1, 2020 through the earlier of 60 days after the end of the pandemic or January 1, 2022 are eligible for relief from TDR classification. Regions elected this provision of both Acts; therefore, modified loans that met the required guidelines for relief are not considered TDRs and are excluded from the disclosures below.

Under Regions' COVID-19 deferral and forbearance programs, customer payments are deferred for a period of time, typically 90 days. Upon expiration of the deferral period, customers may apply for additional relief or resume making payments on their loans. Repayment plans for the deferrals differ depending on the loan type and repayment ability of the borrower. The CARES Act relief precluded the majority of these modifications from being classified as TDRs as of December 31, 2021.

Residential first mortgage, home equity, consumer credit card and other consumer TDRs are consumer loans modified under the CAP. Commercial and investor real estate loan modifications are not the result of a formal program, but represent situations where modifications were offered as a workout alternative. Renewals of classified commercial and investor real estate loans are considered to be TDRs, even if no reduction in interest rate is offered, if the existing terms are considered to be below market. Insignificant modifications are not considered TDRs. More detailed information is included in Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements. The following table summarizes the loan balance and related allowance for accruing and non-accruing TDRs for the periods ending December 31:

Table 18—Troubled Debt Restructurings

	2021				2020
	Loan Balance		Allowance for Credit Losses		Loan Balance		Allowance for Credit Losses
	(In millions)
Accruing:
Commercial	$	81	$	4	$	77	$	6
Investor real estate	1		—		44		1
Residential first mortgage	220		31		188		23
Home equity lines	28		3		35		5
Home equity loans	58		8		78		8
Consumer credit card	—		—		1		—
Other consumer	4		—		4		—
	392		46		427		43
Non-accrual status or 90 days past due and still accruing:
Commercial	87		14		124		18
Residential first mortgage	31		5		42		6
Home equity lines	2		—		2		—
Home equity loans	6		1		7		$	1
	126		20		175		25
Total TDRs - Loans	$	518	$	66	$	602	$	68
TDRs- Held For Sale	—		—		1		—
Total TDRs	$	518	$	66	$	603	$	68

69

Table of Contents

The following table provides an analysis of the changes in commercial and investor real estate TDRs. TDRs with subsequent restructurings that meet the definition of a TDR are only reported as TDR additions in the period they were first modified. Other than resolutions such as charge-offs, foreclosures, payments, sales and transfers to held for sale, Regions may remove loans from TDR classification if the following conditions are met: the borrower's financial condition improves such that the borrower is no longer in financial difficulty, the loan has not had any forgiveness of principal or interest, the loan has not been restructured as an "A" note/"B" note, the loan has been reported as a TDR over one fiscal year-end and the loan is subsequently refinanced or restructured at market terms such that it qualifies as a new loan.

For the consumer portfolio, changes in TDRs are primarily due to additions from CAP modifications and outflows from payments and charge-offs. Given the types of concessions currently being granted under the CAP as detailed in Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements, Regions does not expect that the market interest rate condition will be widely achieved. Therefore, Regions expects consumer loans modified through CAP to continue to be identified as TDRs for the remaining term of the loan.

Table 19—Analysis of Changes in Commercial and Investor Real Estate TDRs

	2021				2020
	Commercial		Investor Real Estate		Commercial		Investor Real Estate
	(In millions)
Balance, beginning of year	$	201	$	44	$	245	$	33
Additions	115		71		252		40
Charge-offs	(12)		—		(67)		—
Other activity, inclusive of payments and removals(1)	(136)		(114)		(229)		(29)
Balance, end of year	$	168	$	1	$	201	$	44

_________

(1)The majority of this category consists of payments and sales. It also includes normal amortization/accretion of loan basis adjustments, loans transferred to held for sale, removals and reclassifications between portfolio segments. Additionally, it includes $16 million of commercial loans and $41 million of investor real estate loans refinanced or restructured as new loans and removed from TDR classification during 2021. During 2020, $21 million of commercial loans and $12 million of investor real estate loans were refinanced or restructured as new loans and removed from TDR classification.

70

Table of Contents

NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

The following table presents non-performing assets as of December 31:

Table 20—Non-Performing Assets

 

	2021			2020
	(Dollars in millions)
Non-performing loans:
Commercial and industrial	$	305		$	418
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied	52			97
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied	11			9
Total commercial	368			524
Commercial investor real estate mortgage	3			114
Total investor real estate	3			114
Residential first mortgage	33			53
Home equity lines	40			46
Home equity loans	7			8
Total consumer	80			107
Total non-performing loans, excluding loans held for sale	451			745
Non-performing loans held for sale	13			6
Total non-performing loans(1)	464			751
Foreclosed properties	10			25
Total non-performing assets(1)	$	474		$	776
Accruing loans 90 days past due:
Commercial and industrial	$	5		$	7
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied	1			1
Total commercial	6			8
Residential first mortgage(2)	74			99
Home equity lines	21			19
Home equity loans	12			13
Consumer credit card	12			14
Other consumer—exit portfolios	2			4
Other consumer	13			7
Total consumer	134			156
	$	140		$	164
Non-performing loans(1) to loans and non-performing loans held for sale	0.53		%	0.88		%
Non-performing assets(1) to loans, foreclosed properties, non-marketable investments, and non-performing loans held for sale	0.54		%	0.91		%

_________

(1)Excludes accruing loans 90 days past due.

(2)Excludes residential first mortgage loans that are 100% guaranteed by the FHA and all guaranteed loans sold to the GNMA where Regions has the right but not the obligation to repurchase. Total 90 days or more past due guaranteed loans excluded were $49 million at December 31, 2021 and $57 million at December 31, 2020.

Non-performing loans decreased during 2021 primarily driven by improvements in retail, energy, restaurant, accommodation, and lodging, as well as, administrative, support,and waste repair.

Economic trends such as interest rates, unemployment, inflation, volatility in commodity prices, and collateral valuations will impact the future level of non-performing assets. Circumstances related to individually large credits could also result in volatility.

71

Table of Contents

The following table provides an analysis of non-accrual loans (excluding loans held for sale) by portfolio segment:

Table 21— Analysis of Non-Accrual Loans

	Non-Accrual Loans, Excluding Loans Held for Sale for the Year Ended December 31, 2021
	Commercial		Investor Real Estate		Consumer(1)		Total
	(In millions)
Balance at beginning of year	$	524	$	114	$	107	$	745
Additions	417		4		3		424
Net payments/other activity	(291)		(1)		(30)		(322)
Return to accrual	(141)		(1)		—		(142)
Charge-offs on non-accrual loans(2)	(114)		(19)		—		(133)
Transfers to held for sale(3)	(25)		(94)		—		(119)
Transfers to real estate owned	(2)		—		—		(2)
Balance at end of year	$	368	$	3	$	80	$	451

	Non-Accrual Loans, Excluding Loans Held for Sale for the Year Ended December 31, 2020
	Commercial		Investor Real Estate		Consumer(1)		Total
	(In millions)
Balance at beginning of year	$	431	$	2	$	74	$	507
Additions	797		121		35		953
Net payments/other activity	(261)		(8)		(2)		(271)
Return to accrual	(85)		—		—		(85)
Charge-offs on non-accrual loans(2)	(321)		—		—		(321)
Transfers to held for sale(3)	(19)		(1)		—		(20)
Transfers to real estate owned	(4)		—		—		(4)
Sales	(14)		—		—		(14)
Balance at end of year	$	524	$	114	$	107	$	745

________

(1)All net activity within the consumer portfolio segment other than sales and transfers to held for sale (including related charge-offs) is included as a single net number within the net payments/other activity line.

(2)Includes charge-offs on loans on non-accrual status and charge-offs taken upon sale and transfer of non-accrual loans to held for sale.

(3)Transfers to held for sale are shown net of charge-offs of $7 million recorded upon transfer for both years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Goodwill

Goodwill totaled $5.7 billion at December 31, 2021 and $5.2 billion at December 31, 2020. Refer to the “Critical Accounting Policies” section earlier in this report for detailed discussions of the Company’s methodology for testing goodwill for impairment. Refer to Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 9 "Intangible Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for the methodologies and assumptions used in the goodwill impairment analysis. Additionally, see the "EnerBank" and "Sabal" sections for details on goodwill recorded as a result of these acquisitions.

Deposits

Regions competes with other banking and financial services companies for a share of the deposit market. Regions’ ability to compete in the deposit market depends heavily on the pricing of its deposits and how effectively the Company meets customers’ needs. Regions employs various means to meet those needs and enhance competitiveness, such as providing a high level of customer service, competitive pricing and convenient branch locations and hours for its customers. Regions also serves customers through providing centralized, high-quality banking services and the Company's digital channels and contact center.

Deposits are Regions’ primary source of funds, providing funding for 94 percent of average earning assets in 2021 and 90 percent of average earning assets in 2020. Table 22 "Deposits" details year-over-year deposit balance growth on a period-ending basis. Total deposits at December 31, 2021 increased approximately $16.6 billion compared to year-end 2020 levels across all categories.

Deposit costs decreased to 5 basis points for 2021, compared to 16 basis points for 2020. The rate paid on interest-bearing deposits decreased to 9 basis points in 2021 compared to 27 basis points for 2020. The decrease in the rate paid on interest-bearing deposits during 2021 is largely due to the continued decline of short-term interest rates. Low deposit costs are driven primarily by the composition of the Company's deposit base, which includes a significant amount of low-cost and relatively small account balance consumer deposits. The deposit base composition is a key component of the Company's franchise value.

72

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes deposits by category as of December 31:

Table 22—Deposits

	2021		2020
	(In millions)
Non-interest-bearing demand	$	58,369	$	51,289
Interest-bearing checking	28,018		24,484
Savings	15,134		11,635
Money market—domestic	31,408		29,719
Time deposits	6,143		5,341
Corporate treasury time deposits	—		11
	$	139,072	$	122,479

Non-interest-bearing demand deposits increased $7.1 billion to $58.4 billion at year-end 2021 due primarily to pandemic-related deposit inflows which impacted customer liquidity levels resulting in increased consumer customer deposit balances combined with new account growth. To a lesser degree, growth in non-interest-bearing demand deposits is due to an increase in deposits from business customers who continued to retain excess liquidity. Non-interest-bearing demand deposits accounted for approximately 42 percent of total deposits for both 2021 and 2020.

Interest-bearing checking deposits increased $3.5 billion to $28.0 billion and accounted for approximately 20 percent of total deposits for both 2021 and 2020. Savings accounts increased $3.5 billion to $15.1 billion at year-end 2021 and accounted for 11 percent of total deposits at year-end 2021 compared to 9 percent at year-end 2020. Money market accounts increased $1.7 billion to $31.4 billion at year-end 2021 and accounted for approximately 23 percent of total deposits at year-end 2021 compared to 24 percent at year-end 2020. As discussed above, the increase in interest-bearing checking, savings, and money market balances is due to continued excess liquidity as a result of the pandemic combined with new account growth.

Included in time deposits are certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts. Time deposits increased $802 million to $6.1 billion at year-end 2021. In connection with the EnerBank acquisition, the Company acquired $2.8 billion of deposits including an immaterial deposit premium associated with the purchase, the majority of which were time deposits. See the "EnerBank Acquisition" section for more information. The increase associated with EnerBank was partially offset by maturities in the existing portfolio and continued under-utilization of time deposit accounts due to continued lower interest rates in 2021. Time deposits accounted for 4 percent of total deposits in both 2021 and 2020.

The amount of estimated uninsured deposits at December 31, 2021 and 2020, totaled $56.2 billion and $50.6 billion, respectively. The estimate of uninsured deposits was based upon methodologies used in the Company's Call Report. Time deposit accounts with balances of $250,000 or more totaled $571 million and $696 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The following table shows scheduled maturities of estimated uninsured time deposits as of December 31, 2021:

Table 23—Maturity of Uninsured Time Deposits

	2021
	(In millions)
Uninsured time deposits, maturing in:
3 months or less	$	124
Over 3 through 6 months	109
Over 6 through 12 months	108
Over 12 months	145
	$	486

Borrowed Funds

Total long-term borrowings decreased approximately $1.2 billion to $2.4 billion at December 31, 2021. Throughout 2021, Regions redeemed four classes of senior notes totaling $1.6 billion in their entirety. In 2021, Regions also redeemed $97 million in note securitizations. The issuance of $650 million of parent senior notes due 2028 was a partial offset to the redemptions.

See Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of both short-term and long-term borrowings.

73

Table of Contents

Ratings

    Table 24 "Credit Ratings" reflects the debt ratings information of Regions Financial Corporation and Regions Bank by Standard and Poor's ("S&P"), Moody’s, Fitch and Dominion Bond Rating Service Morningstar ("DBRS") as of December 31, 2021.

Table 24—Credit Ratings

	As of December 31, 2021
	S&P	Moody’s	Fitch	DBRS
Regions Financial Corporation
Senior unsecured debt	BBB+	Baa2(1)	BBB+	AL
Subordinated debt	BBB	Baa2(1)	BBB	BBBH
Regions Bank
Short-term	A-2	P-1	F1	R-IL
Long-term bank deposits	N/A	A2(1)	A-	A
Senior unsecured debt	A-	Baa2(1)	BBB+	A
Subordinated debt	BBB+	Baa2(1)	BBB	AL
Outlook	Stable	U/R	Positive	Positive

_________

N/A - not applicable.

U/R - Outlook changed from Stable to Under Review.

(1) Indicates rating was under review for upgrade as of December 31, 2021. The ratings were subsequently upgraded in February of 2022.

On July 13, 2021, Fitch upgraded Regions' outlook from Stable to Positive citing improved credit quality and returns relative to peers. On November 22, 2021, DBRS upgraded Regions' outlook from Stable to Positive based on the company's diversified and strong franchise and balance sheet. On November 23, 2021, Moody's placed select ratings and the outlook for Regions and Regions Bank on review for upgrade. Additionally, Moody's changed the outlook for Regions and Regions Bank from Stable to Under Review.

Subsequent to year-end, Moody's upgraded the senior unsecured and subordinated debt ratings of Regions Financial Corporation to Baa1 from Baa2 and changed the outlook to Stable from Under Review. Additionally, Regions Bank's senior unsecured and subordinated debt ratings were upgraded to Baa1 from Baa2, and its long-term bank deposits rating was upgraded to A1 from A2. The upgrades reflect both the Company's improved core profitability and asset risk profile, as well as the strength of the Company's funding and liquidity position.

In general, ratings agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix, probability of government support, and level and quality of earnings. Any downgrade in credit ratings by one or more ratings agencies may impact Regions in several ways, including, but not limited to, Regions’ access to the capital markets or short-term funding, borrowing cost and capacity, collateral requirements, and acceptability of its letters of credit, thereby potentially adversely impacting Regions’ financial condition and liquidity. See the “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information.

A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities, and the ratings are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency. Each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating. Additional information on the credit rating ranking within the overall classification system is located on the website of each credit rating agency.

Shareholders' Equity

Shareholders’ equity was $18.3 billion at December 31, 2021 as compared to $18.1 billion at December 31, 2020. During 2021, net income increased shareholders' equity by $2.5 billion, cash dividends on common stock and cash dividends on preferred stock reduced shareholders' equity by $620 million and $108 million, respectively. Changes in AOCI decreased shareholders' equity by $1.0 billion, primarily due to the net change in unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale and derivative instruments as a result of changes in market interest rates during 2021. The derivative instruments are hedges designed to protect net interest income in a low short-term interest rate environment, such as the one that currently exists. During the second quarter of 2021, the Company issued Series E preferred stock, which increased shareholders' equity by $390 million. During the second quarter of 2021, the Company also redeemed all of the outstanding shares of its Series A preferred stock, which decreased shareholders' equity by $500 million. Common stock repurchased during 2021 reduced shareholders' equity $467 million. These shares were immediately retired and therefore are not included in treasury stock.

See Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

74

Table of Contents

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

CAPITAL RULES

Regions and Regions Bank are required to comply with regulatory capital requirements established by Federal and State banking agencies. These regulatory capital requirements involve quantitative measures of the Company's assets, liabilities and selected off-balance sheet items, and also qualitative judgments by the regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can subject the Company to a series of increasingly restrictive regulatory actions. Under the Basel III Rules, Regions is designated as a standardized approach bank. Regions is a "Category IV" institution under the FRB's rules for tailoring enhanced prudential standards.

In the third quarter of 2020, the federal banking agencies finalized a rule related to the impact of CECL on regulatory capital requirements. The rule allows an addback to regulatory capital for the impacts of CECL for a two-year period. At the end of the two years, the impact is then phased-in over the following three years. The addback is calculated as the impact of initial adoption, adjusted for 25 percent of subsequent changes in the allowance. At December 31, 2021, the impact of the addback on CET1 was approximately $408 million or approximately 36 basis points. The phase-in will be approximately $100 million per year beginning in the first quarter of 2022. Assuming the same level of risk-weighted assets as of December 31, 2021, the phase-in will lower the CET1 ratio by approximately 10 basis points per year.

During the third quarter of 2020, and in connection with the results of its supervisory stress test released in June 2020, the Federal Reserve finalized Regions' SCB requirement for the fourth quarter of 2020 through the third quarter of 2021 at 3.0 percent. The 3.0 percent requirement represented the amount of capital degradation under the supervisory severely adverse scenario, inclusive of four quarters of planned common stock dividends. In the second quarter of 2021, Regions received the results of the Company's voluntary participation in 2021 CCAR. The FRB communicated that the Company exceeded all minimum capital levels under the supervisory stress test and the Company's SCB for the fourth quarter of 2021 through the third quarter of 2022 is floored at 2.5 percent.

See the "Executive Overview" section for details on expectations of a range for CET1 during 2022.

Additional discussion of the Basel III Rules, their applicability to Regions, recent proposals and final rules issued by the federal banking agencies and recent laws enacted that impact regulatory requirements is included in the "Supervision and Regulation" subsection of the "Business" section. Additional discussion and a tabular presentation of the applicable holding company and bank regulatory capital requirements.is included in Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements. Discussion of the final rule to provide relief for the initial capital decrease at adoption of CECL is included in the “Risk Factors” section.

LIQUIDITY

Regions maintains a robust liquidity management framework designed to effectively manage liquidity risk in accordance with sound risk management principals and regulatory expectations. The framework establishes sustainable processes and tools to effectively identify, measure, mitigate, monitor, and report liquidity risks beginning with Regions’ Liquidity Management Policy and the Liquidity Risk Appetite Statements approved by the Board. Processes within the liquidity management framework include, but are not limited to, liquidity risk governance, cash management, liquidity stress testing, liquidity risk limits, contingency funding plans, and collateral management. While the framework is designed to comply with liquidity regulations, the processes are further tailored to be commensurate with Regions’ operating model and risk profile.

See the “Supervision and Regulation—Liquidity Regulation” subsection of the “Business” section, the "Risk Factors" section and the "Liquidity" section for more information.

RISK MANAGEMENT

Regions is exposed to various risks as part of the normal course of operations. The exposure to risk requires sound risk management practices that comprise an integrated and comprehensive set of programs and processes that apply to the entire Company. Accordingly, Regions has established a risk management framework to manage risks and provide reasonable assurance of the achievement of the Company’s strategic objectives.

The primary risk exposures identified and managed through the Company’s risk management framework are market risk, liquidity risk, credit risk, operational risk, legal risk, compliance risk, reputational risk and strategic risk.

•Market risk is the risk to the Company’s financial condition resulting from adverse movements in market rates or prices, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates or equity prices.

•Liquidity risk is the potential that the Company will be unable to meet its obligations as they come due because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding (referred to as "funding liquidity risk") or the potential that the Company cannot easily unwind or offset specific exposures without significantly lowering market prices because of inadequate market depth or market disruptions (referred to as "market liquidity risk").

•Credit risk is the risk that arises from the potential that a borrower or counterparty will fail to perform on an obligation.

75

Table of Contents

•Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, and systems or from external events.

•Legal risk is defined as the risk associated with the failure to meet Regions' legal obligations from legislative, regulatory, or contractual perspectives.

•Compliance risk is the risk to current or anticipated earnings or capital arising from violations of laws, rules, or regulations, or from non-conformance with prescribed practices, internal policies and procedures, or ethical standards.

•Reputational risk is the potential that negative publicity regarding the Company’s business practices, whether true or not, will cause a decline in the customer base, costly litigation, or revenue reductions.

•Strategic risk is the risk to current or projected financial condition and resilience from adverse business decisions, poor implementation of business decisions, or lack of responsiveness to changes in the banking industry and operating environment.

Several of these primary risk exposures are expanded upon further within the remaining sections of Management's Discussion and Analysis.

Regions’ risk management framework outlines the Company’s approach for managing risk that includes the following four components:

•Collaborative Risk Culture - A strong, collaborative risk culture is fundamental to the Company's core values and operating principles. It ensures focus on risk in all activities and encourages the necessary mindset and behavior to enable effective risk management and promote sound risk-taking within the bounds of the Company’s risk appetite. The Company's risk culture requires that risks be promptly identified, escalated, and challenged; thereby, benefiting the overall performance of the Company. Sustaining a collaborative risk culture is critical to the Company's success and is a clear expectation of executive management and the Board.

•Sound Risk Appetite - The Company's risk appetite statements define the types and levels of risk the Company is willing to take to achieve its objectives.

•Sustainable Risk Processes - Effective risk management requires sustainable processes and tools to effectively identify, measure, mitigate, monitor, and report risk.

•Responsible Risk Governance - Governance serves as the foundation for comprehensive management of risks facing the Company. It outlines clear responsibility and accountability for managing, monitoring, escalating, and reporting both existing and emerging risks.

Clearly defined roles and responsibilities are critical to the effective management of risk and are central to the four components of the Company’s approach to risk management. Regions utilizes the Three Lines of Defense concept to clearly designate risk management activities within the Company.

•1st Line of Defense activities provide for the identification, acceptance and ownership of risks.

•2nd Line of Defense activities provide for objective oversight of the Company’s risk-taking activities and assessment of the Company’s aggregate risk levels.

•3rd Line of Defense activities provide for independent reviews and assessments of risk management practices across the Company.

The Board provides the highest level of risk management governance. The principal risk management functions of the Board are to oversee processes for evaluating the adequacy of internal controls, risk management, financial reporting and compliance with laws and regulations. The Board has designated an Audit Committee of outside directors to focus on oversight of management's establishment and maintenance of appropriate disclosure controls and procedures over financial reporting. See the "Financial Disclosures and Internal Controls" section of Management's Discussion and Analysis for additional information. The Board has also designated a Risk Committee of outside directors to focus on Regions’ overall risk profile. The Risk Committee annually approves an Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement that reflects core business principles and strategic vision by including quantitative limits and qualitative statements that are organized by risk type. This statement is designed to be a high-level document that sets the tone for the Board’s risk appetite, which is the maximum amount of risk the Company is willing to accept in pursuit of its business objectives. By establishing boundaries around risk taking and business decisions, and by incorporating the needs and goals of its shareholders, regulators, customers and other stakeholders, the Company’s risk appetite is aligned with its strategic priorities and goals.

The Risk Management Group, led by the Company’s Chief Risk Officer, ensures the consistent application of Regions’ risk management approach within the structure of the Company’s operating, capital and strategic plans. The primary activities of the Risk Management Group include:

•Interpreting internal and external signals that point to possible risk issues for the Company;

76

Table of Contents

•Identifying risks and determining which Company areas and/or products will be affected;

•Ensuring there are mechanisms in place to specifically determine how risks will affect the Company as a whole and the individual area and or product;

•Assisting business groups in analyzing trends and ensuring Company areas have appropriate risk identification and mitigation processes in place; and

•Reviewing the limits, parameters, policies, and procedures in place to ensure the continued appropriateness of risk controls.

As part of its ongoing assessment process, the Risk Management Group makes recommendations to management and the Risk Committee of the Board regarding adjustments to these controls as conditions or risk tolerances change. In addition, the Internal Audit division provides an independent assessment of the Company’s internal control structure and related systems and processes.

Management, with the assistance of the Risk Management Group, follows a formal process for identifying, measuring and documenting key risks facing each business group and determining how those risks can be controlled or mitigated, as well as how the controls can be monitored to ensure they are effective. The Risk Committee receives reports from management to ensure operations are within the limits established by the Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement.

Some of the more significant processes used by management to manage and control risks are described in the remainder of this report. External factors beyond management’s control may result in losses despite the Risk Management Group’s efforts.

MARKET RISK—INTEREST RATE RISK

Regions’ primary market risk is interest rate risk. This includes uncertainty with respect to absolute interest rate levels as well as relative interest rate levels, which are impacted by both the shape and the slope of the various yield curves that affect the financial products and services that the Company offers. To quantify this risk, Regions measures the change in its net interest income in various interest rate scenarios compared to a base case scenario. Net interest income sensitivity to market rate movements is a useful short-term indicator of Regions’ interest rate risk.

Sensitivity Measurement—Financial simulation models are Regions’ primary tools used to measure interest rate exposure. Using a wide range of sophisticated simulation techniques provides management with extensive information on the potential impact to net interest income caused by changes in interest rates. Models are structured to simulate cash flows and accrual characteristics of Regions’ balance sheet. Assumptions are made about the direction and volatility of interest rates, the slope of the yield curve, and the changing composition of the balance sheet that results from both strategic plans and from customer behavior. Among the assumptions are expectations of balance sheet growth and composition, the pricing and maturity characteristics of existing business and the characteristics of future business. Interest rate-related risks are expressly considered, such as pricing spreads, the pricing of deposit accounts, prepayments and other option risks. Regions considers these factors, as well as the degree of certainty or uncertainty surrounding their future behavior.

The primary objective of asset/liability management at Regions is to coordinate balance sheet composition with interest rate risk management to sustain reasonable and stable net interest income throughout various interest rate cycles. In computing interest rate sensitivity for measurement, Regions compares a set of alternative interest rate scenarios to the results of a base case scenario derived using “market forward rates.” The standard set of interest rate scenarios includes the traditional instantaneous parallel rate shifts of plus 100 and 200 basis points. Given low market rates by historical standards, the Company focuses on a falling rate shock scenario where all rates fall to levels consistent with historical 12-month average rate minimums. In addition to parallel curve shifts, multiple curve steepening and flattening scenarios are contemplated. Regions includes simulations of gradual interest rate movements phased in over a six-month period that may more realistically mimic the speed of potential interest rate movements.

Exposure to Interest Rate Movements—As of December 31, 2021, Regions was asset sensitive to both gradual and instantaneous parallel yield curve shifts as compared to the base case for the 12-month measurement horizon ending December 2022.

The fourth quarter of 2021 continued the trend of balance sheet growth in low-cost deposits and cash balances held with the Federal Reserve observed throughout 2021. Retention of these balance sheet liquidity inflows is uncertain and some amount of the recent deposit growth may be more rate sensitive under a rising rate scenario. Therefore, additional sensitivity analysis focused on pandemic-related "surge" deposit pricing behavior and retention is outlined in Table 25.

The estimated exposure associated with the rising and falling rate scenarios in the table below reflects the combined impacts of movements in short-term and long-term interest rates. Currently, net interest income is projected to benefit from rising short-term interest rates (i.e. asset sensitive profile). An increase or reduction in short-term interest rates (such as the Fed Funds rate, the rate of Interest on Excess Reserves and 1 month LIBOR) will drive the yield on assets and liabilities contractually tied to such rates higher or lower. Under either environment, it is expected that changes in funding costs and

77

Table of Contents

balance sheet hedging income will only somewhat offset the change in asset yields. Further, the 12-month interest rate sensitivity will increase throughout 2022 driven by receive fixed hedge maturities that begin in the third quarter of 2022. Importantly, the potential to retain "surge" deposits with lower than expected repricing behavior represents an opportunity for further net interest income growth in the increasing rate scenario as well.

Net interest income remains exposed to intermediate yield curve tenors. While this was a headwind to net interest income during the pandemic, it represents a tailwind to net interest income growth as the yield curve rises, or steepens. An increase in intermediate and long-term interest rates (such as intermediate to longer-term U.S. Treasuries, swap and mortgage rates) will drive yields higher on certain fixed rate, newly originated or renewed loans, increase prospective yields on certain investment portfolio purchases, and reduce amortization of premium expense on existing securities in the investment portfolio. The opposite is true in an environment where intermediate and long-term interest rates fall. Approximately 70% of fixed rate asset production is at the 5-year tenor point or shorter.

The interest rate sensitivity analysis presented below in Table 25 is informed by a variety of assumptions and estimates regarding the progression of the balance sheet in both the baseline scenario as well as the scenarios of instantaneous and gradual shifts in the yield curve. Though there are many assumptions which affect the estimates for net interest income, those pertaining to deposit pricing, deposit mix and overall balance sheet composition are particularly impactful. Given the uncertainties associated with the prolonged period of low interest rates and industry liquidity, management evaluates the impact to its sensitivity analysis of these key assumptions. Sensitivity calculations are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future results.

The Company’s baseline balance sheet assumptions include management's best estimate for balance sheet growth in the coming 12 months. However, the behavior of pandemic-related "surge" deposits under a rising rate scenario is uncertain. Since year-end 2019, the last period-end free from the effects of COVID-19, deposit balances have increased by approximately $39 billion, exclusive of deposits acquired in the EnerBank acquisition, and approximately $25 billion of the increase was determined to be attributable to pandemic-related surge deposits. Therefore, Table 25 includes two balance sheet scenarios to help inform a potential range of outcomes. The first is an opportunity scenario, and assumes that these deposits behave more like stable, legacy balances, which is consistent with historical disclosures. The second scenario assumes that these depositors will be more sensitive to rate, requiring a higher interest rate in order to hold their balances with the bank. For this scenario, the projected "surge" deposit balance is approximately $25 billion. These deposits, including non-interest bearing products, are attributed with an approximate 70% repricing beta in rising rate scenarios. Importantly, the impact to net interest income under a changing rate environment is the same whether the "surge" deposit balances are held at a higher beta or the balances attrite and the funding is replaced with wholesale sources. Given the evolving nature of the environment, estimates have been conservatively derived. Should the balances remain with the Company longer or demonstrate less sensitivity to interest rates, there is potential for upside (e.g. the opportunity scenario). The disclosure in Table 25 does not prescribe a view as to the longevity of surge deposits on the balance sheet.

The behavior of deposit pricing in response to changes in interest rate levels is largely informed by analyses of prior rate cycles. In the base case scenario and falling rate scenarios in Table 25, interest-bearing deposit rates remain in the single digits. The deposit beta model is dynamic across both interest rate level and time. Currently, the Scenario One gradual +100 basis point shock outlined in the table below includes an approximate 20% to 25% interest-bearing deposit beta for legacy deposits. Again, the "surge" deposit interest-bearing deposit beta is bookended in each scenario, assuming legacy betas and a 75% beta, respectively. Deposit pricing outperformance or underperformance of 5% in that scenario would increase or decrease net interest income by approximately $31 million, respectively.

In rising rate scenarios only, management assumes that the mix of legacy deposits will change versus the base case as informed by analyses of prior rate cycles. Management assumes that in rising rate scenarios, some shift from non-interest bearing to interest-bearing products will occur. The magnitude of the shift is rate dependent and equates to approximately $3 billion over 12 months in the gradual +100 basis point scenario in Table 25.

The table below summarizes Regions' positioning over the next 12 months in various parallel yield curve shifts (i.e., including all yield curve tenors). The scenarios are inclusive of all interest rate hedging activities. More information regarding hedges is disclosed in Table 26 and its accompanying description. Importantly, outstanding receive-fixed cash flow hedges begin to mature in September 2022. The hedge maturity profile will begin to add asset sensitivity at a time when markets currently expect the FOMC to increase short-term interest rates.

78

Table of Contents

Table 25—Interest Rate Sensitivity

	Scenario One: Estimated Annual Change in Net Interest Income December 31, 2021(1)(2)(3)		Scenario Two: Estimated Annual Change in Net Interest Income December 31, 2021(1)(2)(4)
	(In millions)
Gradual Change in Interest Rates
+ 200 basis points	$	482	$	225
+ 100 basis points	263		134
- 100 basis points (floored)(5)	(134)		(134)
Instantaneous Change in Interest Rates
+ 200 basis points	$	613	$	297
+ 100 basis points	350		192
- 100 basis points (floored)(5)	(154)		(154)

________

(1)Disclosed interest rate sensitivity levels represent the 12-month forward looking net interest income changes as compared to market forward rate cases and include expected balance sheet growth and remixing.

(2)All cash flow hedges transacted are now fully reflected within the measurement horizon (see Table 27 for additional information regarding hedge start and maturity dates).

(3)Scenario assumes all deposits (including "surge" deposits) perform consistently with historical experiences.

(4)Scenario accounts for uncertainty in "surge" deposit balances. Assumes an approximate 70% beta on "surge" balances (approximately $25 billion projected "surge" deposit balance).

(5)The -100 basis point (floored) scenario represents a rate shock where all rates are floored at 12-month average historical lows.

Regions has established scenarios by which yield curve tenors will fall to a consistent level. The shock magnitude for each tenor, when compared to market forward rates, equates to the lesser of the shock scenario amount, or a rate equal to the historical 12-month average minimum. For example, the 10 year Treasury yield falls to 81 basis points. Further, the scenarios presented do not allow for negative rates. The falling rate scenarios in Table 25 above quantify the expected impact for both gradual and instantaneous shocks under this environment.

Interest rate movements may also have an impact on the value of Regions’ securities portfolio, which can directly impact the carrying value of shareholders’ equity. Regions from time to time may hedge these price movements with derivatives (as discussed below).

Derivatives—Regions uses financial derivative instruments for management of interest rate sensitivity. ALCO, which consists of members of Regions’ senior management team, in its oversight role for the management of interest rate sensitivity, approves the use of derivatives in balance sheet hedging strategies. Derivatives are also used to offset the risks associated with customer derivatives, which include interest rate, credit and foreign exchange risks. The most common derivatives Regions employs are forward rate contracts, Eurodollar futures contracts, interest rate swaps, options on interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and floors, and forward sale commitments.

Forward rate contracts are commitments to buy or sell financial instruments at a future date at a specified price or yield. A Eurodollar futures contract is a future on a Eurodollar deposit. Eurodollar futures contracts subject Regions to market risk associated with changes in interest rates. Because futures contracts are cash settled daily, there is minimal credit risk associated with Eurodollar futures. Interest rate swaps are contractual agreements typically entered into to exchange fixed for variable (or vice versa) streams of interest payments. The notional principal is not exchanged but is used as a reference for the size of interest settlements. Interest rate options are contracts that allow the buyer to purchase or sell a financial instrument at a predetermined price and time. Forward sale commitments are contractual obligations to sell market instruments at a future date for an already agreed-upon price. Foreign currency contracts involve the exchange of one currency for another on a specified date and at a specified rate. These contracts are executed on behalf of the Company's customers and are used by customers to manage fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. The Company is subject to the credit risk that another party will fail to perform.

Regions has made use of interest rate swaps and floors in balance sheet hedging strategies to effectively convert a portion of its fixed-rate funding position to a variable-rate position, to effectively convert a portion of its fixed-rate debt securities available for sale portfolio to a variable-rate position, and to effectively convert a portion of its variable-rate loan portfolios to fixed-rate. Regions also uses derivatives to economically manage interest rate and pricing risk associated with its mortgage origination business. In the period of time that elapses between the origination and sale of mortgage loans, changes in interest rates have the potential to cause a decline in the value of the loans in this held-for-sale portfolio. Futures contracts and forward sale commitments are used to protect the value of the loan pipeline and loans held for sale from changes in interest rates and pricing.

79

Table of Contents

The following table presents additional information about hedging interest rate derivatives used by Regions to manage interest rate risk:

Table 26—Hedging Derivatives by Interest Rate Risk Management Strategy

	December 31, 2021
	Notional Amount		Weighted-Average (1)
			Maturity (Years)	Receive Rate		Pay Rate
	(Dollars in millions)
Derivatives in fair value hedging relationships:
Receive variable/pay fixed - debt securities available for sale	$	6,500	1.0	0.8	%	0.8	%
Receive fixed/pay variable - borrowed funds	1,400		4.8	0.6		0.1
Derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships:
Receive fixed/pay variable - floating-rate loans	20,650		1.8	0.8		0.1
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments	$	28,550

_________

(1)Variable rate indexes on hedge contracts reference a combination of short-term LIBOR benchmarks, primarily 1 month LIBOR.

During the fourth quarter of 2021, $6.5 billion of forward-starting, receive variable/pay fixed fair value hedges of debt securities available for sale were executed. These forward-starting fair value hedges begin in September 2022 and mature in December 2022 which adds interest rate exposure at the end of the third quarter of 2022. Also in the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company replaced $3.5 billion in interest rate floor cash flow hedge notional with similar maturity receive fixed/pay variable cash flow hedge notional. Additionally, $2.5 billion in receive fixed/pay variable cash flow hedge notional was terminated and replaced to shorten a portion of future hedge exposure and $150 million in receive fixed/pay variable cash flow hedge notional was added in lieu of securities portfolio reinvestment.

The following table presents the average asset hedge notional amounts that are active during each of the quarterly periods in 2022 and later annual periods. In the fourth quarter of 2022, $9.4 billion in receive fixed/pay variable swaps will mature, of which $2.0 billion mature on October 1, 2022, and all asset hedge notional amounts mature prior to the end of 2025.

Table 27—Schedule of Average Notional for Asset Hedging Derivatives

	Average Active Notional Amount
	Quarters Ended (1)								Years Ended
	3/31/2022		6/30/2022		9/30/2022		12/31/2022		2023		2024		2025
	(In millions)
Asset hedging relationships:
Receive fixed/pay variable swaps	$	20,533	$	20,650	$	20,650	$	16,988	$	9,345	$	6,484	$	1,445
Receive variable/pay fixed swaps	—		—		1,060		5,299		—		—		—
Net receive fixed/pay variable swaps	$	20,533	$	20,650	$	19,590	$	11,689	$	9,345	$	6,484	$	1,445

_________

(1)All cash flow hedges are reflected within the 12-month measurement horizon and included in income sensitivity levels as disclosed in Table 25.

Regions manages the credit risk of these instruments in much the same way as it manages credit risk of the loan portfolios by establishing credit limits for each counterparty and through collateral agreements for dealer transactions. For non-dealer transactions, the need for collateral is evaluated on an individual transaction basis and is primarily dependent on the financial strength of the counterparty. Credit risk is also reduced significantly by entering into legally enforceable master netting agreements. When there is more than one transaction with a counterparty and there is a legally enforceable master netting agreement in place, the exposure represents the net of the gain and loss positions with and collateral received from and/or posted to that counterparty. All hedging interest rate swap derivatives traded by Regions are subject to mandatory clearing. The counterparty risk for cleared trades effectively moves from the executing broker to the clearinghouse allowing Regions to benefit from the risk mitigation controls in place at the respective clearinghouse. The “Credit Risk” section in this report contains more information on the management of credit risk.

Regions also uses derivatives to meet the needs of its customers. Interest rate swaps, interest rate options and foreign exchange forwards are the most common derivatives sold to customers. Other derivative instruments with similar characteristics

80

Table of Contents

are used to hedge market risk and minimize volatility associated with this portfolio. Instruments used to service customers are held in the trading account, with changes in value recorded in the consolidated statements of income.

The primary objective of Regions’ hedging strategies is to mitigate the impact of interest rate changes, from an economic perspective, on net interest income and other financing income and the net present value of its balance sheet. The overall effectiveness of these hedging strategies is subject to market conditions, the quality of Regions’ execution, the accuracy of its valuation assumptions, counterparty credit risk and changes in interest rates.

See Note 20 "Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities" to the consolidated financial statements for a tabular summary of Regions’ year-end derivatives positions and further discussion.

Regions accounts for residential MSRs at fair market value with any changes to fair value being recorded within mortgage income. Regions enters into derivative transactions to economically mitigate the impact of market value fluctuations related to residential MSRs. Derivative instruments entered into in the future could be materially different from the current risk profile of Regions’ current portfolio.

LIBOR TRANSITION

On March 5, 2021, the FCA announced that LIBOR will not be available for use after December 31, 2021. Further, existing contracts referencing 1-week or 2-month USD LIBOR settings must be remediated no later than December 31, 2021. Regions successfully remediated contracts referencing 1-week or 2-month USD LIBOR prior to December 31, 2021. Additionally, Regions ceased origination of all new LIBOR-based lending prior to December 31, 2021. Existing contracts referencing all other USD LIBOR settings must be remediated no later than June 30, 2023. Regions holds instruments that may be impacted by the discontinuance of LIBOR, including loans, investments, derivative products, floating-rate obligations, and other financial instruments that use LIBOR as a benchmark rate. However, Regions' LIBOR exposure is primarily in settings other than 1-week or 2-month USD LIBOR. The Company has established a LIBOR Transition Program, which includes dedicated leadership and staff, with all relevant business lines and support groups engaged. As part of this program, the Company continues to identify, assess, and monitor risks associated with the discontinuation of LIBOR. Steps to mitigate risks associated with the transition are being overseen by Regions’ Executive LIBOR Steering Committee. Regions is following industry efforts to develop alternative reference rates and is operationally ready to offer new benchmarks as they are adopted by regulatory agencies and industry groups.

Regions has taken proactive steps to facilitate the transition on behalf of customers, which include:

•The adoption and ongoing implementation of fallback provisions that provide for the determination of replacement rates for LIBOR-linked financial products.

•The adoption of new products linked to alternative reference rates, such as adjustable-rate mortgages, consistent with guidance provided by the U.S. regulators, ARRC, and GSEs.

•The discontinuation of LIBOR-based commercial lending prior to December 31, 2021, consistent with regulatory guidelines. The Company has already made preparations to provide multiple alternative rates based on market competition and demand. Regions has participated in, evaluated, or made preparations to lend with a number of other indexes, including SOFR, BSBY, and AMERIBOR.

Regions continues to evaluate its financial and operational infrastructure in its effort to transition all financial and strategic processes, systems, and models to reference rates other than LIBOR. Regions has also implemented processes to educate all client-facing associates and coordinate communications with customers regarding the transition.

As of December 31, 2021, Regions had approximately $34.2 billion of total outstanding commercial and investor real estate loans and approximately $930 million of total consumer loans that reference LIBOR. Regions also has securities within its investment portfolio of $317 million that reference LIBOR. Furthermore, as of December 31, 2021. Regions' Series B and C preferred stock had total carrying values of $433 million and $490 million, respectively and reference LIBOR when their dividend rate begins to float after 2023.

In the third quarter of 2020, Regions adopted temporary accounting relief for affected transactions that reference LIBOR. See Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the consolidated financial statements for details.

MARKET RISK—PREPAYMENT RISK

Regions, like most financial institutions, is subject to changing prepayment speeds on mortgage-related assets under different interest rate environments. Prepayment risk is a significant risk to earnings and specifically to net interest income. For example, mortgage loans and other financial assets may be prepaid by a borrower, so that the borrower may refinance its obligations at lower rates. As loans and other financial assets prepay in a falling rate environment, Regions must reinvest these funds in lower-yielding assets. Prepayments of assets carrying higher rates reduce Regions’ interest income and overall asset yields. Conversely, in a rising rate environment, these assets will prepay at a slower rate, resulting in opportunity cost by not having the cash flow to reinvest at higher rates. Prepayment risk can also impact the value of securities and the carrying value

81

Table of Contents

of equity. Regions’ greatest exposures to prepayment risks primarily rest in its mortgage-backed securities portfolio, the mortgage fixed-rate loan portfolio and the residential MSR, all of which tend to be sensitive to interest rate movements. Each of these assets is also exposed to prepayment risk due to factors which are not necessarily the result of interest rates, but rather due to changes in policies or programs related, either directly or indirectly, to the U.S. Government's governance over certain lending and financing within the mortgage market. Such policies can work to either encourage or discourage financing dynamics and represent a risk that is extremely difficult to forecast and may be the result of non-economic factors. The Company attempts to monitor and manage such exposures within reasonable expectations while acknowledging all such risks cannot be foreseen or avoided. Further, Regions has prepayment risk that would be reflected in non-interest income in the form of servicing income on the residential MSRs. Regions actively monitors prepayment exposure as part of its overall net interest income forecasting and interest rate risk management.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Liquidity is an important factor in the financial condition of Regions and affects Regions’ ability to meet the needs of the Company and its customers. Regions’ goal in liquidity management is to maintain liquidity sources and reserves sufficient to satisfy the cash flow requirements of depositors and borrowers, under normal and stressed conditions. Accordingly, Regions maintains a variety of liquidity sources to fund its obligations, as further described below. Furthermore, Regions performs specific procedures, including scenario analyses and stress testing to evaluate and maintain appropriate levels of available liquidity in alignment with liquidity risk.

Regions' operation of its business provides a generally balanced liquidity base which is comprised of customer assets, consisting principally of loans, and funding provided by customer deposits and borrowed funds. Maturities in the loan portfolio provide a steady flow of funds, and are supplemented by Regions' relatively steady deposit base. See Note 4 "Loans", Note 10 "Deposits", and Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

The securities portfolio also serves as a primary source and storehouse of liquidity. Proceeds from maturities and principal and interest payments of securities provide a continual flow of funds available for cash needs (see Note 3 "Debt Securities" to the consolidated financial statements). Furthermore, the highly liquid nature of the portfolio (for example, the agency guaranteed MBS portfolio) can be readily used as a source of cash through various secured borrowing arrangements. Cash reserves, liquid assets and secured borrowing capabilities (including borrowing capacity at the FHLB, as discussed below) aid in the management of liquidity in normal and stressed conditions, and/or meeting the need of contingent events such as obligations related to potential litigation (see Note 23 "Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees" to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion of the Company’s funding requirements.) Liquidity needs can also be met by borrowing funds in national money markets, though Regions does maintain limits on short-term unsecured funding due to the volatility that can affect such markets.

The balance with the FRB is the primary component of the balance sheet line item, “interest-bearing deposits in other banks.” At December 31, 2021, Regions had approximately $28.1 billion in cash on deposit with the FRB and other depository institutions, an increase from approximately $16.4 billion at December 31, 2020, due to the significant increase in deposits associated with government programs offered in relation to COVID-19. The average balance held with the FRB was approximately $22.8 billion and $7.7 billion during 2021 and 2020, respectively. Refer to the "Cash and Cash Equivalents" section for more information.

Regions’ borrowing availability with the FRB as of December 31, 2021, based on assets pledged as collateral on that date, was $13.3 billion.

Regions’ financing arrangement with the FHLB adds additional flexibility in managing the Company's liquidity position. As of December 31, 2021, Regions had no FHLB borrowings and its total borrowing capacity from the FHLB totaled approximately $16.2 billion. FHLB borrowing capacity is contingent on the amount of collateral pledged to the FHLB. Regions Bank pledged certain eligible securities and loans as collateral for the outstanding FHLB advances. Additionally, investment in FHLB stock is required in relation to the level of outstanding borrowings. The FHLB has been and is expected to continue to be a reliable and economical source of funding. Refer to Note 7 "Other Earning Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Regions maintains a shelf registration statement with the SEC that can be utilized by Regions to issue various debt and/or equity securities. Additionally, Regions' Board has authorized Regions Bank to issue up to $10 billion in aggregate principal amount of bank notes outstanding at any one time. Refer to Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Regions may, from time to time, consider opportunistically retiring outstanding issued securities, including subordinated debt in privately negotiated or open market transactions for cash or common shares. Regulatory approval would be required for retirement of some instruments. See Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

82

Table of Contents

In addition to the liquidity sources and obligations discussed above, the Company also has other contractual obligations, which include unused commitments to extend credit, property leases, employee benefit obligations, and commitments to fund low income housing tax partnerships. See Note 23 "Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees", Note 13 "Leases", Note 17 "Employee Benefit Plans", and Note 2 "Variable Interest Entities" to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion regarding these obligations.

Regions' liquidity policy requires the holding company to maintain cash sufficient to cover the greater of (1) 18 months of debt service and other cash needs or (2) a minimum cash balance of $500 million. Cash and cash equivalents at the holding company totaled $1.5 billion at December 31, 2021. Overall liquidity risk limits are established by the Board through its Risk Appetite Statement and Liquidity Policy. The Company's Board, LROC and ALCO regularly review compliance with the established limits.

CREDIT RISK

Regions’ objective regarding credit risk is to maintain a credit portfolio that provides for stable credit costs with acceptable volatility through an economic cycle. Regions has various processes to manage credit risk as described below. In order to assess the risk profile of the loan portfolio, Regions considers risk factors within the loan portfolio segments and classes, the current U.S. economic environment and that of its primary banking markets, as well as counterparty risk. See the "Portfolio Characteristics" section found earlier in this report for further information regarding the risk characteristics of each loan type. See further discussion of the current U.S. economic environment in the "Economic Environment in Regions' Banking Markets" section and counterparty risk below.

Management Process

Credit risk is managed by maintaining a sound credit risk culture, throughout all lines of defense, which ensures that the levels and types of risk taken are aligned with Regions' credit risk appetite. The credit quality of borrowers and counterparties has a significant impact on Regions' earnings; however, the nature of the risk differs by each of the defined businesses which engage in multiple forms of commercial, investor real estate and consumer lending. Regions categorizes the credit risks it faces by asset quality, counterparty exposure, and diversification levels which provides a structure to assess credit risk and guides credit decision-making. Credit policies, another key component of Regions' culture, are designed and adjusted, as needed, to promote sound credit risk management. These policies guide lending activities in a manner consistent with Regions' strategy and provide a framework for achieving asset quality and earnings objectives.

Effective credit risk management requires coordinated identification, measurement, mitigation, monitoring and reporting of credit risk exposure, credit quality, and emerging risk trends. Accordingly, Regions has implemented a credit risk governance structure that provides oversight from the Board to the organizational units in order to maintain open channels of communication.

Occasionally, borrowers and counterparties do not fulfill their obligations and Regions must take steps to mitigate and manage losses. Teams are in place to appropriately identify and manage nonperforming loans, collections, loan modifications, and loss mitigation efforts. Regions maintains an allowance for credit losses that management considers adequate to absorb expected losses in the portfolio.

For a discussion of the process and methodology used to calculate the allowance for credit losses refer to the “Critical Accounting Estimates and Related Policies” section found earlier in this report, Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements. Details regarding the allowance for credit losses, including an analysis of activity from the previous year’s total, are included in Table 16 "Allowance for Credit Losses". Also, refer to Table 17 "Allowance Allocation" for details pertaining to management’s allocation of the allowance to each loan category.

Responsibility and accountability for effectively managing all risks, including credit risk, in the various business units lies with the first line of defense. Risk Management, in the second line of defense, oversees, assesses and effectively challenges the risk-taking activities of the first line of defense. Finally, Credit Risk Review provides ongoing oversight, as a third line of defense function, of the credit portfolios to ensure Regions’ activities, and controls, are appropriate for the size, complexity and risk profile of the Company.

Counterparty Risk

Counterparty risk is the risk that the counterparty to a transaction or contract could be unable or unwilling to fulfill its contractual or legal obligations. Exposure may be to a financial institution (such as a commercial bank, an insurance company, a broker dealer, etc.) or a corporate client.

Regions has a centralized approach to approval, management, and monitoring of counterparty exposure. The Counterparty Risk Management Group is responsible for the independent credit risk management of financial institution counterparties and their affiliates. Market Risk Management is responsible for the measurement and stress testing of counterparty exposures. The Corporate and Commercial Credit groups are responsible for the independent credit risk

83

Table of Contents

management of client side counterparties.

Financial institution exposure may result from a variety of transaction types generated in one or more departments of the Company. Aggregate exposure limits are established to manage the exposure generated by various areas of the Company. Counterparty client credit risk arises when Regions sells a risk management product to hedge risks in the client’s business. Exposures to counterparties are aggregated across departments and regularly reported to senior management.

INFORMATION SECURITY RISK

Regions faces information security risks, such as evolving and adaptive cyber-attacks that are conducted regularly against financial institutions in attempts to compromise or disable information systems. Such attempts have increased in recent years, and the trend is expected to continue for a number of reasons, including increases in technology-based products and services used by us and our customers, the growing use of mobile, cloud, and other emerging technologies, and the increasing sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, nation-states, activists and other external parties or fraud on the part of employees.

Regions devotes significant financial and non-financial resources to identify and mitigate threats to the confidentiality, availability and integrity of its information systems. Regions regularly assesses the threats and vulnerabilities to its environment so it can update and maintain its systems and controls to effectively mitigate these risks. Layered security controls are designed to complement each other to protect customer information and transactions. Regions regularly tests its control environment utilizing practices such as penetration testing and more targeted assessments to ensure its controls are working as expected. Regions will continue to commit the resources necessary to mitigate these growing cyber risks, as well as continue to develop and enhance controls, processes and technology to respond to evolving disruptive technology and to protect its systems from attacks or unauthorized access. In addition, Regions maintains a strong commitment to a comprehensive risk management program that includes due diligence and oversight of third-party relationships with vendors.

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, Regions has experienced a modest increase in cyber events, such as phishing attempts and malicious traffic from outside the U.S. However, the Company's layered control environment has effectively detected and prevented any material impact related to these events.

Regions’ system of internal controls also incorporates an organization-wide protocol for the appropriate reporting and escalation of information security matters to management and the Board, to ensure effective and efficient resolution and, if necessary, disclosure of any matters. The Board is actively engaged in the oversight of Regions’ continuous efforts to reinforce and enhance its operational resilience and receives education to ensure that their oversight efforts accommodate for the ever-evolving information security threat landscape. The Board monitors Regions’ information management risk policies and practices primarily through its Risk Committee, which oversees areas of operational risk such as information technology activities; risks associated with development, infrastructure, and cybersecurity; approval and oversight of internal and third-party information security risk assessments, strategies, policies and programs; and disaster recovery, business continuity, and incident response plans. Additionally, the Board’s Audit Committee regularly reviews Regions’ cybersecurity practices, mainly by receiving reports on the cybersecurity management program prepared by the Chief Information Security Officer, Risk Management, and Internal Audit. The Board annually reviews the information security program and, through its various committees, is briefed at least quarterly on information security matters.

Regions participates in information sharing organizations such as FS-ISAC to gather and share information with peer banks and other financial institutions to better prepare and protect its information systems from attack. FS-ISAC is a nonprofit organization whose objective is to protect the financial services sector against cyber and physical threats and risk. It acts as a trusted third party that provides anonymity to allow members to submit threat, vulnerability and incident information in a non-attributable and trusted manner so information that would normally not be shared is instead made available to other members for the greater good of the membership. In addition to FS-ISAC, Regions is a member of BITS. BITS serves the financial community and its members by providing industry best practices on a variety of security and fraud topics.

Regions has contracts with vendors to provide denial of service mitigation. These vendors have also committed the necessary resources to support Regions in the event of a cyber event. Even though Regions devotes significant resources to combat cyber security risks, there is no guarantee that these measures will provide absolute security. As an additional security measure, Regions has engaged a computer forensics firm and an industry-leading consulting firm on retainer in case of a cyber event. Regions has also developed and maintains robust business continuity and disaster recovery plans that it could implement in the event of a cyber event to mitigate the effects of any such event and minimize necessary recovery time. Some of Regions' financial risk exposure with respect to data breaches may be offset by applicable insurance.

Even when Regions successfully prevents cyber-attacks to its own network, the Company may still incur losses that result from customers' account information being obtained through breaches of retailers' networks that enable customer transactions. The related fraud losses, as well as the costs of re-issuing new cards, may impact Regions' financial results. In addition, Regions also relies on some vendors to provide certain business infrastructure components, and although Regions actively assesses and monitors the information security capabilities of these vendors, Regions' reliance on them may also increase exposure to information security risk.

84

Table of Contents

In the event of a cyber-attack or other data breach, Regions may be required to incur significant expenses, including with respect to remediation costs, costs of implementing additional preventative measures, addressing any reputational harm and addressing any related regulatory inquiries or civil litigation arising from the event.

ACQUISITIONS

Ascentium

On April 1, 2020, Regions completed its acquisition of an equipment finance company Ascentium Capital, LLC. The acquisition gives Regions the ability to increase business loans and leases to small business customers using Ascentium's tech-enabled same-day credit decision and funding capabilities.

As a result of the acquisition Regions recorded approximately $2.4 billion of assets and assumed $1.9 billion of liabilities. Of the total assets acquired, $1.9 billion were loans and leases that are included in Regions' commercial and industrial loan portfolio. Of the liabilities assumed, $1.8 billion were long-term borrowings. Regions subsequently repaid a significant portion of the borrowings, which were extinguished as of December 31, 2021.

Of the loans acquired, a portion were determined to be credit deteriorated on the date of purchase. Purchased loans that have experienced a more than insignificant deterioration in credit quality since origination are considered to be credit deteriorated. PCD loans are initially recorded at purchase price less the ALLL recognized at acquisition. Subsequent credit loss activity is recorded within the provision for credit losses.

Regions recorded PCD loans of $873 million as a result of the acquisition, which was reflective of a nominal discount. Regions recorded an ALLL related to these loans of $60 million, which was included in the total acquired asset value as part of the acquisition. The non-credit discount related to Ascentium's PCD loans and the fair value mark on non-PCD loans which were immaterial.

In conjunction with the acquisition, Regions recognized goodwill of $348 million and other intangible assets. Intangible assets, comprised of trademarks, customer lists and other intangibles, were immaterial. Intangible assets will be amortized over the expected useful life of each recognized asset.

EnerBank

On October 1, 2021, Regions completed its acquisition of home improvement lender EnerBank. The acquisition of EnerBank allows Regions to provide customers with home improvement financing solutions using EnerBank's loan programs and digital solutions to support a wide range of home improvement needs.

As a result of the acquisition, Regions recorded approximately $3.3 billion of assets of which $3.1 billion were loans that are included in Regions' other consumer loan portfolio. Regions also assumed $2.8 billion of liabilities, consisting almost entirely of time deposits that the Company expects will attrite over time. The premiums recorded related to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities were immaterial.

Fair value estimates are considered preliminary as of December 31, 2021. Fair value estimates, including loans, intangible assets and goodwill, are subject to change for up to one year after the acquisition date as additional information becomes available.

Regions recorded PCD loans of $198 million as a result of the acquisition. Regions recorded an immaterial ALLL related to these loans, which was included in the total acquired asset value as part of the acquisition.

In conjunction with the acquisition, Regions recognized goodwill of $361 million and other intangible assets of $176 million. The other intangible assets were primarily comprised of customer relationship intangibles and will be amortized over the expected useful life of each recognized asset.

Sabal

On December 1, 2021, Regions completed its acquisition of Sabal, a financial services firm that leverages technology to facilitate off-balance-sheet lending in the small balance commercial real estate market.

As a result of the acquisition, Regions recorded approximately $360 million of assets, which included loans held for sale totaling $82 million, as well as a commercial mortgage servicing asset and securities that were immaterial. Regions also assumed $114 million of liabilities, consisting primarily of borrowings that were paid off following closing.

In conjunction with the acquisition, Regions recognized goodwill of $146 million and other intangible assets that were immaterial.

Fair value estimates are considered preliminary as of December 31, 2021. Fair value estimates, including acquired assets and goodwill, are subject to change for up to one year after the acquisition date as additional information becomes available.

85

Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE AND INTERNAL CONTROLS

Regions maintains internal controls over financial reporting, which generally include those controls relating to the preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. Regions’ process for evaluating internal controls over financial reporting starts with understanding the risks facing each of its functions and areas, how those risks are controlled or mitigated, and how management monitors those controls to ensure that they are in place and effective. These risks, control procedures and monitoring tools are documented in a standard format. This format not only documents the internal control structures over all significant accounts, but also places responsibility on management for establishing feedback mechanisms to ensure that controls are effective.

Regions also has processes to ensure appropriate disclosure controls and procedures are maintained. These controls and procedures as defined by the SEC are generally designed to ensure that financial and non-financial information required to be disclosed in reports filed with the SEC is reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is communicated to management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Regions’ Disclosure Review Committee, which includes representatives from the legal, tax, finance, risk management, accounting, investor relations, and treasury departments, meets quarterly to review recent internal and external events to determine whether all appropriate disclosures have been made in reports filed with the SEC. In addition, the CEO and CFO meet quarterly with the SEC Filings Review Committee, which includes senior representatives from accounting, legal, risk management, treasury, and the business groups. The SEC Filings Review Committee provides a forum in which senior executives disclose to the CEO and CFO any known significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in Regions’ internal controls over financial reporting, and provide reasonable assurance that the financial statements and other contents of the Company’s Form 10-K and 10-Q filings are accurate, complete, and timely. As part of this process, certifications of internal control effectiveness are obtained from Regions’ associates who are responsible for maintaining and monitoring effective internal controls over financial reporting. These certifications are reviewed and presented to the CEO and CFO as support of the Company’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting. The Form 10-K is presented to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors for approval, and the Forms 10-Q are reviewed by the Audit Committee. Financial results and other financial information are also reviewed with the Audit Committee on a quarterly basis.

As required by Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the CEO and the CFO review and make certifications regarding the accuracy of Regions’ periodic public reports filed with the SEC, as well as the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. With the assistance of the financial review committees noted in the previous paragraph, Regions continually assesses and monitors disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, and makes refinements as necessary.

COMPARISON OF 2020 WITH 2019

Refer to the “2020 Results” and "Operating Results" sections of Management's Discussion and Analysis of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, for comparisons of 2020 with 2019.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

This information is set forth in the Risk Management section of Item 7 and is incorporated herein by reference.

86

Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

REPORT OF MANAGEMENT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

We, as members of the Management of Regions Financial Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”), are responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting. Regions’ internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of the Company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes self-monitoring mechanisms, and actions are taken to correct deficiencies as they are identified.

All internal controls systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations and may not prevent or detect misstatements in the Company’s financial statements, including the possibility of circumvention or overriding of controls. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Regions’ management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in its 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework. Based on our assessment, we believe and assert that, as of December 31, 2021, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.

Our assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls over the operations of EnerBank USA or Sabal Capital Partners LLC, which are included in the Company's 2021 consolidated financial statements. EnerBank USA constituted approximately 2 percent of both the Company's total assets and total liabilities as of December 31, 2021, and less than 1 percent of total revenue for the year then ended. Sabal Capital Partners LLC constituted less than 1 percent of the Company's total assets and total liabilities as of December 31, 2021 and less than 1 percent of total revenue for the year then ended.

Regions’ independent registered public accounting firm has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. This report appears on the following page.

	REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION
by	/S/    JOHN M. TURNER, JR.
	John M. Turner, Jr. President and Chief Executive Officer
by	/S/    DAVID J. TURNER, JR.
	David J. Turner, Jr. Chief Financial Officer

87

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Regions Financial Corporation

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited Regions Financial Corporation and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Regions Financial Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on the COSO criteria.

As indicated in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management’s assessment of and conclusions on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of EnerBank USA or Sabal Capital Partners LLC, which are included in the 2021 consolidated financial statements. EnerBank USA constituted approximately 2 percent of both the Company’s total assets and total liabilities as of December 31, 2021, and less than 1 percent of the Company’s total revenue for the year then ended. Sabal Capital Partners LLC constituted less than 1 percent of the Company’s total assets and total liabilities as of December 31, 2021, and less than 1 percent of the Company’s total revenue for the year then ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of EnerBank USA or Sabal Capital Partners LLC.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of Regions Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes and our report dated February 24, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Birmingham, Alabama

February 24, 2022

88

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Regions Financial Corporation

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Regions Financial Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated February 24, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Adoption of New Accounting Standard

As discussed in Notes 1 and 5 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for credit losses in 2020 due to the adoption of ASU 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. As explained below, auditing the Company’s allowance for credit losses, including the adoption of the new accounting guidance, was a critical audit matter.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the account or disclosures to which it relates.

89

Table of Contents

	Allowance for credit losses
Description of the Matter	The allowance for credit losses consists of two components: the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded commitments. As of December 31, 2021, the allowance for credit losses (ACL) was $1.6 billion. The provision for (benefit from) credit losses was ($524 million) for the year ended December 31, 2021. As discussed in Notes 1 and 5 to the consolidated financial statements, the ACL is established to absorb expected credit losses over the contractual life of the loans measured at amortized cost, including unfunded commitments. Management’s measurement of expected losses is driven by loss forecasting models which utilize relevant quantitative information about historical experience, current conditions and the reasonable and supportable economic forecast that affects the collectability of the reported amount. Management’s estimate for the expected credit losses is established through these quantitative factors, as well as qualitative considerations to account for the imprecision inherent in the estimation process. As a result, management may adjust the ACL for the potential impact of qualitative factors through their established framework. Management’s qualitative framework provides for specific model and general imprecision adjustments for such factors as the economic forecast imprecision, potential model error imprecision, process imprecision and specific issues or events that management believes are not adequately captured in the modeled outcomes. Auditing management’s ACL estimate and related provision for credit losses involved a high degree of complexity in evaluating the expected loss forecasting models and subjectivity in evaluating management’s measurement of the economic forecast used during the reasonable and supportable period and the qualitative factors.
How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit	We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of the Company’s process for establishing the ACL, including management’s controls over: 1) expected loss forecasting models including model validation, implementation, monitoring, the completeness and accuracy of key inputs and assumptions used in the models; 2) the development and application of the reasonable and supportable economic forecast; 3) the identification and measurement of qualitative factors. With respect to expected loss forecasting models, with the support of specialists, we evaluated the conceptual soundness of the model methodology and replicated a sample of models. We also tested the appropriateness of key inputs and assumptions used in these models by agreeing a sample of inputs to supporting information. Regarding the reasonable and supportable economic forecast, with the support of specialists, we assessed the forecasted economic scenario by, among other procedures, evaluating management’s methodology for developing the forecast and comparing a sample of key economic variables developed to external sources, historical and peer bank information. With respect to the identification of qualitative factors, we evaluated the potential impact of imprecision in the quantitative models and hence the need to consider a qualitative adjustment to the ACL. Regarding measurement of the qualitative factors, we evaluated internal data utilized by management to estimate the appropriate level of the qualitative factors, as well as internal data produced by the Company’s Credit Review, Internal Audit and Model Validation groups, and external macroeconomic factors independently obtained during the audit. We evaluated the overall ACL amount, including model estimates and qualitative factor adjustments, and whether the recorded ACL appropriately reflects expected credit losses on the loan portfolio and unfunded credit commitments. We reviewed historical loss statistics, peer bank information, subsequent events and transactions and considered whether they corroborate or contradict the Company’s measurement of the ACL.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1971.

Birmingham, Alabama

February 24, 2022

90

Table of Contents

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

	December 31
	2021		2020
	(In millions, except share data)
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	1,350	$	1,558
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks	28,061		16,398
Debt securities held to maturity (estimated fair value of $950 and $1,215 respectively)	899		1,122
Debt securities available for sale (amortized cost of $28,263 and $26,092, respectively)	28,481		27,154
Loans held for sale (includes $783 and $1,446 measured at fair value, respectively)	1,003		1,905
Loans, net of unearned income	87,784		85,266
Allowance for loan losses	(1,479)		(2,167)
Net loans	86,305		83,099
Other earning assets	1,187		1,217
Premises and equipment, net	1,814		1,897
Interest receivable	319		346
Goodwill	5,744		5,190
Residential mortgage servicing rights at fair value	418		296
Other identifiable intangible assets, net	305		122
Other assets	7,052		7,085
Total assets	$	162,938	$	147,389
Liabilities and Equity
Deposits:
Non-interest-bearing	$	58,369	$	51,289
Interest-bearing	80,703		71,190
Total deposits	139,072		122,479
Borrowed funds:
Long-term borrowings	2,407		3,569
Total borrowed funds	2,407		3,569
Other liabilities	3,133		3,230
Total liabilities	144,612		129,278
Equity:
Preferred stock, authorized 10 million shares, par value $1.00 per share:
Non-cumulative perpetual, including related surplus, net of issuance costs; issued—1,750,000 and 1,850,000 shares, respectively	1,659		1,656
Common stock, authorized 3 billion shares, par value $0.01 per share:
Issued including treasury stock—982,940,601and 1,001,507,052 shares, respectively	10		10
Additional paid-in capital	12,189		12,731
Retained earnings	5,550		3,770
Treasury stock, at cost— 41,032,676 shares	(1,371)		(1,371)
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net	289		1,315
Total shareholders’ equity	18,326		18,111
Total liabilities and equity	$	162,938	$	147,389

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

91

Table of Contents

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

	Year Ended December 31
	2021		2020		2019
	(In millions, except per share data)
Interest income, including other financing income on:
Loans, including fees	$	3,452	$	3,610	$	3,866
Debt securities	533		582		643
Loans held for sale	37		28		17
Other earning assets	59		42		70
Total interest income	4,081		4,262		4,596
Interest expense on:
Deposits	64		180		447
Short-term borrowings	—		10		53
Long-term borrowings	103		178		351
Total interest expense	167		368		851
Net interest income	3,914		3,894		3,745
Provision for (benefit from) credit losses (1)	(524)		1,330		387
Net interest income after provision for credit losses (1)	4,438		2,564		3,358
Non-interest income:
Service charges on deposit accounts	648		621		729
Card and ATM fees	499		438		455
Investment management and trust fee income	278		253		243
Capital markets income	331		275		178
Mortgage income	242		333		163
Securities gains (losses), net	3		4		(28)
Other	523		469		376
Total non-interest income	2,524		2,393		2,116
Non-interest expense:
Salaries and employee benefits	2,205		2,100		1,916
Net occupancy expense	303		313		321
Equipment and software expense	365		348		325
Other	874		882		927
Total non-interest expense	3,747		3,643		3,489
Income before income taxes	3,215		1,314		1,985
Income tax expense	694		220		403
Net income	$	2,521	$	1,094	$	1,582
Net income available to common shareholders	$	2,400	$	991	$	1,503
Weighted-average number of shares outstanding:
Basic	956		959		995
Diluted	963		962		999
Earnings per common share:
Basic	$	2.51	$	1.03	$	1.51
Diluted	2.49		1.03		1.50

_________

(1)Upon adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, the provision for credit losses is the sum of the provision for loans losses and the provision for unfunded credit commitments. Prior to the adoption of CECL, the provision for unfunded commitments was included in other non-interest expense.

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

92

Table of Contents

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

	Year Ended December 31
	2021		2020		2019
	(In millions)
Net income	$	2,521	$	1,094	$	1,582
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Unrealized losses on securities transferred to held to maturity:
Unrealized losses on securities transferred to held to maturity during the period (net of zero, zero and zero tax effect, respectively)	—		—		—
Less: reclassification adjustments for amortization of unrealized losses on securities transferred to held to maturity (net of ($2), ($2) and ($2) tax effect, respectively)	(5)		(6)		(5)
Net change in unrealized losses on securities transferred to held to maturity, net of tax	5		6		5
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale:
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period (net of ($212), $200 and $196 tax effect, respectively)	(629)		592		581
Less: reclassification adjustments for securities gains (losses) realized in net income (net of $1, $1 and ($7) tax effect, respectively)	2		3		(21)
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale, net of tax	(631)		589		602
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges:
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on derivatives arising during the period (net of ($89), $363 and $123 tax effect, respectively)	(265)		1,077		367
Less: reclassification adjustments for gains (losses) on derivative instruments realized in net income (net of $108, $65 and ($6) tax effect, respectively)	318		195		(18)
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net of tax	(583)		882		385
Defined benefit pension plans and other post employment benefits:
Net actuarial gains (losses) arising during the period (net of $46, ($36) and ($50) tax effect, respectively)	134		(108)		(150)
Less: reclassification adjustments for amortization of actuarial loss and settlements realized in net income (net of ($16), ($11) and ($11) tax effect, respectively)	(49)		(36)		(32)
Net change from defined benefit pension plans and other post employment benefits, net of tax	183		(72)		(118)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	(1,026)		1,405		874
Comprehensive income	$	1,495	$	2,499	$	2,456

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

93

Table of Contents

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

	Shareholders' Equity
	Preferred Stock			Common Stock			Additional Paid-In Capital		Retained Earnings		Treasury Stock, At Cost		Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net		Total
	Shares	Amount		Shares	Amount
	(In millions, except per share data)
BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 2019	1	$	820	1,025	$	11	$	13,766	$	2,828	$	(1,371)	$	(964)	$	15,090
Cumulative effect from change in accounting guidance									2						2
Net income	—	—		—	—		—		1,582		—		—		1,582
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	—	—		—	—		—		—		—		874		874
Cash dividends declared	—	—		—	—		—		(582)		—		—		(582)
Preferred stock dividends	—	—		—	—		—		(79)		—		—		(79)
Net proceeds from issuance of 500 thousand shares of Series C, fixed to floating rate, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, including related surplus	1	490		—	—		—		—		—		—		490
Common stock transactions:
Impact of share repurchases	—	—		(72)	(1)		(1,100)		—		—		—		(1,101)
Impact of stock transactions under compensation plans, net and other	—	—		4	—		19		—		—		—		19
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2019	2	$	1,310	957	$	10	$	12,685	$	3,751	$	(1,371)	$	(90)	$	16,295
Cumulative effect from change in accounting guidance	—	—		—	—		—		(377)		—		—		(377)
Net income	—	—		—	—		—		1,094		—		—		1,094
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	—	—		—	—		—		—		—		1,405		1,405
Cash dividends declared	—	—		—	—		—		(595)		—		—		(595)
Preferred stock dividends	—	—		—	—		—		(103)		—		—		(103)
Net proceeds from issuance of 500 thousand shares of Series D, fixed to floating rate, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, including related surplus	—	346		—	—		—		—		—		—		346
Impact of stock transactions under compensation plans, net and other	—	—		3	—		46		—		—		—		46
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2020	2	$	1,656	960	$	10	$	12,731	$	3,770	$	(1,371)	$	1,315	$	18,111
Net income	—	—		—	—		—		2,521		—		—		2,521
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	—	—		—	—		—		—		—		(1,026)		(1,026)
Cash dividends declared	—	—		—	—		—		(620)		—		—		(620)
Preferred stock dividends	—	—		—	—		—		(108)		—		—		(108)
Preferred stock transactions:
Net proceeds from issuance of Series E preferred stock	—	390		—	—		—		—		—		—		390
Redemption of Series A preferred stock		(387)		—			(100)		(13)						(500)
Impact of common stock share repurchases	—	—		(21)	—		(467)		—		—		—		(467)
Impact of stock transactions under compensation plans, net and other	—	—		3	—		25		—		—		—		25
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2021	2	$	1,659	942	$	10	$	12,189	$	5,550	$	(1,371)	$	289	$	18,326

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

94

Table of Contents

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

	Year Ended December 31
	2021		2020		2019
	(In millions)
Operating activities:
Net income	$	2,521	$	1,094	$	1,582
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:
Provision for (benefit from) credit losses (1)	(524)		1,330		387
Depreciation, amortization and accretion, net	371		421		426
Securities (gains) losses, net	(3)		(4)		28
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)	165		(158)		62
Originations and purchases of loans held for sale	(6,747)		(6,634)		(4,381)
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale	7,728		5,865		4,144
(Gain) loss on sale of loans, net	(273)		(241)		(124)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt	20		22		16
Net change in operating assets and liabilities:
Other earning assets	13		313		158
Interest receivable and other assets	(231)		(246)		(347)
Other liabilities	(76)		459		453
Other	66		103		177
Net cash from operating activities	3,030		2,324		2,581
Investing activities:
Proceeds from maturities of debt securities held to maturity	222		209		148
Proceeds from sales of debt securities available for sale	83		304		5,372
Proceeds from maturities of debt securities available for sale	5,848		4,921		3,532
Purchases of debt securities available for sale	(8,360)		(8,956)		(8,102)
Net proceeds from (payments for) bank-owned life insurance	(2)		(1)		(8)
Proceeds from sales of loans	522		256		471
Purchases of loans	(1,314)		(1,558)		(1,561)
Net change in loans	1,481		546		859
Purchases of mortgage servicing rights	(72)		(59)		(24)
Net purchases of other assets	(91)		(134)		(178)
Payment for acquisition of businesses, net of cash received	(1,182)		(381)		—
Net cash from investing activities	(2,865)		(4,853)		509
Financing activities:
Net change in deposits	13,836		25,004		2,984
Net change in short-term borrowings	(102)		(2,050)		450
Proceeds from long-term borrowings	647		4,698		21,274
Payments on long-term borrowings	(1,779)		(10,918)		(25,926)
Cash dividends on common stock	(608)		(595)		(577)
Cash dividends on preferred stock	(108)		(103)		(79)
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock	390		346		490
Payment for redemption of preferred stock	(500)		—		—
Repurchases of common stock	(467)		—		(1,101)
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards	(22)		(8)		(29)
Other	3		(3)		—
Net cash from financing activities	11,290		16,371		(2,514)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	11,455		13,842		576
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	17,956		4,114		3,538
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	29,411	$	17,956	$	4,114

_________

(1)Upon adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, the provision for credit losses is the sum of the provision for loans losses and the provision for unfunded credit commitments. Prior to the adoption, the provision for unfunded commitments is included in other non-interest expense.

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

95

Table of Contents

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Regions Financial Corporation (“Regions” or the “Company”) provides a full range of banking and bank-related services to individual and corporate customers through its subsidiaries and branch offices located across the South, Midwest and Texas as well as delivering specialty capabilities nationwide. Regions is subject to the regulations of certain government agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by certain of those regulatory authorities.

The accounting and reporting policies of Regions and the methods of applying those policies that materially affect the consolidated financial statements conform with GAAP and with general financial services industry practices. In preparing the financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the balance sheet dates and revenues and expenses for the periods presented. Actual results could differ from the estimates and assumptions used in the consolidated financial statements including, but not limited to, the estimates and assumptions related to the allowance for credit losses, fair value measurements, intangibles, residential MSRs and income taxes.

Regions has evaluated all subsequent events for potential recognition and disclosure through the filing date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

During 2021, the Company adopted new accounting guidance related to several topics. All prior period amounts impacted by guidance that required retrospective application have been revised.

Certain amounts in prior period financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation, except as otherwise noted. These reclassifications are immaterial and have no effect on net income, comprehensive income (loss), total assets or total shareholders’ equity as previously reported.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Regions, its subsidiaries and certain VIEs. Significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. Regions considers a voting rights entity to be a subsidiary and consolidates it if Regions has a controlling financial interest in the entity. VIEs are consolidated if Regions has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that significantly impact financial performance and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE (i.e., Regions is the primary beneficiary). The determination of whether Regions is the primary beneficiary of a VIE is reassessed on an ongoing basis. Investments in companies which are not VIEs but in which Regions has more than minor influence over the operating and financial policies, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Investments in VIEs, where Regions is not the primary beneficiary of a VIE, are accounted for using either the proportional amortization method or the equity method of accounting. These investments are included in other assets. The maximum potential exposure to losses relative to investments in VIEs is generally limited to the sum of the outstanding balance, future funding commitments and any related loans to the entity. Loans to these entities are underwritten in substantially the same manner as are other loans and are generally secured. Refer to Note 2 for additional disclosures regarding Regions’ significant VIEs.

CASH EQUIVALENTS AND CASH FLOWS

Cash equivalents represent assets that can be converted into cash immediately. At Regions, these assets include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, and federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell. Cash flows from loans, either originated or acquired, are classified at that time according to management’s intent to either sell or hold the loan for the foreseeable future. When management’s intent is to sell the loan, the cash flows of that loan are presented as operating cash flows. When management’s intent is to hold the loan for the foreseeable future, the cash flows of that loan are presented as investing cash flows.

The following table summarizes supplemental cash flow information for the years ended December 31: 

	2021		2020		2019
	(In millions)
Cash paid during the period for:
Interest on deposits and borrowed funds	$	185	$	408	$	851
Income taxes, net	367		132		85
Non-cash transfers:
Loans held for sale and loans transferred to other real estate	14		31		63
Loans transferred to loans held for sale	240		275		66
Loans held for sale transferred to loans	277		1		3
Properties transferred to held for sale	38		33		62

96

Table of Contents

SECURITIES PURCHASED UNDER AGREEMENTS TO RESELL AND SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financing transactions. It is Regions’ policy to take possession of securities purchased under resell agreements either through direct delivery or a tri-party agreement.

DEBT SECURITIES

Management determines the appropriate accounting classification of debt securities at the time of purchase, based on intent, and periodically re-evaluates such designations. Debt securities are classified as held to maturity when the Company has the intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity. Debt securities held to maturity are presented at amortized cost. Debt securities not classified as held to maturity are classified as available for sale. Debt securities available for sale are presented at estimated fair value with changes in unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). See the “Fair Value Measurements” section below for discussion of determining fair value.

The amortized cost of debt securities classified as held to maturity and available for sale is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity, or in the case of mortgage-backed securities, over the estimated life of the security, using the interest method. Such amortization or accretion is included in interest income on securities. Realized gains and losses are included in net securities gains (losses). The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method.

For debt securities available for sale, the Company reviews its securities portfolio for impairment and determines if impairment is related to credit loss or non-credit loss. In making the assessment of whether a loss is from credit or other factors, management considers the extent to which fair value is less than amortized cost, any changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency, and adverse conditions related to the security, among other factors. If this assessment indicates that a credit loss exists, the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security are compared to the amortized cost basis of the security. If the present value of cash flows is less than the amortized cost basis, a credit loss exists and an allowance is created, limited by the amount that the fair value is less than the amortized cost basis.

Subsequent activity related to the credit loss component (e.g. write-offs, recoveries) is recognized as part of the allowance for credit losses on debt securities available for sale. Securities held to maturity are evaluated under the allowance for credit losses model. For securities which have an expectation of zero nonpayment of the amortized cost basis (e.g. U.S. Treasury securities or agency securities), the expected credit loss is zero. Refer to Note 3 for further detail and information on securities.

LOANS HELD FOR SALE

Regions’ loans held for sale may include commercial loans, investor real estate loans, residential real estate mortgage loans and consumer loans. Loans held for sale are recorded at either estimated fair value, if the fair value option is elected, or the lower of cost or estimated fair value. Regions has elected to account for residential real estate mortgages originated with the intent to sell at fair value. Intent is established for these conforming residential real estate mortgage loans when Regions enters into an interest rate lock commitment. Gains and losses on these residential mortgage loans held for sale for which the fair value option has been elected are included in mortgage income. Certain commercial loans held for sale where management has elected the fair value option are recorded at fair value. Gains and losses on commercial loans held for sale for which the fair value option has been elected are included in capital markets income. Regions also transfers certain commercial, investor real estate, and residential real estate mortgage portfolio loans that were originally recorded as held for investment to held for sale when management has the intent to sell in the near term. These held for sale loans are recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value. At the time of transfer, write-downs on the loans are recorded as charge-offs when credit related and non-interest expense or non-interest income (dependent on loan type) when not credit related and a new cost basis is established. Any subsequent lower of cost or market adjustment is determined on an individual loan basis. Gains and losses on the sale of non-performing commercial and investor real estate loans are included in other non-interest expense. See the “Fair Value Measurements” section below for discussion of determining estimated fair value.

LOANS

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are considered loans held for investment (or portfolio loans). Loans held for investment are carried at amortized cost (the principal amount outstanding, net of premiums, discounts, unearned income and deferred loan fees and costs). Regions elected to exclude accrued interest receivable balances from the amortized cost basis. Interest receivable is included as a separate line item on the balance sheet. Regions' loans balance is comprised of commercial, investor real estate and consumer loans. Interest income on all types of loans is accrued based on the contractual interest rate and the principal amount outstanding using methods that approximate the interest method, except for those loans classified as non-accrual. Premiums and discounts on purchased loans and non-refundable loan origination and commitment fees, net of direct costs of originating or acquiring loans, are deferred and recognized over the contractual or estimated lives of the related loans as an adjustment to the loans’ constant effective yield, which is included in interest income on loans. Direct financing, sales-type and leveraged leases are included within the

97

Table of Contents

commercial portfolio segment. See Note 4 for further detail and information on loans and Note 13 for further detail and information on leases.

Regions determines past due or delinquency status of a loan based on contractual payment terms.

Commercial and investor real estate loans are placed on non-accrual if any of the following conditions occur: 1) collection in full of contractual principal and interest is no longer reasonably assured (even if current as to payment status), 2) a partial charge-off has occurred, unless the loan has been brought current under its contractual terms (original or restructured terms) and the full originally contracted principal and interest is considered to be fully collectible, or 3) the loan is delinquent on any principal or interest for 90 days or more unless the obligation is secured by collateral having a net realizable value (estimated fair value less costs to sell) sufficient to fully discharge the obligation and the loan is in the legal process of collection. Factors considered regarding full collection include assessment of changes in borrower’s cash flow, valuation of underlying collateral, ability and willingness of guarantors to provide credit support, and other conditions. Charge-offs on commercial and investor real estate loans are primarily based on the facts and circumstances of the individual loan and occur when available information confirms the loan is not or will not be fully collectible. Factors considered in making these determinations are the borrower’s and any guarantor’s ability and willingness to pay, the status of the account in bankruptcy court (if applicable), and collateral value. Commercial and investor real estate loan relationships of $250,000 or less are subject to charge-off or charge down to estimated fair value at 180 days past due, based on collateral value. Certain equipment finance loans are subject to charge-off at 120 days past due.

Non-accrual and charge-off decisions for consumer loans are dictated by the FFIEC's Uniform Retail Credit Classification and Account Management Policy which establishes standards for the classification and treatment of consumer loans. The charge-off process drives consumer non-accrual status. If a consumer loan secured by real estate in a first lien position (residential first mortgage or home equity) becomes 180 days past due, Regions evaluates the loan for non-accrual status and potential charge-off based on net loan to value exposure. For home equity loans and lines of credit in a second lien position, the evaluation is performed at 120 days past due. If a loan is secured by collateral having a net realizable value sufficient to fully discharge the obligation, then a partial write-down is not necessary and the loan remains on accrual status, provided it is in the process of legal collection. If a partial charge-off is necessary as a result of the evaluation, then the remaining balance is placed on non-accrual. Consumer loans not secured by real estate are generally charged-off at either 120 days past due for closed-end loans, 180 days past due for open-end loans other than credit cards or the end of the month in which the loan becomes 180 days past due for credit cards.

When loans are placed on non-accrual status, the accrual of interest, amortization of loan premium, accretion of loan discount and amortization/accretion of deferred net loan fees/costs are discontinued. When a commercial or investor real estate loan is placed on non-accrual status, uncollected interest accrued in the current year is reversed and charged to interest income. Uncollected interest accrued from prior years on commercial and investor real estate loans placed on non-accrual status in the current year is charged against the allowance for loan losses. When a consumer loan is placed on non-accrual status, all uncollected interest accrued is reversed and charged to interest income due to immateriality. Interest collections on commercial and investor real estate non-accrual loans are applied as principal reductions. Interest collections on consumer non-accrual loans are recorded using the cash basis, due to immateriality.

All loans on non-accrual status may be returned to accrual status and interest accrual resumed if all of the following conditions are met: 1) the loan is brought contractually current as to both principal and interest, 2) future payments are reasonably expected to continue being received in accordance with the terms of the loan and repayment ability can be reasonably demonstrated, and 3) the loan has been performing for at least six months.

Purchased Loans

Purchased loans are recorded at their fair value at the acquisition date. Purchased loans are evaluated and classified as either PCD, which indicates that the loan has experienced more than insignificant credit deterioration since origination, or non-PCD loans. For PCD loans, the sum of the loans' purchase price and allowance for credit losses, which is determined using the same methodology as originated loans, becomes their initial amortized cost basis. For non-PCD loans, the difference between the fair value and the par value is considered the fair value mark. The non-credit discount or premium related to PCD loans and the fair value mark on non-PCD loans is accreted or amortized into interest income over the contractual life of the loan using the effective interest method. Subsequent changes in the allowance to the PCD and non-PCD loans are recognized in the provision for credit losses.

TDRs

TDRs are loans in which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty at the time of restructuring, and Regions has granted a concession to the borrower. TDRs are undertaken in order to improve the likelihood of recovery on the loan and may take the form of modifications made with the stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk, other modifications to the structure of the loan that fall outside of normal underwriting policies and procedures, or in limited circumstances forgiveness of principal and/or interest. Insignificant delays in payments are not considered TDRs. TDRs can involve loans remaining on non-accrual, moving to non-accrual, or continuing on accrual status, depending on the

98

Table of Contents

individual facts and circumstances of the borrower. TDRs are subject to policies governing accrual/non-accrual evaluation consistent with all other loans of the same product type as discussed in the “Loans” section above. Prior to the adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, all loans with the TDR designation were considered to be impaired, even if they were accruing. With the adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, the definition of impaired loans was removed from accounting guidance.

The CAP was designed to evaluate potential consumer loan participants as early as possible in the life cycle of the troubled loan (as described in Note 5). Many of the modifications are finalized without the borrower ever reaching the applicable number of days past due, and therefore the loan may never be placed on non-accrual. Accordingly, given the positive impact of the restructuring on the likelihood of recovery of cash flows due under the modified terms, accrual status continues to be appropriate for these loans.

As provided in the CARES Act passed into law on March 27, 2020, and subsequently extended through the Consolidated Appropriations Act signed into law on December 27, 2020, certain loan modifications related to the COVID-19 pandemic beginning March 1, 2020, through the earlier of 60 days after the end of the pandemic or January 1, 2022, were eligible for relief from TDR classification. Regions elected this provision of both Acts; therefore, modified loans that met the required guidelines for relief are not considered TDRs.

ALLOWANCE

Regions adopted CECL on January 1, 2020, which replaced the incurred loss methodology to estimate the allowance with the expected loss methodology. Regions elected not to estimate an allowance on interest receivable balances because the Company has non-accrual polices in place that provide for the accrual of interest to cease on a timely basis when all contractual amounts due are not expected. Refer to Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, for additional information regarding the accounting and reporting policies related to the incurred loss methodology.

Upon the adoption of CECL, the allowance is intended to cover expected credit losses over the contractual life of loans measured at amortized cost, including unfunded commitments. Management’s measurement of expected credit losses is based on relevant information about past events, including historical experience, current conditions, and R&S forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. For periods beyond which Regions makes or obtains such R&S forecasts, Regions reverts to historical credit loss information. Regions maintains an appropriate level of allowance that falls within an acceptable range of estimated losses, measured in accordance with GAAP. Management's determination of the appropriateness of the allowance is based on many factors, including, but not limited to, an evaluation and rating of the loan portfolio; historical loan loss experience; current economic conditions; collateral values securing loans; levels of problem loans; volume, growth, quality and composition of the loan portfolio; regulatory guidance; R&S economic forecasts; and other relevant factors. Changes in any of these factors, assumptions, or the availability of new information, could require that the allowance be adjusted in future periods, perhaps materially. Loss forecasting models are built on historical loss information and then applied to the current portfolio. Outputs from the loss forecasting models in combination with Regions' qualitative framework, and other analyses are used to inform management in its estimation of Regions' expected credit losses. Actual losses could vary, perhaps materially, from management’s estimates. The entire allowance is available to cover all charge-offs that arise from the loan portfolio.

Regions' allowance calculation is a significant estimate. Regions uses its best judgment to assess economic conditions and loss data in estimating the CECL allowance and these estimates are subject to periodic refinement based on changes in underlying external or internal data. Therefore, assumptions and decisions driving the estimate may change as conditions change. These assumptions and estimates are detailed below.

R & S forecast period

During the two-year R&S forecast period, Regions incorporates forward-looking information by utilizing its internally developed and approved Base economic forecast. The scenario is developed by the Chief Economist and approved through a formal governance process. The Base forecast considers market forward/consensus information and is consistent with the Company's organization-wide economic outlook. When appropriate, additional scenarios, including externally created scenarios, are considered as part of the determination of the allowance.

Reversion period

Regions utilizes an exponential reversion approach that reverts to TTC rates derived from the simple average of all historical quarterly observations for PD, LGD, EAD and prepayment rates. The length of the reversion period differs by class of financing receivable.

Historical loss period

Regions does not adjust historical loss information for existing economic conditions or expectations of future economic conditions for periods that are beyond the R&S period. Regions utilizes internal historical loss information; however, there are certain loan portfolios that also benefit from the use of external or other reference data due to identified limitations with internal historical data.

99

Table of Contents

Contractual life

Regions estimates expected credit losses over the contractual life of a loan. Regions defines contractual life for non-revolving loans as contractual maturity, net of estimated prepayments and excluding expected extensions, renewals and modifications unless 1) Regions has a reasonable expectation at the reporting date that it will execute a TDR with the borrower ("RETDR") or 2) extension or renewal options are included in the original or modified contract at the reporting date and are not unconditionally cancellable by Regions.

RETDR

Regions individually identifies commercial and investor real estate loans for inclusion as RETDRs. The identification criteria are based on internal risk ratings and time to maturity. Regions typically does not identify consumer loans as RETDRs due to the insignificant time period between initial contact with a customer regarding a loan modification and when a TDR modification is consummated.

The RETDR status extends the life of the loan past the contractual maturity and includes the allowance impact of interest rate concessions. Loans identified as RETDRs will be treated consistently from a modeling/reserving perspective as loans identified as TDRs.

Contractual term extensions (borrower versus lender option to renew)

Regions' consumer loan contracts do not permit automatic extensions or unilateral customer extensions, and Regions retains the right to approve or deny any extension requested from the borrower. As a result, extensions and renewal options are not included in the life of consumer loans for the purposes of calculating the allowance. Similarly, Regions does not include extension and renewal options in the life of commercial loans for the purposes of calculating the allowance, unless it is a RETDR. Most commercial products do not offer borrowers a unilateral right to renew or extend.

Contractual life of credit card receivables

Regions estimates the life of credit card receivables based on the amount and timing of payments expected to be collected. Regions' credit card allowance estimate only considers the amount of debt outstanding at the reporting date (the current position) because undrawn balances are unconditionally cancellable and therefore are not considered. Regions classifies credit card accounts into one of three payment patterns: dormant, transacting or revolving. The dormant accounts are idle, carry no balance, and do not contribute to the allowance. The transacting account holders tend to pay the entire balance due every month and are, therefore, subject to practically no interest charges. For transactor accounts, the current position balance is expected to be paid off in one quarter. The revolving accounts tend to be subject to interest charges, and their current position balance liquidates over time. Regions' credit card portfolio is comprised primarily of revolvers.

Collateral-dependent loans

Regions' collateral-dependent consumer loans are loans secured by collateral (primarily real estate) that meet the partial charge-down requirements disclosed within this section. Regions evaluates significant commercial and investor real estate loans that are in financial difficulty and secured by collateral to determine if they are collateral dependent.

For collateral-dependent loans, CECL requires an entity to measure the expected credit losses based on the fair value of the collateral at the reporting date when the entity determines that foreclosure is probable. Additionally, CECL allows a fair value of collateral practical expedient as a measurement approach for loans when the repayment is expected to be provided substantially through the operation or sale of the collateral when the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty ("collateral dependent”). For any collateral-dependent loans that meet Regions' specific allowance criteria (see below), Regions will calculate the CECL allowance based on the fair value of collateral methodology. For collateral-dependent consumer, commercial and investor real estate loans that do not meet Regions' specific allowance criteria (as described below), Regions considers the value of the collateral through the LGD component of the loss model based on collateral type.

Credit enhancements

Regions' estimate of credit losses reflects how credit enhancements, other than those that are freestanding contracts, mitigate expected credit losses on financial assets. In the event that a credit enhancement arrangement is considered to be a freestanding contract, Regions excludes the credit enhancement from the related loan when estimating expected credit losses.

Unfunded commitments and other off-balance sheet items

CECL requires an entity to record a liability or allowance for credit losses for the unfunded portion of a loan commitment in the event that the issuer does not have the unconditional right to cancel the commitment. For an unfunded commitment to be considered unconditionally cancellable, Regions must be able to, at any time, with or without cause, refuse to extend credit. The liability is measured over the full contractual period for which Regions is exposed to credit risk through a current obligation to extend credit. In determining the liability, management considers the likelihood that funding will occur, and if funded, the related expected credit losses under the CECL model.

100

Table of Contents

Regions' off-balance sheet unfunded commitments in the form of home equity lines, standby letters of credit, commercial letters of credit and commercial revolving products that are deemed to be conditionally cancellable will include unfunded balances within the allowance estimate. Future advances from certain unfunded commitments and other revolving products where Regions does have the unconditional right to cancel these agreements will not be included.

CALCULATION OF ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

Pooled allowances

The allowance is measured on a collective (pool) basis when similar risk characteristics exist. Segmentation variables for commercial and investor real estate segments include product, loan size, collateral type, risk rating and term. Segmentation variables considered for consumer segments include product, FICO, LTV, age, TDR status, etc. The allowance is estimated for most portfolios and classes using econometric models to estimate expected credit losses. In general, discounted cash flow models are not used for the purpose of estimating expected losses for the purpose of the ACL. Most of the econometric models include PD, LGD, and EAD components. Less complex estimation methods are used for smaller loan portfolios.

Specific allowances

Due to their size, complexity and individualized risk characteristics and monitoring, the allowance for significant non-accrual commercial and investor real estate loans (including TDRs) and unfunded commitments is measured on an individual basis. Loans evaluated individually are not included in the collective evaluation. Regions generally measures the allowance for these loans based on the present value of estimated cash flows, considering all facts and circumstances specific to the borrower and market and economic conditions. The allowance measurement for collateral-dependent loans that meet the individually evaluated threshold is based on the fair value of collateral methodology.

TDRs and RETDRs

Loans identified as TDRs and RETDRs are treated consistently in CECL loss models. These loans are included in their respective loan pools (if they do not qualify for specific evaluation) and losses are determined by CECL models. The effect of the interest rate concession on these loans is considered through a post-model adjustment.

Qualitative framework

While quantitative allowance methodologies strive to reflect all risk factors, any estimate involves assumptions and uncertainties resulting in some level of imprecision. Imprecision exists in the estimation process due to the inherent time lag between obtaining information, performing the calculation, as well as variations between estimates and actual outcomes. Regions adjusts the allowance considering quantitative and qualitative factors which may not be directly measured in the modeled calculations. Regions' qualitative framework provides for specific, quantitatively supported model adjustments and general imprecision adjustments. Specific model adjustments capture highly specific issues or events that Regions believes are not adequately captured in model outcomes. General imprecision adjustments address other sources of imprecision that are not specifically identifiable or quantifiable to a particular loan portfolio and have not been captured by the model or by a specific model adjustment. Regions considers general imprecision in three dimensions; economic forecast imprecision, model error imprecision, and process imprecision.

Refer to Note 5 for further discussion regarding the calculation of the allowance for credit losses.

LEASES

LESSEES

Regions' lease portfolio is primarily composed of property leases that are classified as either operating or finance leases with the majority classified as operating leases. Property leases, which primarily include office locations and retail branches, typically have original lease terms ranging from 1 year to 20 years, some of which may also include an option to extend the lease beyond the original lease term. In some circumstances, Regions may also have an option to terminate the lease early with advance notice. Regions includes renewal and termination options within the lease term if deemed reasonably certain of exercise. As most leases do not state an implicit rate, Regions utilizes the incremental borrowing rate based on information available at the lease commencement date to determine the present value of lease payments. Leases with a term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet. Regions continues to recognize lease payments as an expense over the lease term as appropriate.

Operating leases vary in term and, from time to time, include incentives and/or rent escalations. Examples of incentives include periods of “free” rent and leasehold improvement incentives. Regions recognizes incentives and escalations on a straight-line basis over the lease term as a reduction of or increase to rent expense, as applicable, within net occupancy expense in the consolidated statements of income. See Note 13 "Leases" for additional information.

101

Table of Contents

LESSORS

Regions engages in both direct financing and sales-type leasing. Regions also has portfolios of leveraged and operating leases. These arrangements provide equipment financing for leased assets, such as vehicles and aircraft. At the commencement date, Regions (lessor) enters into an agreement with the customer (lessee) to lease the underlying equipment for a specified lease term. The lease agreements may provide customers the option to terminate the lease by buying the equipment at fair market value at the time of termination or at the end of the lease term. Regions' equipment finance asset management group performs due diligence procedures on the lease residual and overall equipment values as part of the origination process. Regions performs lease residual value reviews on an ongoing basis. In order to manage the residual value risk inherent in some of its direct financing leases, Regions purchases residual value insurance from an independent third party.

Sales-type, direct financing, and leveraged leases are recorded within loans and operating leases are recorded within other earning assets on the consolidated balance sheet. The net investment in direct financing leases is the sum of all minimum lease payments and estimated residual values, less unearned income. Unearned income is recognized over the terms of the leases to produce a constant effective yield. The net investment in leveraged leases is the sum of all lease payments (less non-recourse debt payments) and estimated residual values, less unearned income. Income from leveraged leases is recognized over the term of the leases based on the unrecovered equity investment. See Note 13 "Leases" for additional information.

OTHER EARNING ASSETS

Other earning assets consist primarily of investments in FRB stock, FHLB stock, marketable equity securities and operating lease assets. See Note 7 for additional information.

INVESTMENTS IN FEDERAL RESERVE BANK AND FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK STOCK

Ownership of FRB and FHLB stock is a requirement for all banks seeking membership into and access to the services provided by these banking systems. These shares are accounted for at amortized cost, which approximates fair value.

MARKETABLE EQUITY SECURITIES

Marketable equity securities are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value reported in net income.

INVESTMENTS IN OPERATING LEASES

Investments in operating leases represent the assets underlying the related lease contracts and are reported at cost, less accumulated depreciation and net of origination fees and costs. Depreciation on these assets is generally provided on a straight-line basis over the lease term down to an estimated residual value. Regions periodically evaluates its depreciation rate for leased assets based on projected residual values and adjusts depreciation expense over the remaining life of the lease if deemed appropriate. Regions also evaluates the current value of the operating lease assets and tests for impairment when indicators of impairment are present. Income from operating lease assets includes lease origination fees, net of lease origination costs, and is recognized as operating lease revenue on a straight line basis over the scheduled lease term. The accrual of revenue on operating leases is generally discontinued at the time an account is determined to be uncollectible. Operating lease revenue and the depreciation expense on the related operating lease assets are included as components of net interest income on the consolidated statements of income. When a leased asset is returned, its remaining value is reclassified from other earning assets to other assets and recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, less costs to sell, on Regions' consolidated balance sheet. Impairment of the operating lease asset, as well as residual value gains and losses at the end of the lease term are recorded through other non-interest income.

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, as applicable. Land is carried at cost. Depreciation expense is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the improvements (or the terms of the leases, if shorter). Generally, premises and leasehold improvements are depreciated or amortized over 7-40 years. Furniture and equipment are generally depreciated or amortized over 3-10 years. Premises and equipment are evaluated for impairment at least annually, or more often if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. Maintenance and repairs are charged to non-interest expense in the consolidated statements of income. Improvements that either add functionality or extend the useful life of the asset are capitalized to the carrying value and depreciated. See Note 8 for detail of premises and equipment.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets include goodwill, which is the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets of acquired businesses, and other identifiable intangible assets. Other identifiable intangible assets primarily include the following: 1) core deposit intangible assets, 2) relationship assets, 3) amounts capitalized related to the value of PCCR, and 4) agency commercial real estate licenses. Other identifiable intangibles assets are primarily amortized over their expected useful lives while agency commercial real estate licenses are non-amortizing.

102

Table of Contents

The Company’s goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis in the fourth quarter, or more often if events or circumstances indicate that there may be impairment. Regions assesses the following indicators of goodwill impairment for each reporting period:

•Recent operating performance,

•Changes in market capitalization,

•Regulatory actions and assessments,

•Changes in the business climate (including legislation, legal factors and competition),

•Company-specific factors (including changes in key personnel, asset impairments, and business dispositions), and

•Trends in the banking industry.

Adverse changes in the economic environment, declining operations, or other factors could result in a decline in the implied estimated fair value of goodwill. Accounting guidance permits the Company to first assess qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value. If, based on the weight of the evidence, the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value exceeds book value, then an impairment test is not necessary. If the Company elects to bypass the qualitative assessment, or concludes that it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying value, a goodwill impairment test is performed. The Company compares the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in non-interest expense in an amount equal to that excess.

For purposes of performing the qualitative assessment, Regions evaluates events and circumstances which may include, but are not limited to, events and circumstances since the last impairment analysis, recent operating performance including reporting unit performance, changes in market capitalization, regulatory actions and assessments, changes in the business climate, company-specific factors, and trends in the banking industry to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount.

For purposes of performing the goodwill impairment test, if applicable, Regions uses both income and market approaches to value its reporting units. The income approach, which is the primary valuation approach, consists of discounting projected long-term future cash flows, which are derived from internal forecasts and economic expectations for the respective reporting units. The significant inputs to the income approach include expected future cash flows, the long-term target equity ratios, and the discount rate.

Other identifiable intangible assets are reviewed at least annually (usually in the fourth quarter) for events or circumstances that could impact the recoverability of the intangible asset. These events could include loss of core deposits, loss of relationships, significant losses of credit card or other types of acquired customer accounts and/or balances, increased competition, or adverse changes in the economy. To the extent other identifiable intangible assets are deemed unrecoverable, impairment losses are recorded in non-interest expense and reduce the carrying amount of the asset.

Refer to Note 9 for further detail and discussion of the results of the goodwill and other identifiable intangibles impairment tests.

ACCOUNTING FOR TRANSFERS AND SERVICING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

Regions accounts for transfers of financial assets as sales when control over the transferred assets is surrendered. Control is generally considered to have been surrendered when 1) the transferred assets are legally isolated from the Company or its consolidated affiliates, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, 2) the transferee has the right to pledge or exchange the assets with no conditions that constrain the transferee and provide more than a trivial benefit to the Company, and 3) the Company does not maintain the obligation or unilateral ability to reclaim or repurchase the assets. If these sale criteria are met, the transferred assets are removed from the Company’s balance sheet and a gain or loss on sale is recognized. If not met, the transfer is recorded as a secured borrowing, and the assets remain on the Company’s balance sheet, the proceeds from the transaction are recognized as a liability, and gain or loss on sale is deferred until the sale criterion are achieved.

Regions has elected to account for its residential MSRs using the fair value measurement method. Under the fair value measurement method, residential MSRs are measured at estimated fair value each period with changes in fair value recorded as a component of mortgage income. The fair value of residential MSRs is calculated using various assumptions including future cash flows, market discount rates, expected prepayment rates, servicing costs and other factors. A significant change in prepayments of residential mortgages in the servicing portfolio could result in significant valuation adjustments, thus creating potential volatility in the carrying amount of residential MSRs. The valuation method relies on an OAS to consider prepayment risk and equate the asset's discounted cash flows to its market price. See the “Fair Value Measurements” section below for additional discussion regarding determination of fair value.

103

Table of Contents

Regions is a DUS lender. The DUS program provides liquidity to the multi-family housing market. Regions' related commercial MSRs are recorded in other assets at the lower of cost or estimated fair value and are amortized in proportion to, and over the estimated period that net servicing income is expected to be received based on projections of the amount and timing of estimated future net cash flows. The amount and timing of estimated future net cash flows are updated based on actual results and updated projections. Regions periodically evaluates its commercial MSRs for impairment. Regions has a one-third loss share guarantee associated with the majority of the DUS servicing portfolio. The other two-thirds loss share guarantee is retained by Fannie Mae. The estimated fair value of the loss share guarantee is recorded in other liabilities.

Refer to Note 6 for further information on servicing of financial assets.

FORECLOSED PROPERTY AND OTHER REAL ESTATE

Other real estate and certain other assets acquired in satisfaction of indebtedness (“foreclosure”) are carried in other assets at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan or estimated fair value less estimated costs to sell the property. At the date of transfer from the loan portfolio, if the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the property’s estimated fair value less estimated costs to sell, a write-down is recorded against the allowance. Regions allows a period of up to 60 days after the date of transfer to record finalized write-downs as charge-offs against the allowance in order to properly accumulate all related invoices and updated valuation information, if necessary. Subsequent to transfer, Regions obtains valuations from professional valuation experts and/or third party appraisers on at least an annual basis. See the “Fair Value Measurements” section below for additional discussion regarding determination of fair value. Subsequent to transfer and the additional 60 days, any further write-downs are recorded as other non-interest expense. Gain or loss on the sale of foreclosed property and other real estate is included in other non-interest expense.

From time to time, assets classified as premises and equipment are transferred to held for sale for various reasons. These assets are carried in other assets at the lower of the recorded investment in the asset or estimated fair value less estimated cost to sell based upon the property’s appraised value at the date of transfer. Any adjustments to property held for sale are recorded as other non-interest expense.

OTHER INVESTMENT ASSETS

Regions has investments of approximately $207 million and $162 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, that are recognized in other assets and accounted for using either the equity method of accounting or the measurement alternative to fair value for equity investments without a readily determinable fair value.

Equity method investments consist primarily of investments in SBICs. Under the equity method of accounting, Regions records its proportionate share of the profits or losses of the investment entity as an adjustment to the carrying value of the investment and as a component of non-interest income. Dividends received or receivable from these investments are recorded as reductions to the carrying value of the investments. The net balances of equity method investments were approximately $136 million and $100 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Equity investments that do not meet the criteria to be accounted for under the equity method and do not have a readily determinable fair value are accounted for at cost under the measurement alternative to fair value with adjustments for impairment and observable price changes as applicable. Dividends received or receivable and observable price changes from these investments are included as components of other non-interest income.These investments consist primarily of investments in strategic partners and certain CRA projects. The carrying amounts of these investments at December 31, 2021 and 2020, were $71 million and $62 million, respectively.

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

The Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk, facilitate asset/liability management strategies and manage other exposures. These instruments primarily include interest rate swaps, options on interest rate swaps, options including interest rate caps and floors, Eurodollar futures, forward rate contracts and forward sale commitments. All derivative financial instruments are recognized as other assets or other liabilities, as applicable, at estimated fair value. Regions enters into master netting agreements with counterparties and/or requires collateral to cover exposures. In at least some cases, counterparties post collateral at a zero threshold regardless of credit rating. The majority of interest rate derivatives traded by Regions with dealing counterparties are subject to mandatory clearing through a central clearinghouse. The variation margin payments made for derivatives cleared through a central clearinghouse are legally characterized as settlements of the derivatives. The counterparty risk for cleared trades effectively moves from the executing broker to the clearinghouse allowing Regions to benefit from the risk mitigation controls in place at the respective clearinghouse.

Interest rate swaps are agreements to exchange interest payments based upon notional amounts. Interest rate swaps subject Regions to market risk associated with changes in interest rates, changes in interest rate volatility, as well as the credit risk that the counterparty will fail to perform. Option contracts involve rights to buy or sell financial instruments on a specified date or over a period at a specified price. These rights do not have to be exercised. Some option contracts such as interest rate floors, involve the exchange of cash based on changes in specified indices. Interest rate floors are contracts to hedge interest rate declines based on a notional amount, generally associated with a principal balance at risk. Interest rate floors subject Regions to

104

Table of Contents

market risk associated with changes in interest rates, changes in interest rate volatility, as well as the credit risk that the counterparty will fail to perform. Forward rate contracts are commitments to buy or sell financial instruments at a future date at a specified price or yield. Regions primarily enters into forward rate contracts on marketable instruments, which expose Regions to market risk associated with changes in the value of the underlying financial instrument, as well as the credit risk that the counterparty will fail to perform. Eurodollar futures are futures contracts on Eurodollar deposits. Eurodollar futures subject Regions to market risk associated with changes in interest rates. Because futures contracts are cash settled daily through a margining process in an exchange, there is minimal credit risk associated with Eurodollar futures. Forward sale commitments are sales of securities at a specified price at a future date. Forward sale commitments subject Regions to market risk associated with changes in market value, as well as the credit risk that the counterparty will fail to perform.

The Company elects to account for certain derivative financial instruments as accounting hedges which, based on the exposure being hedged, are either fair value or cash flow hedges.

Fair value hedge relationships mitigate exposure to the change in fair value of the hedged risk in an asset, liability or firm commitment. Under the fair value hedging model, gains or losses attributable to the change in fair value of the derivative instrument, as well as the gains and losses attributable to the change in fair value of the hedged item, are recognized in interest income or interest expense in the same income statement line item with the hedged item in the period in which the change in fair value occurs. To the extent the changes in fair value of the derivative do not offset the changes in fair value of the hedged item, the difference is recognized. The corresponding adjustment to the hedged asset or liability is included in the basis of the hedged item, while the corresponding change in the fair value of the derivative instrument is recorded as an adjustment to other assets or other liabilities, as applicable. Certain fair value hedges have been entered into using the last-of-layer method, which allows the Company to hedge the interest rate risk of prepayable financial assets by designating as the hedged item a stated amount of a closed portfolio that is not expected to be affected by prepayments, defaults or other factors impacting the timing and amount of cash flows.

Cash flow hedge relationships mitigate exposure to the variability of future cash flows or other forecasted transactions. For cash flow hedge relationships, the entire change in the fair value of the hedging instrument would be recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) except for amounts excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. Amounts recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are recognized in earnings in the same income statement line item where the earnings effect of the hedged item is presented in the period or periods during which the hedged item impacts earnings.

The Company formally documents all hedging relationships, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for entering into various hedge transactions. The Company performs periodic qualitative and quantitative assessments to determine whether the hedging relationship has been highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items and whether the relationship is expected to continue to be highly effective in the future.

If a hedge relationship is de-designated or if hedge accounting is discontinued because the hedged item no longer exists, or does not meet the definition of a firm commitment, or because it is probable that the forecasted transaction will not occur, the derivative will continue to be recorded as an other asset or other liability in the consolidated balance sheets at its estimated fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in other non-interest expense. Any asset or liability that was recorded pursuant to recognition of the firm commitment is removed from the consolidated balance sheets and recognized in other non-interest expense. Gains and losses that were unrecognized and aggregated in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) pursuant to the hedge of a forecasted transaction are recognized immediately in other non-interest expense.

Derivative contracts for which the Company has not elected to apply hedge accounting are classified as other assets or liabilities with gains and losses related to the change in fair value recognized in capital markets income or mortgage income, as applicable, in the statements of income during the period. These positions, as well as non-derivative instruments, are used to mitigate economic and accounting volatility related to customer derivative transactions, the mortgage pipeline and the fair value of residential MSRs.

Regions enters into interest rate lock commitments, which are commitments to originate mortgage loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding and the customers have locked into that interest rate. Accordingly, such commitments are recorded at estimated fair value with changes in fair value recorded in mortgage income or capital markets income, as applicable. Regions also has corresponding forward sale commitments related to these interest rate lock commitments, which are recorded at estimated fair value with changes in fair value recorded in mortgage income or capital markets income, as applicable. See the “Fair Value Measurements” section below for additional information related to the valuation of interest rate lock commitments.

Regions enters into various derivative agreements with customers desiring protection from possible future market fluctuations. Regions manages the market risk associated with these derivative agreements. The contracts in this portfolio for which the Company has elected not to apply hedge accounting are marked-to-market through capital markets income and included in other assets and other liabilities.

105

Table of Contents

Concurrent with the election to use fair value measurement for residential MSRs, Regions began using various derivative instruments to mitigate the impact of changes in the fair value of residential MSRs in the statements of income. This effort may involve the use of various derivative instruments, including, but not limited to, forwards, futures, swaps and options. These derivatives are carried at estimated fair value, with changes in fair value reported in mortgage income.

Refer to Note 20 for further discussion and details of derivative financial instruments and hedging activities.

INCOME TAXES

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for expected future tax consequences. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined by applying the federal and state tax rates to the differences between financial statement carrying amounts and the corresponding tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are also recorded for any tax attributes, such as tax credit and net operating loss carryforwards. The net balance of deferred tax assets and liabilities is reported in other assets or other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets, as appropriate. Any effect of a change in federal and state tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company reflects the expected amount of income tax to be paid or refunded during the year as current income tax expense or benefit, as applicable.

The Company determines the realization of deferred tax assets by considering all positive and negative evidence available, including the impact of recent operating results, future reversals of taxable temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards and tax planning strategies. A valuation allowance is recorded for any deferred tax assets that are not more-likely-than-not to be realized.

Income tax benefits generated from uncertain tax positions are accounted for using the recognition and cumulative-probability measurement thresholds. Based on the technical merits, if a tax benefit is not more-likely-than-not of being sustained upon examination, the Company records a liability for the recognized income tax benefit. If a tax benefit is more-likely-than-not of being sustained based on the technical merits, the Company utilizes the cumulative probability measurement and records an income tax benefit equivalent to the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority. The Company recognizes interest expense, interest income and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within current income tax expense.

The Company applies the proportional amortization method in accounting for its qualified affordable housing investments. This method recognizes the amortized cost of the investment as a component of income tax expense.

The deferral method of accounting is used for investments that generate investment tax credits. Under this method, the investment tax credits are recognized as a reduction of the related asset.

Refer to Note 19 for further discussion regarding income taxes.

TREASURY STOCK AND SHARE REPURCHASES

The purchase of the Company’s common stock is recorded at cost. At the date of repurchase, shareholders' equity is reduced by the repurchase price. Upon retirement, or upon purchase for constructive retirement, treasury stock would be reduced by the cost of such stock with the excess of repurchase price over par or stated value recorded in additional paid-in capital. If the Company subsequently reissues treasury shares, treasury stock is reduced by the cost of such stock with differences recorded in additional paid-in capital or retained earnings, as applicable.

Pursuant to recent share repurchase programs, shares repurchased were immediately retired, and therefore were not included in treasury stock. The Company's policy related to these share repurchases is to reduce its common stock based on the par value of the shares repurchased and to reduce its additional paid-in capital for the excess of the repurchase price over the par value.

SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

Regions sponsors stock plans which most commonly include restricted stock (i.e., unvested common stock) units, restricted stock awards and performance stock units. The Company accounts for share-based payments under the fair value recognition provisions whereby compensation cost is measured based on the estimated fair value of the award at the grant date and is recognized in the consolidated financial statements on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for service-based awards. The fair value of restricted stock units, restricted stock awards or performance stock units is determined based on the closing price of Regions common stock on the date of grant. Historical data is also used to estimate future employee attrition, which is considered in calculating estimated forfeitures. Estimated forfeitures are adjusted when actual forfeitures differ from estimates, resulting in the recognition of compensation cost only for awards that vest. The effect of a change in estimated forfeitures is recognized through a cumulative catch-up adjustment that is included in salaries and employee benefits expense in the period of the change in estimate. As compensation cost is recognized, a deferred tax asset is recorded that represents an estimate of the future tax deduction from exercise or release of restrictions. At the time the share-based awards are exercised, cancelled, have expired, or restrictions are released, the Company may be required to recognize an adjustment to

106

Table of Contents

tax expense depending on the market price of the Company’s common stock. Prior to 2021, Regions' sponsored plans also included stock options. Refer to Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, for additional information regarding the accounting and reporting policies related to stock options.

See Note 16 for further discussion and details of share-based payments.

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Regions uses an expected long-term rate of return applied to the fair market value of assets as of the beginning of the year and the expected cash flows during the year for calculating the expected investment return on all pension plan assets. At a minimum, amortization of the net gain or loss included in accumulated other comprehensive income resulting from experience different from that assumed and from changes in assumptions is included as a component of net periodic benefit cost if, as of the beginning of the year, that net gain or loss exceeds 10 percent of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market value of plan assets. If amortization is required, the minimum amortization is that excess divided by the average remaining service period of active participating employees expected to receive benefits under the plans. Regions records the service cost component of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit cost in salaries and employee benefits expense. The other components of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit cost are recorded in other non-interest expense. Regions uses a third-party actuary to compute the remaining service period of active participating employees. This period reflects expected turnover, pre-retirement mortality, and other applicable employee demographics.

See Note 17 for further discussion and details of employee benefit plans.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

The Company records revenue when control of the promised products or services is transferred to the customer, in an amount that reflects the consideration Regions expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those products or services. Related to contract costs, Regions expenses sales commissions and any related contract costs when incurred because the amortization period would be one year or less. Related to remaining performance obligations, Regions does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for 1) contracts with an original expected length of one year or less and 2) contracts for which revenue is recognized at the amount to which Regions has the right to invoice for services performed.

Interest Income

The largest source of revenue for Regions is interest income. Interest income is recognized using the interest method driven by nondiscretionary formulas based on written contracts, such as loan agreements or securities contracts.

Service Charges on Deposit Accounts

Service charges on deposit accounts include non-sufficient fund fees, overdraft fees and other service charges. When a depositor presents an item for payment in excess of available funds, non-sufficient fund fees are earned when an item is returned unpaid, and overdraft fees are earned when Regions, at its discretion, provides the necessary funds to complete the transaction.

Regions generates other service charges by providing depositors proper safeguard and remittance of funds as well as by providing optional services for depositors, such as check imaging or treasury management, that are performed upon the depositor’s request. Charges for the proper safeguard and remittance of funds are recognized monthly, as the customer retains funds in the account. Regions recognizes revenue for other optional services when the customer uses the selected service to execute a transaction (e.g., execute an ACH wire).

Card and ATM Fees

Card and ATM fees include the combined amounts of credit card, debit card, and ATM related revenue. The majority of the fees are card interchange where Regions earns a fee for remitting cardholder funds (or extends credit) via a third party network to merchants. Regions satisfies performance obligations for each transaction when the card is used and the funds are remitted. The network establishes interchange fees that the merchant remits to Regions for each transaction, and Regions incurs costs from the network for facilitating the interchange with the merchant. Due to its inability to establish prices and direct activities of the related processing network’s service, Regions is deemed the agent in this arrangement and records interchange revenues net of related costs. Regions also pays consideration to certain commercial card holders based on interchange fees and contractual volume. These costs are recognized as a reduction to interchange income.

Card and ATM fees also include ATM fee income generated from allowing a Regions cardholder to withdraw funds from a non-Regions ATM and from allowing a non-Regions cardholder to withdraw funds from a Regions ATM. Regions satisfies performance obligations for each transaction when the withdrawal is processed. Regions does not direct activities of the related processing network’s service and recognizes revenue on a net basis as the agent in each transaction.

107

Table of Contents

Investment Management and Trust Fee Income

Investment management and trust fee income represents revenue generated from asset management services provided to individuals, businesses, and institutions. Regions has a fiduciary responsibility to the beneficiary of the trust to perform agreed upon services which can include investing the assets, periodic reporting to the beneficiaries, and providing tax information regarding the trust. In exchange for these trust and custodial services, Regions collects fee income from beneficiaries as contractually determined via fee schedules. Regions’ performance obligations to customers are primarily satisfied over time as the services are performed and provided to the customer.

Mortgage Income

Mortgage income is recognized when earned or as each transaction occurs through the origination and servicing of residential mortgage loans for long-term investors and sales of residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. Mortgage income also includes any fair value adjustments for mortgage loans Regions has elected to measure under the fair value option and fair value adjustments related to mortgage servicing rights.

Capital Markets Income

Regions generates capital markets fee revenue through capital raising activities which include revenue streams such as securities underwriting and placement, loan syndication and placement, as well as foreign exchange, derivatives, merger and acquisition and other advisory services. For those revenue streams, revenue is primarily recognized at a point in time which coincides with the satisfaction of a single performance obligation, typically the transaction closing.

Securities underwriting and placement fees involve the issuing and distribution of securities for an underwriting fee from customers. The underwriting fee is a single performance obligation which is satisfied at the time that the transaction is closed, and the amount of the fee is either a fixed or variable percentage based on the deal value which is determinable at the time of deal closing.

Regions generates revenue from affordable housing investments through the syndication of investment funds to third parties. Regions transfers the primary benefits of the investment to the customer and recognizes syndication revenue on the closing date of the transaction.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

Bank-owned life insurance income primarily represents income earned from the appreciation of the cash surrender value of insurance contracts held and the proceeds of insurance benefits. Regions recognizes revenue each period in the amount of the appreciation of the cash surrender value of the insurance policies. Revenue from the proceeds of insurance benefits is recognized at the time a claim is confirmed.

Commercial Credit Fee Income

Commercial credit fee income includes letters of credit fees and unused commercial commitment fees. Regions recognizes revenue for letters of credit fees and unused commercial commitment fees over time.

Investment Services Fee Income

Investment services fee income represents income earned from investment advisory services. Through the use of third party carriers, Regions provides its customers with access to investment products that meet customers’ financial needs and investment objectives. Upon selection of an investment product, the customer enters into a policy with the carrier. Regions’ performance obligation is satisfied by fulfilling its responsibility to place customers in investment vehicles for which Regions earns commissions from the carrier based on agreed-upon fee percentages. In addition, Regions has a contractual relationship with a third party broker dealer to provide full service brokerage and investment advisory activities. As the principal in the arrangement, Regions recognizes the investment services commissions on a gross basis.

Securities Gains (Losses), Net

Net securities gains or losses result from Regions’ asset/liability management process. Gains or losses on the sale of securities are recognized as each sales transaction occurs with the cost of securities sold based on the specific identification method.

Market Value Adjustments on Employee Benefit Assets

Regions holds assets for certain employee benefit assets, both defined and other. Those assets are recorded at estimated fair value and the market value variations are recognized each period.

Other Miscellaneous Income

Other miscellaneous income includes miscellaneous revenue from affordable housing, income from SBIC investments, valuation adjustments to equity investments, commercial loan and leasing related income, fees from safe deposit boxes, check fees, and other miscellaneous income including unusual gains. Regions recognizes the related fee or gain in a manner that reflects the timing of when transactions occur or as services are provided.

108

Table of Contents

PER SHARE AMOUNTS

Earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, plus the effect of outstanding stock options, restricted and performance stock awards if dilutive. Refer to Note 15 for additional information.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Fair value guidance establishes a framework for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities and defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) as opposed to the price that would be paid to acquire the asset or received to assume the liability (an entry price). A fair value measure should reflect the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including the assumptions about the risk inherent in a particular valuation technique, the effect of a restriction on the sale or use of an asset and the risk of nonperformance. Required disclosures include stratification of balance sheet amounts measured at fair value based on inputs the Company uses to derive fair value measurements. These strata include:

•Level 1 valuations, where the valuation is based on quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities traded in active markets (which include exchanges and over-the-counter markets with sufficient volume),

•Level 2 valuations, where the valuation is based on quoted market prices for similar instruments traded in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market, and

•Level 3 valuations, where the valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market, but observable based on Company-specific data. These unobservable assumptions reflect the Company’s own estimates for assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques typically include option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques, but may also include the use of market prices of assets or liabilities that are not directly comparable to the subject asset or liability.

ITEMS MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE ON A RECURRING BASIS

Debt securities available for sale, certain mortgage loans held for sale, marketable equity securities, residential MSRs, derivative assets and derivative liabilities are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Below is a description of valuation methodologies for these assets and liabilities.

Debt securities available for sale consist of U.S. Treasuries, obligations of states and political subdivisions, mortgage-backed securities (including agency securities), and other debt securities.

•U.S. Treasuries are valued based on quoted market prices of identical assets on active exchanges. Pricing received for U.S. Treasuries from third-party services is based on a market approach using dealer quotes from multiple active market makers and real-time trading systems. These valuations are Level 1 measurements.

•Mortgage-backed securities are valued primarily using data from third-party pricing services for similar securities as applicable. Pricing from these third-party services is generally based on a market approach using observable inputs such as benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, benchmark securities, TBA prices, issuer spreads, bids and offers, monthly payment information, and collateral performance, as applicable. These valuations are Level 2 measurements. Where such comparable data is not available, the Company develops valuations based on assumptions that are not readily observable in the market place; these valuations are Level 3 measurements.

•Obligations of states and political subdivisions are generally based on data from third-party pricing services. The valuations are based on a market approach using observable inputs such as benchmark yields, relevant trade data, material event notices and new issue data. These valuations are Level 2 measurements. Where such comparable data is not available, the Company develops valuations based on assumptions that are not readily observable in the market place; these valuations are Level 3 measurements.

•Other debt securities are valued based on Level 1, 2 and 3 measurements, depending on pricing methodology selected and are valued primarily using data from third-party pricing services. Pricing from these third-party services is generally based on a market approach using observable inputs such as benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, benchmark securities, bids and offers, and TRACE reported trades.

The majority of Regions' debt securities available for sale are valued using third-party pricing services. To validate pricing related to liquid investment securities, which represent the vast majority of the available for sale portfolio (e.g., mortgage-backed securities), Regions compares price changes received from the third-party pricing service to overall changes in market factors in order to validate the pricing received. To validate pricing received on less liquid investment securities in the available for sale portfolio, Regions receives pricing from third-party brokers-dealers on a sample of securities that are then compared to the pricing received. The pricing service uses standard observable inputs when available, for example: benchmark yields, reported trades, broker-dealer quotes, issuer spreads, benchmark securities, and bids and offers, among others. For certain

109

Table of Contents

security types, additional inputs may be used, or some inputs may not be applicable. It is not customary for Regions to adjust the pricing received for the available for sale portfolio. In the event that prices are adjusted, Regions classifies the measurement as a Level 3 measurement.

Mortgage loans held for sale consist of residential first mortgage loans and commercial mortgages held for sale. Regions has elected to measure certain residential and commercial mortgage loans held for sale at fair value by applying the fair value option (see additional discussion under the “Fair Value Option” section in Note 21). The residential first mortgage loans held for sale are valued based on traded market prices of similar assets where available and/or discounted cash flows at market interest rates, adjusted for securitization activities that include servicing value and market conditions, a Level 2 measurement. The commercial mortgage loans held for sale are valued based on traded market prices for comparable commercial mortgage-backed securitizations, into which the loans will be placed, adjusted for movements of interest rates and credit spreads, a Level 3 measurement due to the unobservable inputs included in the credit spreads for bonds in commercial mortgage-backed securitizations.

Marketable equity securities, which primarily consist of assets held for certain employee benefits and money market funds, are valued based on quoted market prices of identical assets on active exchanges; these valuations are Level 1 measurements.

Residential mortgage servicing rights are valued using an option-adjusted spread valuation approach, a Level 3 measurement. The underlying assumptions and estimated values are corroborated at least quarterly by values received from independent third parties. See Note 6 for information regarding the servicing of financial assets and additional details regarding the assumptions relevant to this valuation.

Derivative assets and liabilities, which primarily consist of interest rate, foreign exchange, and commodity contracts that include forwards, futures, options and swaps, are included in other assets and other liabilities (as applicable) on the consolidated balance sheets. Interest rate swaps are predominantly traded in over-the-counter markets and, as such, values are determined using widely accepted discounted cash flow models, which are Level 2 measurements. These discounted cash flow models use projections of future cash payments/receipts that are discounted at an appropriate index rate. Regions utilizes OIS curves as fair value measurement inputs for the valuation of interest rate and commodity derivatives. The projected future cash flows are sourced from an assumed yield curve, which is consistent with industry standards and conventions. These valuations are adjusted for the unsecured credit risk at the reporting date, which considers collateral posted and the impact of master netting agreements. For options and futures contracts traded in over-the-counter markets, values are determined using discounted cash flow analyses and option pricing models based on market rates and volatilities, which are Level 2 measurements. Interest rate lock commitments on loans intended for sale and risk participations categorized as credit derivatives are valued using option pricing models that incorporate significant unobservable inputs, and therefore are Level 3 measurements.

Equity investments, which consist of the Company's holdings in equity investees that are traded on an active exchange, are valued using a quoted market price for a similar instrument in an active market, adjusted for marketability considerations; this valuation is a Level 2 measurement.

ITEMS MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE ON A NON-RECURRING BASIS

From time to time, certain assets may be recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These non-recurring fair value adjustments typically are a result of the application of lower of cost or fair value accounting or a write-down occurring during the period. For example, if the fair value of an asset in these categories falls below its cost basis, it is considered to be at fair value at the end of the period of the adjustment. In periods where there is no adjustment, the asset is generally not considered to be at fair value. The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

Foreclosed property and other real estate is carried in other assets at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan or fair value less estimated costs to sell the property. The fair value for foreclosed property that is based on either observable transactions of similar instruments or formally committed sale prices is classified as a Level 2 measurement. If no formally committed sale price is available, Regions also obtains valuations from professional valuation experts and/or third party appraisers. Updated valuations are obtained on at least an annual basis. Foreclosed property exceeding established dollar thresholds is valued based on appraisals. Appraisals are performed by third-parties with appropriate professional certifications and conform to generally accepted appraisal standards as evidenced by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice. Regions’ policies related to appraisals conform to regulations established by the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 and other regulatory guidance. Professional valuations are considered Level 2 measurements because they are based largely on observable inputs. Regions has a centralized appraisal review function that is responsible for reviewing appraisals for compliance with banking regulations and guidelines as well as appraisal standards. Based on these reviews, Regions may make adjustments to the market value conclusions determined in the appraisals of real estate (either as other real estate or loans held for sale) when the appraisal review function determines that the valuation is based on inappropriate assumptions or where the conclusion is not sufficiently supported by the market data presented in the appraisal. Adjustments to the market value conclusions are discussed with the professional valuation experts and/or third-party

110

Table of Contents

appraisers; the magnitude of the adjustments that are not mutually agreed upon is insignificant. Adjustments, if made, must be based on sufficient information available to support an alternate opinion of market value. An estimated standard discount factor, which is updated at least annually, is applied to the appraisal amount for certain commercial and investor real estate properties when the recorded investment in the loan is transferred into foreclosed property. Internally adjusted valuations are considered Level 3 measurements as management uses assumptions that may not be observable in the market. These non-recurring fair value measurements are typically recorded on the date an updated offered quote, appraisal, or third-party valuation is received.

Equity investments without a readily determinable fair value are adjusted prospectively to estimated fair value when an observable price transaction for a same or similar investment with the same issuer occurs; these valuations are Level 3 measurements.

Loans held for sale for which the fair value option has not been elected are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value and therefore may be reported at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The fair values for commercial loans held for sale are based on Company-specific data not observable in the market. These valuations are Level 3 measurements.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating fair values of financial instruments that are not disclosed above:

Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets and statements of cash flows approximate the estimated fair values. Because these amounts generally relate to either currency or highly liquid assets, these are considered Level 1 valuations.

Debt securities held to maturity: The fair values of debt securities held to maturity are estimated in the same manner as the corresponding debt securities available for sale, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

Loans (excluding sales-type, direct financing, and leveraged leases), net of unearned income and allowance for loan losses: A discounted cash flow method under the income approach is utilized to estimate the fair value of the loan portfolio. The discounted cash flow method relies upon assumptions about the amount and timing of scheduled principal and interest payments, principal prepayments, and current market rates. The loan portfolio is aggregated into categories based on loan type and credit quality. For each loan category, weighted average statistics, such as coupon rate, age, and remaining term are calculated. These are Level 3 valuations.

Other earning assets (excluding equity investments and operating leases): The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets approximate the estimated fair values. While these instruments are not actively traded in the market, the majority of the inputs required to value them are actively quoted and can be validated through external sources. Accordingly, these are Level 2 valuations. The fair values of certain other earning assets are estimated using quoted market prices of identical instruments in active markets and are considered Level 1 measurements.

Deposits: The fair value of non-interest-bearing demand accounts, interest-bearing transaction accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts and certain other time deposit accounts is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., the carrying amount). Fair values for certificates of deposit are estimated by using discounted cash flow analyses, based on market spreads to benchmark rates, and are considered Level 2 valuations.

Short-term and long-term borrowings: The carrying amounts of short-term borrowings reported in the consolidated balance sheets approximate the estimated fair values, and are considered Level 2 measurements as similar instruments are traded in active markets. The fair values of certain long-term borrowings are estimated using quoted market prices of identical instruments in active markets and are considered Level 1 measurements. The fair values of certain long term borrowings are estimated using quoted market prices of identical instruments in non-active markets and are considered Level 2 valuations. Otherwise, valuations are based on non-binding broker quotes and are considered Level 3 valuations.

Loan commitments and letters of credit: The fair value of these instruments is reasonably estimated by the carrying value of deferred fees plus the unfunded loan commitments reserve related to the creditworthiness of the counterparty. Because the valuation inputs are not observable in the market and are considered Company specific, these are Level 3 valuations.

See Note 21 for additional information related to fair value measurements.

111

Table of Contents

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

The following table provides a brief description of accounting standards adopted in 2021 and those that could have a material impact to Regions’ consolidated financial statements upon adoption in the future.

Standard	Description	Required Date of Adoption	Effect on Regions' financial statements or other significant matters
Standards Adopted (or partially adopted) in 2021
ASU 2019-12 Income Taxes (Topic 740) - Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes	The amendments in this Update simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740. The amendments also improve consistent application of and simplify GAAP for other areas of Topic 740 by clarifying and amending existing guidance.	January 1, 2021	The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact.
ASU 2020-01, Investments - Equity Securities (Topic 321), Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815)	The amendments clarify the interaction of the accounting for equity securities under Topic 321 and investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting in Topic 323 and the accounting for certain forward contracts and purchased options accounted for under Topic 815.	January 1, 2021	The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact.
ASU 2020-08, Codification Improvements to Subtopic 310-20, Receivables—Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs	The amendments in this Update were issued to clarify that entities should reevaluate at each reporting period whether callable debt securities are within the scope of the guidance in Topic 310-20, which requires the premium on such debt securities to be amortized to the next call date.	January 1, 2021	The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact.
ASU 2020-10, Codification Improvements	This Update was issued to make minor technical corrections and improvements to the Codification as part of an ongoing FASB project to clarify guidance and correct inconsistent application of unclear guidance. The ASU codifies in Section 50 (Disclosure) of various Codification Topics the disclosure guidance that includes an option to provide certain information either on the face of the financial statements or in notes to the financial statements that was previously codified only in Section 45 (Other Presentation Matters). It also amends various Codification Topics to clarify guidance that may have been unclear when originally codified and that has resulted in inconsistent application.	January 1, 2021	The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact.

112

Table of Contents

Standard	Description	Required Date of Adoption	Effect on Regions' financial statements or other significant matters
Standards Adopted (or partially adopted) in 2021 (continued)
ASU 2021-01 Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848)	The Update was issued to clarify that certain optional expedients and exceptions in Topic 848 for contract modifications and hedge accounting apply to contracts that are affected by the discounting transition. Specifically, certain provisions in Topic 848, if elected by an entity, would apply to derivative instruments that use an interest rate for margining, discounting, or contract price alignment that is modified as a result of reference rate reform. Amendments in this ASU to the expedients and exceptions in Topic 848 are included to capture the incremental consequences of the scope refinement and to tailor the existing guidance to derivative instruments affected by the discounting transition.	The Update is effective upon issuance and can be applied through December 31, 2022	The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact.
ASU 2021-06 Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205), Financial Services—Depository and Lending (Topic 942), and Financial Services— Investment Companies (Topic 946)	The FASB issued this Update to amend certain guidance pursuant to SEC rulemaking, including amendments to financial disclosures about acquired and disposed businesses and updates of statistical disclosures required for banking and savings loan registrants.	The Update is effective upon issuance	The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact.

113

Table of Contents

Standard	Description	Required Date of Adoption	Effect on Regions' financial statements or other significant matters
Standards Not Yet Adopted
ASU 2020-06, Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging— Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40)	This Update simplifies accounting for convertible instruments by removing certain separation models. Additionally, it revises and clarifies guidance on the derivatives scope exception to make the exception easier to apply.	January 1, 2022	Regions adopted this guidance as of January 1, 2022 with no material impact.
ASU 2021-04, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Debt—Modifications and Extinguishments (Subtopic 470-50), Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718), and Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40)	The Update clarified how an issuer should account for modifications made to equity-classified written call options (i.e. a warrant to purchase the issuer’s common stock). The guidance in the Update requires the issuer to treat a modification of an equity-classified warrant that does not cause the warrant to become liability-classified as an exchange of the original warrant for a new warrant. This guidance applies whether the modification is structured as an amendment to the terms and conditions of the warrant or as termination of the original warrant and issuance of a new warrant.	January 1, 2022	Regions adopted this guidance as of January 1, 2022 with no material impact.
ASU 2021-05 Leases (Topic 842): Lessors—Certain Leases with Variable Lease Payments	The Board issued this ASU to amend the lessor lease classification guidance under Topic 842, Leases. Under the amendments, a lessor must classify a lease that includes variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or rate as an operating lease if it would otherwise be classified as a sales-type or direct financing lease and would result in the recognition of a selling loss at a lease commencement. The amendments address concerns raised during the FASB’s post implementation review that recognizing an immediate loss for these leases, as would otherwise be required	January 1, 2022	Regions adopted this guidance as of January 1, 2022 with no material impact.
ASU 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers	The amendments in this Update require that an entity (acquirer) recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities acquired in a business combination in accordance with Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, rather than using fair value. At the acquisition date, an acquirer should account for the related revenue contracts in accordance with Topic 606 as if it had originated the contracts.	January 1, 2023 Early adoption is permitted.	Regions is evaluating the impact upon adoption; however, the impact is not expected to be material.

114

Table of Contents

NOTE 2. VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

Regions is involved in various entities that are considered to be VIEs, as defined by authoritative accounting literature. Generally, a VIE is a corporation, partnership, trust or other legal structure that either does not have equity investors with substantive voting rights or has equity investors that do not provide sufficient financial resources for the entity to support its activities. The following discusses the VIEs in which Regions has a significant interest.

AFFORDABLE HOUSING TAX CREDIT INVESTMENTS

Regions periodically invests in various limited partnerships that sponsor affordable housing projects, which are funded through a combination of debt and equity. These partnerships meet the definition of a VIE. Regions uses the proportional amortization method to account for these investments. Due to the nature of the management activities of the general partner, Regions is not the primary beneficiary of these partnerships. See Note 1 for additional details. Additionally, Regions has loans or letters of credit commitments with certain limited partnerships. The funded portion of the loans and letters of credit are classified as commercial and industrial loans or investor real estate loans as applicable in Note 4.

A summary of Regions’ affordable housing tax credit investments and related loans and letters of credit, representing Regions’ maximum exposure to loss as of December 31 is as follows: 

	2021		2020
	(In millions)
Affordable housing tax credit investments included in other assets	$	1,045	$	975
Unfunded affordable housing tax credit commitments included in other liabilities	348		249
Loans and letters of credit commitments	410		243
Funded portion of loans and letters of credit commitments	148		130

	2021		2020		2019
	(In millions)
Tax credits and other tax benefits recognized	$	165	$	164	$	165
Tax credit amortization expense included in provision for income taxes	139		133		131

In addition to the investments discussed above, Regions also syndicates affordable housing investments. In these syndication transactions, Regions creates affordable housing funds in which a subsidiary is the general partner or managing member and sells limited partnership interests to third parties. Regions' general partner or managing member interest represents an insignificant interest in the affordable housing fund. The affordable housing funds meet the definition of a VIE. As Regions is not the primary beneficiary and does not have a significant interest, these investments are not consolidated. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the value of Regions’ general partnership interest in affordable housing investments was immaterial.

115

Table of Contents

NOTE 3. DEBT SECURITIES

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and estimated fair value of debt securities held to maturity and debt securities available for sale are as follows:

	December 31, 2021
			Recognized in OCI (1)						Not recognized in OCI
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Carrying Value		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value
	(In millions)
Debt securities held to maturity:
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency	$	370	$	—	$	(13)	$	357	$	20	$	—	$	377
Commercial agency	543		—		(1)		542		31		—		573
	$	913	$	—	$	(14)	$	899	$	51	$	—	$	950
Debt securities available for sale:
U.S. Treasury securities	$	1,137	$	2	$	(7)	$	1,132					$	1,132
Federal agency securities	94		1		(3)		92						92
Obligations of states and political subdivisions	4		—		—		4						4
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency	18,873		287		(198)		18,962						18,962
Residential non-agency	1		—		—		1						1
Commercial agency	6,271		163		(61)		6,373						6,373
Commercial non-agency	532		4		—		536						536
Corporate and other debt securities	1,351		36		(6)		1,381						1,381
	$	28,263	$	493	$	(275)	$	28,481					$	28,481

 

	December 31, 2020
			Recognized in OCI (1)						Not recognized in OCI
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Carrying Value		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value
	(In millions)
Debt securities held to maturity:
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency	$	554	$	—	$	(19)	$	535	$	34	$	—	$	569
Commercial agency	589		—		(2)		587		59		—		646
	$	1,143	$	—	$	(21)	$	1,122	$	93	$	—	$	1,215
Debt securities available for sale:
U.S. Treasury securities	$	178	$	5	$	—	$	183					$	183
Federal agency securities	102		3		—		105						105
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency	18,455		625		(4)		19,076						19,076
Residential non-agency	1		—		—		1						1
Commercial agency	5,659		346		(6)		5,999						5,999
Commercial non-agency	571		15		—		586						586
Corporate and other debt securities	1,126		78		—		1,204						1,204
	$	26,092	$	1,072	$	(10)	$	27,154					$	27,154

_________

(1)The gross unrealized losses recognized in OCI on securities held to maturity resulted from a transfer of securities available for sale to held to maturity in the second quarter of 2013.

Debt securities with carrying values of $9.2 billion and $10.3 billion at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, were pledged to secure public funds, trust deposits and certain borrowing arrangements. There were no encumbered U.S. Treasury securities included within total pledged securities at December 31, 2021, compared to approximately $24 million at December 31, 2020.

116

Table of Contents

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities held to maturity and debt securities available for sale at December 31, 2021, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

	Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value
	(In millions)
Debt securities held to maturity:
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency	$	370	$	377
Commercial agency	543		573
	$	913	$	950
Debt securities available for sale:
Due in one year or less	$	325	$	328
Due after one year through five years	1,289		1,304
Due after five years through ten years	855		860
Due after ten years	117		117
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency	18,873		18,962
Residential non-agency	1		1
Commercial agency	6,271		6,373
Commercial non-agency	532		536
	$	28,263	$	28,481

The following tables present gross unrealized losses and the related estimated fair value of debt securities available for sale at December 31, 2021 and 2020. These securities are segregated between investments that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and for twelve months or more.

	December 31, 2021
	Less Than Twelve Months				Twelve Months or More				Total
	Estimated Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses
	(In millions)
Debt securities available for sale:
U.S Treasury securities	$	1,010	$	(7)	$	—	$	—	$	1,010	$	(7)
Federal agency securities	63		(3)		—		—		63		(3)
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency	$	9,528	$	(171)	$	686	$	(27)	$	10,214	$	(198)
Commercial agency	1,333		(29)		760		(32)		2,093		(61)
Corporate and other debt securities	444		(6)		—		—		444		(6)
	$	12,378	$	(216)	$	1,446	$	(59)	$	13,824	$	(275)

 

	December 31, 2020
	Less Than Twelve Months				Twelve Months or More				Total
	Estimated Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses
	(In millions)
Debt securities available for sale:
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency	$	914	$	(4)	$	101	$	—	$	1,015	$	(4)
Commercial agency	819		(6)		—		—		819		(6)
	$	1,733	$	(10)	$	101	$	—	$	1,834	$	(10)

The number of individual debt positions in an unrealized loss position in the tables above increased from 129 at December 31, 2020 to 479 at December 31, 2021. The increase in the number of securities and the total amount of gross

117

Table of Contents

unrealized losses was primarily due to changes in market interest rates. In instances where an unrealized loss existed, there was no indication of an adverse change in credit on the underlying positions in the tables above. As it relates to these positions, management believes no individual unrealized loss, other than those discussed below, represented credit impairment as of those dates. The Company does not intend to sell, and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell, the positions before the recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may be at maturity.

Gross realized gains and gross realized losses on sales of debt securities available for sale were immaterial for both 2021 and 2020, and are shown in the table below for 2019. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. As part of the Company's normal process for evaluating impairment, management did identify a limited number of positions where impairment was believed to exist in 2019, as shown in the table below.

	Year Ended December 31
	2019
	(In millions)
Gross realized gains	$	16
Gross realized losses	(43)
Impairment	(1)
Securities gains (losses), net	$	(28)

118

Table of Contents

NOTE 4. LOANS

The following table presents the distribution of Regions' loan portfolio by segment and class, net of unearned income as of December 31:

	2021		2020
	(In millions)
Commercial and industrial	$	43,758	$	42,870
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied	5,287		5,405
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied	264		300
Total commercial	49,309		48,575
Commercial investor real estate mortgage	5,441		5,394
Commercial investor real estate construction	1,586		1,869
Total investor real estate	7,027		7,263
Residential first mortgage	17,512		16,575
Home equity lines	3,744		4,539
Home equity loans	2,510		2,713
Consumer credit card	1,184		1,213
Other consumer—exit portfolio (1)	1,071		2,035
Other consumer	5,427		2,353
Total consumer	31,448		29,428
Total loans, net of unearned income (2)	$	87,784	$	85,266

_________

(1)Regions ceased originating indirect vehicle lending in the second quarter of 2019 and decided not to renew a third party relationship in the fourth quarter of 2019.

(2)Loans are presented net of unearned income, unamortized discounts and premiums and deferred loan fees and costs of $630 million and $678 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

During 2021 and 2020, Regions purchased approximately $1.3 billion and $1.6 billion in other consumer, residential first mortgage and commercial and industrial loans from third parties, respectively. Purchases do not include loans obtained from acquisitions of businesses.

At December 31, 2021, $19.7 billion in net eligible loans held by Regions were pledged to secure current and potential borrowings from the FHLB. At December 31, 2021, an additional $17.5 billion in net eligible loans held by Regions were pledged to the FRB for potential borrowings.

See Note 13 for details regarding Regions’ investment in sales-type, direct financing, and leveraged leases included within the commercial and industrial loan portfolio.

119

Table of Contents

NOTE 5. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

Regions determines the appropriate level of the allowance on a quarterly basis. The methodology is described in Note 1. Additionally, refer to Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, for a description of the methodology prior to the adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020.

As of December 31, 2021, Regions' total loans included $748 million of PPP loans. These loans are guaranteed by the Federal government and as the guarantee is not separable from the loans, Regions recorded an immaterial allowance on these loans.

ROLLFORWARD OF ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

Macroeconomic factors utilized in the CECL loss models include, but are not limited to, unemployment rate, GDP, HPI and the S&P 500 index, with unemployment being the most significant macroeconomic factor within the CECL models. Regions' models are sensitive to changes in the economic scenario, specifically to the level of unemployment.

The following tables present analyses of the allowance for credit losses by portfolio segment for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. The total allowance for loan losses and the related loan portfolio ending balance for the year ended 2019 is disaggregated to detail the amounts derived through individual evaluation and collective evaluation for impairment. Prior to 2020, the allowance for loan losses related to individually evaluated loans was attributable to allowances for non-accrual commercial and investor real estate loans and all TDRs ("impaired loans") and the allowance for loan losses related to collectively evaluated loans was attributable to the remainder of the portfolio. With the adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, the impaired loan designation and disclosures related to impaired loans are no longer required.

	2021
	Commercial		Investor Real Estate		Consumer		Total
	(In millions)
Allowance for loan losses, January 1, 2021	$	1,196	$	183	$	788	$	2,167
Provision for (benefit from) loan losses	(445)		(87)		39		(493)
Initial allowance on acquired PCD loans	—		—		9		9
Loan losses:
Charge-offs	(128)		(20)		(180)		(328)
Recoveries	59		3		62		124
Net loan losses	(69)		(17)		(118)		(204)
Allowance for loan losses, December 31, 2021	682		79		718		1,479
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments, January 1, 2021	97		14		15		126
Provision for (benefit from) unfunded credit losses	(39)		(6)		14		(31)
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments, December 31, 2021	58		8		29		95
Allowance for credit losses, December 31, 2021	$	740	$	87	$	747	$	1,574

	2020
	Commercial		Investor Real Estate		Consumer		Total
	(In millions)
Allowance for loan losses, December 31, 2019	$	537	$	45	$	287	$	869
Cumulative change in accounting guidance (Note 1)	(3)		7		434		438
Allowance for loan losses, January 1, 2020 (adjusted for change in accounting guidance)	534		52		721		1,307
Provision for loan losses	927		129		256		1,312
Initial allowance on acquired PCD loans	60		—		—		60
Loan losses:
Charge-offs	(368)		(1)		(244)		(613)
Recoveries	43		3		55		101
Net loan losses	(325)		2		(189)		(512)
Allowance for loan losses, December 31, 2020	1,196		183		788		2,167
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments, December 31, 2019	41		4		—		45
Cumulative change in accounting guidance (Note 1)	36		13		14		63
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments, January 1, 2020	77		17		14		108
Provision for (benefit from) unfunded credit losses	20		(3)		1		18
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments, December 31, 2020	97		14		15		126
Allowance for credit losses, December 31, 2020	$	1,293	$	197	$	803	$	2,293

120

Table of Contents

	2019
	Commercial		Investor Real Estate		Consumer		Total
	(In millions)
Allowance for loan losses, January 1, 2019	$	520	$	58	$	262	$	840
Provision for (benefit from) loan losses	138		(16)		265		387
Loan losses:
Charge-offs	(150)		(1)		(292)		(443)
Recoveries	29		4		52		85
Net loan losses	(121)		3		(240)		(358)
Allowance for loan losses, December 31, 2019	537		45		287		869
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments, January 1, 2019	47		4		—		51
Provision for (benefit from) unfunded credit losses	(6)		—		—		(6)
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments, December 31, 2019	41		4		—		45
Allowance for credit losses, December 31, 2019	$	578	$	49	$	287	$	914
Portion of ending allowance for loan losses:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	120	$	4	$	29	$	153
Collectively evaluated for impairment	417		41		258		716
Total allowance for loan losses	$	537	$	45	$	287	$	869
Portion of loan portfolio ending balance:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	537	$	34	$	381	$	952
Collectively evaluated for impairment	45,302		6,523		30,186		82,011
Total loans evaluated for impairment	$	45,839	$	6,557	$	30,567	$	82,963

PORTFOLIO SEGMENT RISK FACTORS

The following describe the risk characteristics relevant to each of the portfolio segments.

Commercial—The commercial portfolio segment includes commercial and industrial loans to commercial customers for use in normal business operations to finance working capital needs, equipment purchases or other expansion projects. Commercial also includes owner-occupied commercial real estate mortgage loans to operating businesses, which are loans for long-term financing of land and buildings, and are repaid by cash flow generated by business operations. Owner-occupied construction loans are made to commercial businesses for the development of land or construction of a building where the repayment is derived from revenues generated from the business of the borrower. Collection risk in this portfolio is driven by the creditworthiness of underlying borrowers, particularly cash flow from customers’ business operations, and the sensitivity to market fluctuations in commodity prices.

Investor Real Estate—Loans for real estate development are repaid through cash flow related to the operation, sale or refinance of the property. This portfolio segment includes extensions of credit to real estate developers or investors where repayment is dependent on the sale of real estate or income generated from the real estate collateral. A portion of Regions’ investor real estate portfolio segment consists of loans secured by residential product types (land, single-family and condominium loans) within Regions’ markets. Additionally, these loans are made to finance income-producing properties such as apartment buildings, office and industrial buildings, and retail shopping centers. Loans in this portfolio segment are particularly sensitive to the valuation of real estate.

Consumer—The consumer portfolio segment includes residential first mortgage, home equity lines, home equity loans, consumer credit card, other consumer—exit portfolios and other consumer loans. Residential first mortgage loans represent loans to consumers to finance a residence. These loans are typically financed over a 15 to 30 year term and, in most cases, are extended to borrowers to finance their primary residence. Home equity lending includes both home equity loans and lines of credit. This type of lending, which is secured by a first or second mortgage on the borrower’s residence, allows customers to borrow against the equity in their home. Real estate market values as of the time the loan or line is secured directly affect the amount of credit extended and, in addition, changes in these values impact the depth of potential losses. Consumer credit card lending includes Regions branded consumer credit card accounts. Other consumer—exit portfolios includes lending initiatives through third parties consisting of loans made through automotive dealerships and other point of sale lending. Regions ceased originating new loans related to these businesses prior to 2020. Other consumer loans include other revolving consumer accounts, indirect and direct consumer loans, and overdrafts. Loans in this portfolio segment are sensitive to unemployment and other key consumer economic measures.

121

Table of Contents

CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORS

The following tables present credit quality indicators for the loan portfolio segments and classes, excluding loans held for sale, as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Commercial and investor real estate portfolio segments are detailed by categories related to underlying credit quality and probability of default. Regions assigns these categories at loan origination and reviews the relationship utilizing a risk-based approach on, at minimum, an annual basis or at any time management becomes aware of information affecting the borrowers' ability to fulfill their obligations. Both quantitative and qualitative factors are considered in this review process. These categories are utilized to develop the associated allowance for credit losses.

•Pass—includes obligations where the probability of default is considered low;

•Special Mention—includes obligations that have potential weakness that may, if not reversed or corrected, weaken the credit or inadequately protect the Company’s position at some future date. Obligations in this category may also be subject to economic or market conditions that may, in the future, have an adverse effect on debt service ability;

•Substandard Accrual—includes obligations that exhibit a well-defined weakness that presently jeopardizes debt repayment, even though they are currently performing. These obligations are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company may incur a loss in the future if these weaknesses are not corrected;

•Non-accrual—includes obligations where management has determined that full payment of principal and interest is in doubt.

Substandard accrual and non-accrual loans are often collectively referred to as “classified.” Special mention, substandard accrual, and non-accrual loans are often collectively referred to as “criticized and classified.”

Regions considers factors such as periodic updates of FICO scores, unemployment rates, home prices, accrual status and geography as credit quality indicators for the consumer loan portfolio. FICO scores are obtained at origination as part of Regions' formal underwriting process. Refreshed FICO scores are obtained by the Company quarterly for all consumer loans, including residential first mortgage loans. Current FICO data is not available for certain loans in the portfolio for various reasons; for example, if customers do not use sufficient credit, an updated score may not be available. These categories are utilized to develop the associated allowance for credit losses. The higher the FICO score the less probability of default and vice versa.

The disclosure of credit quality indicators for loan portfolio segments and classes, excluding loans held for sale, is presented by credit quality indicator by vintage year. Regions defines the vintage date for the purposes of disclosure as the date of the most recent credit decision. In general, renewals are categorized as new credit decisions and reflect the renewal date as the vintage date. Loans that are modified as a TDR are considered to be a continuation of the original loan, therefore the origination date of the original loan is reflected as the vintage date. The following tables present applicable credit quality indicators for the loan portfolio segments and classes, excluding loans held for sale, as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. Classes in the commercial and investor real estate portfolio segments are disclosed by risk rating. Classes in the consumer portfolio segment are disclosed by current FICO scores.

	December 31, 2021
	Term Loans												Revolving Loans		Revolving Loans Converted to Amortizing		Unallocated (1)		Total
	Origination Year
	2021		2020		2019		2018		2017		Prior
	(In millions)
Commercial and industrial:
Risk Rating:
Pass(2)	$	11,098	$	5,231	$	3,711	$	1,781	$	1,625	$	2,611	$	15,794	$	—	$	(60)	$	41,791
Special Mention	54		43		177		147		25		77		383		—		—		$	906
Substandard Accrual	83		76		57		90		17		12		421		—		—		756
Non-accrual	70		22		45		9		11		15		133		—		—		305
Total commercial and industrial	$	11,305	$	5,372	$	3,990	$	2,027	$	1,678	$	2,715	$	16,731	$	—	$	(60)	$	43,758

122

Table of Contents

	December 31, 2021
	Term Loans												Revolving Loans		Revolving Loans Converted to Amortizing		Unallocated (1)		Total
	Origination Year
	2021		2020		2019		2018		2017		Prior
	(In millions)
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied:
Risk Rating:
Pass	$	1,404	$	1,095	$	671	$	663	$	381	$	724	$	122	$	—	$	(7)	$	5,053
Special Mention	7		48		12		11		12		16		1		—		—		$	107
Substandard Accrual	3		8		34		11		6		12		1		—		—		$	75
Non-accrual	3		6		7		10		12		14		—		—		—		52
Total commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied:	$	1,417	$	1,157	$	724	$	695	$	411	$	766	$	124	$	—	$	(7)	$	5,287
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied:
Risk Rating:
Pass	$	68	$	61	$	24	$	30	$	20	$	42	$	1	$	—	$	—	$	246
Special Mention	—		—		—		2		1		2		—		—		—		5
Substandard Accrual	—		—		—		2		—		—		—		—		—		2
Non-accrual	1		1		—		—		1		8		—		—		—		11
Total commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied:	$	69	$	62	$	24	$	34	$	22	$	52	$	1	$	—	$	—	$	264
Total commercial	$	12,791	$	6,591	$	4,738	$	2,756	$	2,111	$	3,533	$	16,856	$	—	$	(67)	$	49,309
Commercial investor real estate mortgage:
Risk Rating:
Pass	$	1,783	$	808	$	900	$	580	$	144	$	95	$	487	$	—	$	(4)	$	4,793
Special Mention	23		84		223		21		1		9		—		—		—		361
Substandard Accrual	52		85		94		31		15		—		7		—		—		284
Non-accrual	—		—		—		1		—		2		—		—		—		3
Total commercial investor real estate mortgage	$	1,858	$	977	$	1,217	$	633	$	160	$	106	$	494	$	—	$	(4)	$	5,441
Commercial investor real estate construction:
Risk Rating:
Pass	$	135	$	343	$	404	$	82	$	1	$	1	$	593	$	—	$	(11)	$	1,548
Special Mention	—		12		26		—		—		—		—		—		—		38
Substandard Accrual	—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Non-accrual	—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Total commercial investor real estate construction	$	135	$	355	$	430	$	82	$	1	$	1	$	593	$	—	$	(11)	$	1,586
Total investor real estate	$	1,993	$	1,332	$	1,647	$	715	$	161	$	107	$	1,087	$	—	$	(15)	$	7,027

123

Table of Contents

	December 31, 2021
	Term Loans												Revolving Loans		Revolving Loans Converted to Amortizing		Unallocated (1)		Total
	Origination Year
	2021		2020		2019		2018		2017		Prior
	(In millions)
Residential first mortgage:
FICO scores
Above 720	$	4,020	$	5,280	$	1,106	$	426	$	612	$	2,601	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	14,045
681-720	449		366		108		57		69		353		—		—		—		1,402
620-680	246		161		78		50		44		378		—		—		—		957
Below 620	39		58		49		47		47		451		—		—		—		691
Data not available	56		46		20		7		11		111		9		—		157		417
Total residential first mortgage	$	4,810	$	5,911	$	1,361	$	587	$	783	$	3,894	$	9	$	—	$	157	$	17,512
Home equity lines:
FICO scores
Above 720	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	2,761	$	49	$	—	$	2,810
681-720	—		—		—		—		—		—		380		12		—		392
620-680	—		—		—		—		—		—		254		11		—		265
Below 620	—		—		—		—		—		—		132		8		—		140
Data not available	—		—		—		—		—		—		105		5		27		137
Total home equity lines	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	3,632	$	85	$	27	$	3,744
Home equity loans
FICO scores
Above 720	$	544	$	320	$	155	$	144	$	217	$	588	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1,968
681-720	82		35		26		22		23		71		—		—		—		259
620-680	34		14		13		12		15		59		—		—		—		147
Below 620	6		3		6		7		11		46		—		—		—		79
Data not available	2		3		3		4		5		22		—		—		18		57
Total home equity loans	$	668	$	375	$	203	$	189	$	271	$	786	$	—	$	—	$	18	$	2,510
Consumer credit card:
FICO scores
Above 720	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	675	$	—	$	—	$	675
681-720	—		—		—		—		—		—		240		—		—		240
620-680	—		—		—		—		—		—		194		—		—		194
Below 620	—		—		—		—		—		—		81		—		—		81
Data not available	—		—		—		—		—		—		8		—		(14)		(6)
Total consumer credit card	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1,198	$	—	$	(14)	$	1,184
Other consumer—exit portfolios:
FICO scores
Above 720	$	—	$	—	$	157	$	318	$	135	$	81	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	691
681-720	—		—		47		71		32		20		—		—		—		170
620-680	—		—		28		50		24		17		—		—		—		119
Below 620	—		—		10		31		16		13		—		—		—		70
Data not available	—		—		2		5		4		3		—		—		7		21
Total Other consumer- exit portfolios	$	—	$	—	$	244	$	475	$	211	$	134	$	—	$	—	$	7	$	1,071

124

Table of Contents

	December 31, 2021
	Term Loans												Revolving Loans		Revolving Loans Converted to Amortizing		Unallocated (1)		Total
	Origination Year
	2021		2020		2019		2018		2017		Prior
	(In millions)
Other consumer:
FICO scores
Above 720	$	1,555	$	844	$	543	$	222	$	66	$	76	$	116	$	—	$	—	$	3,422
681-720	381		203		131		58		19		18		56		—		—		866
620-680	232		125		72		37		15		13		40		—		—		534
Below 620	66		50		33		20		8		7		17		—		—		201
Data not available	62		7		156		91		4		4		2		—		78		404
Total other consumer	$	2,296	$	1,229	$	935	$	428	$	112	$	118	$	231	$	—	$	78	$	5,427
Total consumer loans	$	7,774	$	7,515	$	2,743	$	1,679	$	1,377	$	4,932	$	5,070	$	85	$	273	$	31,448
Total Loans	$	22,558	$	15,438	$	9,128	$	5,150	$	3,649	$	8,572	$	23,013	$	85	$	191	$	87,784

	December 31, 2020
	Term Loans												Revolving Loans		Revolving Loans Converted to Amortizing		Unallocated (1)		Total
	Origination Year
	2020		2019		2018		2017		2016		Prior
	(In millions)
Commercial and industrial:
Risk Rating:
Pass(2)	$	12,260	$	6,115	$	3,550	$	2,413	$	1,166	$	2,493	$	12,138	$	—	$	(39)	$	40,096
Special Mention	133		250		376		84		5		48		722		—		—		1,618
Substandard Accrual	41		50		78		55		20		4		490		—		—		738
Non-accrual	42		59		97		20		23		19		158		—		—		418
Total commercial and industrial	$	12,476	$	6,474	$	4,101	$	2,572	$	1,214	$	2,564	$	13,508	$	—	$	(39)	$	42,870
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied:
Risk Rating:
Pass	$	1,379	$	882	$	913	$	547	$	401	$	801	$	140	$	—	$	(3)	$	5,060
Special Mention	18		31		23		22		10		44		6		—		—		154
Substandard Accrual	3		38		16		16		4		15		2		—		—		94
Non-accrual	14		23		19		21		6		14		—		—		—		97
Total commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied:	$	1,414	$	974	$	971	$	606	$	421	$	874	$	148	$	—	$	(3)	$	5,405
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied:
Risk Rating:
Pass	$	61	$	75	$	39	$	24	$	24	$	40	$	9	$	—	$	—	$	272
Special Mention	1		—		—		2		2		—		—		—		—		5
Substandard Accrual	—		3		1		3		4		3		—		—		—		14
Non-accrual	—		—		—		1		—		8		—		—		—		9
Total commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied:	$	62	$	78	$	40	$	30	$	30	$	51	$	9	$	—	$	—	$	300
Total commercial	$	13,952	$	7,526	$	5,112	$	3,208	$	1,665	$	3,489	$	13,665	$	—	$	(42)	$	48,575

125

Table of Contents

	December 31, 2020
	Term Loans												Revolving Loans		Revolving Loans Converted to Amortizing		Unallocated (1)		Total
	Origination Year
	2020		2019		2018		2017		2016		Prior
	(In millions)
Commercial investor real estate mortgage:
Risk Rating:
Pass	$	1,663	$	1,243	$	1,137	$	252	$	65	$	162	$	332	$	—	$	(5)	$	4,849
Special Mention	5		77		76		15		—		7		—		—		—		180
Substandard Accrual	69		114		57		—		2		9		—		—		—		251
Non-accrual	—		44		1		—		—		1		68		—		—		114
Total commercial investor real estate mortgage	$	1,737	$	1,478	$	1,271	$	267	$	67	$	179	$	400	$	—	$	(5)	$	5,394
Commercial investor real estate construction:
Risk Rating:
Pass	$	224	$	601	$	266	$	1	$	—	$	1	$	679	$	—	$	(11)	$	1,761
Special Mention	30		36		31		—		—		—		9		—		—		106
Substandard Accrual	1		1		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		2
Non-accrual	—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Total commercial investor real estate construction	$	255	$	638	$	297	$	1	$	—	$	1	$	688	$	—	$	(11)	$	1,869
Total investor real estate	$	1,992	$	2,116	$	1,568	$	268	$	67	$	180	$	1,088	$	—	$	(16)	$	7,263
Residential first mortgage:
FICO scores
Above 720	$	5,564	$	1,738	$	809	$	1,023	$	1,279	$	2,709	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	13,122
681-720	525		189		103		112		113		360		—		—		—		1,402
620-680	211		100		73		64		67		404		—		—		—		919
Below 620	31		44		50		51		60		499		—		—		—		735
Data not available	52		23		13		16		15		126		10		—		142		397
Total residential first mortgage	$	6,383	$	2,094	$	1,048	$	1,266	$	1,534	$	4,098	$	10	$	—	$	142	$	16,575
Home equity lines:
FICO scores
Above 720	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	3,334	$	45	$	—	$	3,379
681-720	—		—		—		—		—		—		492		10		—		502
620-680	—		—		—		—		—		—		319		11		—		330
Below 620	—		—		—		—		—		—		181		7		—		188
Data not available	—		—		—		—		—		—		107		3		30		140
Total home equity lines	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	4,433	$	76	$	30	$	4,539
Home equity loans
FICO scores
Above 720	$	417	$	251	$	233	$	325	$	304	$	580	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	2,110
681-720	57		40		35		39		37		76		—		—		—		284
620-680	21		17		19		22		25		65		—		—		—		169
Below 620	2		7		9		13		15		52		—		—		—		98
Data not available	1		2		2		4		5		17		—		—		21		52
Total home equity loans	$	498	$	317	$	298	$	403	$	386	$	790	$	—	$	—	$	21	$	2,713

126

Table of Contents

	December 31, 2020
	Term Loans												Revolving Loans		Revolving Loans Converted to Amortizing		Unallocated (1)		Total
	Origination Year
	2020		2019		2018		2017		2016		Prior
	(In millions)
Consumer credit card:
FICO scores
Above 720	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	667	$	—	$	—	$	667
681-720	—		—		—		—		—		—		255		—		—		255
620-680	—		—		—		—		—		—		208		—		—		208
Below 620	—		—		—		—		—		—		91		—		—		91
Data not available	—		—		—		—		—		—		7		—		(15)		(8)
Total consumer credit card	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1,228	$	—	$	(15)	$	1,213
Other consumer- exit portfolios:
FICO scores
Above 720	$	—	$	256	$	555	$	258	$	152	$	71	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1,292
681-720	—		79		127		57		34		17		—		—		—		314
620-680	—		46		92		47		30		15		—		—		—		230
Below 620	—		16		58		35		29		16		—		—		—		154
Data not available	—		3		6		8		5		4		—		—		19		45
Total other consumer- exit portfolios	$	—	$	400	$	838	$	405	$	250	$	123	$	—	$	—	$	19	$	2,035
Other consumer:
FICO scores
Above 720	$	506	$	646	$	226	$	47	$	7	$	3	$	117	$	—	$	—	$	1,552
681-720	100		143		59		11		1		1		52		—		—		367
620-680	43		59		28		7		1		—		42		—		—		180
Below 620	12		20		12		3		1		—		19		—		—		67
Data not available	46		1		1		—		—		1		3		—		135		187
Total other consumer	$	707	$	869	$	326	$	68	$	10	$	5	$	233	$	—	$	135	$	2,353
Total consumer loans	$	7,588	$	3,680	$	2,510	$	2,142	$	2,180	$	5,016	$	5,904	$	76	$	332	$	29,428
Total Loans	$	23,532	$	13,322	$	9,190	$	5,618	$	3,912	$	8,685	$	20,657	$	76	$	274	$	85,266

________

(1)These amounts consist of fees that are not allocated at the loan level and loans serviced by third parties wherein Regions does not receive FICO or vintage information.

(2)Commercial and industrial lending includes PPP lending in the 2021 and 2020 vintage years.

127

Table of Contents

AGING AND NON-ACCRUAL ANALYSIS

The following tables include an aging analysis of DPD and loans on non-accrual status for each portfolio segment and class as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. Loans on non-accrual status with no related allowance included $127 million and $112 million of commercial and industrial loans as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Non–accrual loans with no related allowance typically include loans where the underlying collateral is deemed sufficient to recover all remaining principal.

	2021
	Accrual Loans
	30-59 DPD		60-89 DPD		90+ DPD		Total 30+ DPD		Total Accrual		Non-accrual		Total
	(In millions)
Commercial and industrial	$	35	$	29	$	5	$	69	$	43,453	$	305	$	43,758
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied	3		1		1		5		5,235		52		5,287
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied	—		—		—		—		253		11		264
Total commercial	38		30		6		74		48,941		368		49,309
Commercial investor real estate mortgage	—		—		—		—		5,438		3		5,441
Commercial investor real estate construction	—		—		—		—		1,586		—		1,586
Total investor real estate	—		—		—		—		7,024		3		7,027
Residential first mortgage	73		31		123		227		17,479		33		17,512
Home equity lines	15		6		21		42		3,704		40		3,744
Home equity loans	7		4		12		23		2,503		7		2,510
Consumer credit card	9		6		12		27		1,184		—		1,184
Other consumer—exit portfolios	10		4		2		16		1,071		—		1,071
Other consumer	31		15		13		59		5,427		—		5,427
Total consumer	145		66		183		394		31,368		80		31,448
	$	183	$	96	$	189	$	468	$	87,333	$	451	$	87,784

	2020
	Accrual Loans
	30-59 DPD		60-89 DPD		90+ DPD		Total 30+ DPD		Total Accrual		Non-accrual		Total
	(In millions)
Commercial and industrial	$	37	$	22	$	7	$	66	$	42,452	$	418	$	42,870
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied	4		1		1		6		5,308		97		5,405
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied	1		—		—		1		291		9		300
Total commercial	42		23		8		73		48,051		524		48,575
Commercial investor real estate mortgage	3		—		—		3		5,280		114		5,394
Commercial investor real estate construction	—		—		—		—		1,869		—		1,869
Total investor real estate	3		—		—		3		7,149		114		7,263
Residential first mortgage	104		41		156		301		16,522		53		16,575
Home equity lines	24		11		19		54		4,493		46		4,539
Home equity loans	10		7		13		30		2,705		8		2,713
Consumer credit card	8		6		14		28		1,213		—		1,213
Other consumer—exit portfolios	22		7		4		33		2,035		—		2,035
Other consumer	17		8		7		32		2,353		—		2,353
Total consumer	185		80		213		478		29,321		107		29,428
	$	230	$	103	$	221	$	554	$	84,521	$	745	$	85,266

128

Table of Contents

TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS

Regions regularly modifies commercial and investor real estate loans in order to facilitate a workout strategy. Typical modifications include accommodations, such as renewals and forbearances. The majority of Regions’ commercial and investor real estate TDRs are the result of renewals of classified loans at an interest rate that is not considered to be a market interest rate. For smaller dollar commercial loans, Regions may periodically grant interest rate and other term concessions, similar to those under the consumer program described below.

Regions works to meet the individual needs of consumer borrowers to stem foreclosure through its CAP. Regions designed the program to allow for customer-tailored modifications with the goal of keeping customers in their homes and avoiding foreclosure where possible. Modification may be offered to any borrower experiencing financial hardship regardless of the borrower’s payment status. Consumer TDRs primarily involve an interest rate concession, however under the CAP, Regions may also offer a short-term deferral, a term extension, a new loan product, or a combination of these options. For loans restructured under the CAP, Regions expects to collect the original contractually due principal. The gross original contractual interest may be collectible, depending on the terms modified. All CAP modifications are considered TDRs regardless of the term because they are concessionary in nature and because the customer documents a financial hardship in order to participate.

As noted above, the majority of Regions’ TDRs are results of interest rate concessions and not a forgiveness of principal. Accordingly, the financial impact of the modifications is best illustrated by the impact to the allowance calculation at the loan or pool level, as a result of the loans being considered impaired due to their TDR status. Regions most often does not record a charge-off at the modification date.

As provided initially in the CARES Act passed into law on March 27, 2020 and subsequently extended through the Consolidated Appropriations Act signed into law on December 27, 2020, certain loan modifications related to the COVID-19 pandemic beginning March 1, 2020 through the earlier of 60 days after the end of the pandemic or January 1, 2022 were eligible for relief from TDR classification. Regions elected this provision of both Acts; therefore, modified loans that met the required guidelines for relief are not considered TDRs and are excluded from the disclosures below.

The following tables present the end of period balance for loans modified in a TDR during the periods presented by portfolio segment and class, and the financial impact of those modifications. The tables include modifications made to new TDRs, as well as renewals of existing TDRs.

	2021
			Financial Impact of Modifications Considered TDRs
	Number of Obligors	Recorded Investment	Increase in Allowance at Modification
	(Dollars in millions)
Commercial and industrial	65	116	—
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied	28	11	—
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied	2	2	—
Total commercial	95	129	—
Commercial investor real estate mortgage	8	77	—
Commercial investor real estate construction	—	—	—
Total investor real estate	8	77	—
Residential first mortgage	492	85	8
Home equity lines	7	1	—
Home equity loans	72	6	—
Consumer credit card	1	—	—
Other consumer—exit portfolios	—	—	—
Other consumer	80	3	—
Total consumer	652	95	8
	755	301	8

129

Table of Contents

 

	2020
				Financial Impact of Modifications Considered TDRs
	Number of Obligors	Recorded Investment		Increase in Allowance at Modification
	(Dollars in millions)
Commercial and industrial	151	$	250	$	—
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied	21	16		—
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied	1	1		—
Total commercial	173	267		—
Commercial investor real estate mortgage	11	78		—
Commercial investor real estate construction	4	5		—
Total investor real estate	15	83		—
Residential first mortgage	378	85		11
Home equity lines	—	—		—
Home equity loans	43	4		—
Consumer credit card	14	—		—
Other consumer- exit portfolios	17	—		—
Other consumer	49	1		—
Total consumer	501	90		11
	689	$	440	$	11

130

Table of Contents

NOTE 6. SERVICING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES

The fair value of residential MSRs is calculated using various assumptions including future cash flows, market discount rates, expected prepayment rates, servicing costs and other factors. A significant change in prepayments of mortgages in the servicing portfolio could result in significant changes in the valuation adjustments, thus creating potential volatility in the carrying amount of residential MSRs. The Company compares fair value estimates and assumptions to observable market data where available, and also considers recent market activity and actual portfolio experience.

The table below presents an analysis of residential MSRs under the fair value measurement method for the years ended December 31: 

	2021		2020		2019
	(In millions)
Carrying value, beginning of year	$	296	$	345	$	418
Additions	149		108		42
Increase (decrease) in fair value:
Due to change in valuation inputs or assumptions	43		(89)		(62)
Economic amortization associated with borrower repayments (1)	(70)		(68)		(53)
Carrying value, end of year	$	418	$	296	$	345

_________

(1)"Economic amortization associated with borrower repayments" includes both total loan payoffs as well as partial paydowns. In the first quarter of 2020, Regions revised its MSR decay methodology from a passage of time approach to a discounted net cash flow approach. The change in methodology results in shifts between decay and hedge impacts, but does not impact the overall valuation.

The Company purchases rights to service residential mortgages on a flow basis which totaled approximately $72 million, $59 million and $13 million in the twelve months ended 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

In 2019, the Company purchased the rights to service approximately $409 million in residential mortgage loans for approximately $4 million. The Company also sold $167 million of affordable housing residential mortgage loans and as part of the transaction kept the rights to service the loans, which resulted in the retained residential MSR of approximately $2 million.

Data and assumptions used in the fair value calculation, as well as the valuation’s sensitivity to rate fluctuations, related to residential MSRs (excluding related derivative instruments) as of December 31 are as follows: 

	2021			2020
	(Dollars in millions)
Unpaid principal balance	$	36,769		$	34,454
Weighted-average CPR (%)	10.5		%	15.6		%
Estimated impact on fair value of a 10% increase	$	(29)		$	(23)
Estimated impact on fair value of a 20% increase	$	(52)		$	(42)
Option-adjusted spread (basis points)	451			560
Estimated impact on fair value of a 10% increase	$	(8)		$	(7)
Estimated impact on fair value of a 20% increase	$	(16)		$	(13)
Weighted-average coupon interest rate	3.5		%	3.9		%
Weighted-average remaining maturity (months)	295			287
Weighted-average servicing fee (basis points)	27.3			27.5

The sensitivity calculations above are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future performance. Changes in fair value based on adverse changes in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of an adverse variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the residential MSRs is calculated without changing any other assumption, while in reality changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which may either magnify or counteract the effect of the change. The derivative instruments utilized by Regions would serve to reduce the estimated impacts to fair value included in the table above.

The following table presents servicing related fees, which includes contractually specified servicing fees, late fees and other ancillary income resulting from the servicing of residential mortgage loans for the years ended December 31:

	2021		2020		2019
	(In millions)
Servicing related fees and other ancillary income	$	102	$	95	$	102

131

Table of Contents

Residential mortgage loans are sold in the secondary market with standard representations and warranties regarding certain characteristics such as the quality of the loan, the absence of fraud, the eligibility of the loan for sale and the future servicing associated with the loan. Regions may be required to repurchase these loans at par, or make-whole or indemnify the purchasers for losses incurred when representations and warranties are breached.

Regions maintains an immaterial repurchase liability related to residential mortgage loans sold with representations and warranty provisions. This repurchase liability is reported in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and reflects management’s estimate of losses based on historical repurchase and loss trends, as well as other factors that may result in anticipated losses different from historical loss trends. Adjustments to this reserve are recorded in other non-interest expense on the consolidated statements of income.

COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES

Regions is an approved DUS lender. The DUS program provides liquidity to the multi-family housing market. In connection with the DUS program, Regions services commercial mortgage loans, retains commercial MSRs and intangible assets associated with the DUS license, and assumes a loss share guarantee associated with the loans. Regions' related DUS commercial MSRs, presented in the table below, are recorded in other assets at the lower of cost or estimated fair value and are amortized in proportion to, and over the estimated period that net servicing income is expected to be received based on projections of the amount and timing of estimated future net cash flows. See Note 1 for additional information. Also see Note 23 for additional information related to the guarantee.

The table below presents an analysis of commercial MSRs under the amortization measurement method:

	2021		2020		2019
	(In millions)
Carrying value, beginning of the year	$	74	$	59	$	56
Additions	29		25		13
Economic amortization associated with borrower repayments (1)	(17)		(10)		(10)
Carrying value, end of the year	$	86	$	74	$	59

________

(1)Economic amortization associated with borrower repayments includes both total loan payoffs as well as partial paydowns.

Regions periodically evaluates the DUS commercial MSRs for impairment based on fair value. The estimated fair value of the DUS commercial MSRs was approximately $96 million and $81 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The following table presents servicing related fees, which includes contractually specified servicing fees, late fees and other ancillary income resulting from the servicing of DUS commercial mortgage loans for the years ended December 31:

	2021		2020		2019
	(In millions)
Servicing related fees and other ancillary income	$	25	$	19	$	16

NOTE 7. OTHER EARNING ASSETS

Other earning assets consist primarily of investments in FRB stock, FHLB stock, marketable equity securities and operating lease assets. See Note 13 for information related to operating leases.

FRB AND FHLB STOCK

The following table presents the amount of Regions' investments in FRB and FHLB stock as of December 31:

	2021		2020
	(In millions)
Federal Reserve Bank	$	492	$	492
Federal Home Loan Bank	16		15

MARKETABLE EQUITY SECURITIES

Marketable equity securities carried at fair value, which primarily consist of assets held for certain employee benefits and money market funds, are reported in other earning assets. Total marketable equity securities were $464 million and $388 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Unrealized gains recognized in earnings for marketable equity securities still being held by the Company were $20 million at December 31, 2021.

132

Table of Contents

NOTE 8. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

A summary of premises and equipment, net at December 31 is as follows: 

	2021		2020
	(In millions)
Land	$	419	$	434
Premises and improvements	1,651		1,678
Furniture and equipment	1,056		1,041
Software	926		836
Leasehold improvements	434		413
Construction in progress	152		208
	4,638		4,610
Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(2,824)		(2,713)
	$	1,814	$	1,897

NOTE 9. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

GOODWILL

Goodwill allocated to each reportable segment (each a reporting unit) at December 31 is presented as follows:

	2021		2020
	(In millions)
Corporate Bank	$	3,012	$	2,819
Consumer Bank	2,339		1,978
Wealth Management	393		393
	$	5,744	$	5,190

The goodwill allocated to the Corporate Bank reporting unit increased due to the acquisitions of Sabal and Clearsight in the fourth quarter of 2021. The goodwill allocated to the Consumer Bank reporting unit increased due to the acquisition of EnerBank in the fourth quarter of 2021.

Regions assessed the indicators of goodwill impairment for all three reporting units as part of its annual impairment test, as of October 1, 2021, and through the date of the filing of this Annual Report, by performing a qualitative assessment of goodwill at the reporting unit level. In performing the qualitative assessment, the Company evaluated events and circumstances since the last impairment analysis, recent operating performance including reporting unit performance, changes in market capitalization, regulatory actions and assessments, changes in the business climate, company-specific factors and trends in the banking industry. The results of the qualitative assessment indicated that it was more likely than not that the estimated fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount as of the test date; therefore, the quantitative goodwill impairment tests were deemed unnecessary.

OTHER INTANGIBLES

The following table presents other intangibles and related accumulated amortization as of December 31:

	2021		2020		2021		2020		2021		2020
	Gross Carrying Amount				Accumulated Amortization				Net Carrying Amount
	(In millions)
Core deposit intangibles	$	1,011	$	1,011	$	1,000	$	991	$	11	$	20
Purchased credit card relationship assets	175		175		157		149		18		26
Relationship assets (1)	267		57		22		8		245		49
Other—amortizing (2)	26		25		18		16		8		9
Agency commercial real estate licenses (3)									20		15
Other—non-amortizing (4)									3		3
	$	1,479	$	1,268	$	1,197	$	1,164	$	305	$	122

_________

(1)Includes intangible assets related to broker and contractor origination networks, vendor networks, and customer relationships.

(2)Includes intangible assets primarily related to acquired trust services, trade names, intellectual property, and employee agreements.

133

Table of Contents

(3)Includes a DUS license acquired in 2014 and commercial real estate licenses acquired in 2021 that are non-amortizing intangible assets. Refer to Note 6 for additional information related to the DUS license.

(4)Includes non-amortizing intangible assets related to other acquired trust services.

Core deposit intangibles, purchased credit card relationships and broker and contractor origination networks are being amortized in other non-interest expense on an accelerated basis over their expected useful lives. Other amortizing intangibles are amortized in other non-interest expense on a straight line basis over their expected useful lives.

The aggregate amount of amortization expense for amortizing intangible assets is estimated as follows:

	Year Ended December 31
	(In millions)
2022	$	52
2023	44
2024	36
2025	30
2026	25

Identifiable intangible assets other than goodwill are reviewed at least annually, usually in the fourth quarter, for events or circumstances that could impact the recoverability of the intangible asset. Regions concluded that no impairment for any identifiable intangible assets occurred during 2021, 2020 or 2019.

134

Table of Contents

NOTE 10. DEPOSITS

The following schedule presents a detail of interest-bearing deposits at December 31:

	2021		2020
	(In millions)
Interest-bearing checking	$	28,018	$	24,484
Savings	15,134		11,635
Money market—domestic	31,408		29,719
Time deposits	6,143		5,341
Corporate treasury time deposits	—		11
Total interest-bearing deposits	$	80,703	$	71,190

At December 31, 2021, the aggregate amounts of maturities of all time deposits (deposits with stated maturities, consisting primarily of certificates of deposit and IRAs) were as follows:

	December 31, 2021
	(In millions)
2022	$	3,471
2023	1,113
2024	650
2025	420
2026	299
Thereafter	190
	$	6,143

NOTE 11. BORROWED FUNDS

LONG-TERM BORROWINGS

Long-term borrowings at December 31 consist of the following:

	2021		2020
	(In millions)
Regions Financial Corporation (Parent):
3.20% senior notes due February 2021	$	—	$	360
3.80% senior notes due August 2023	—		997
2.25% senior notes due May 2025	746		744
1.80% senior notes due August 2028	645		—
7.75% subordinated notes due September 2024	100		100
6.75% subordinated debentures due November 2025	154		155
7.375% subordinated notes due December 2037	298		298
Valuation adjustments on hedged long-term debt	(34)		64
	1,909		2,718
Regions Bank:
2.75% senior notes due April 2021	—		190
3 month LIBOR plus 0.38% of floating rate senior notes due April 2021	—		66
6.45% subordinated notes due June 2037	496		496
Ascentium note securitizations	—		97
Other long-term debt	2		2
	498		851
Total consolidated	$	2,407	$	3,569

As of December 31, 2021, Regions had three issuances and Regions Bank had one issuance of subordinated notes totaling $552 million and $496 million, respectively, with stated interest rates ranging from 6.45% to 7.75%. All issuances of these

135

Table of Contents

notes are, by definition, subordinated and subject in right of payment of both principal and interest to the prior payment in full of all senior indebtedness of the Company, which is generally defined as all indebtedness and other obligations of the Company to its creditors, except subordinated indebtedness. Payment of the principal of the notes may be accelerated only in the case of certain events involving bankruptcy, insolvency proceedings or reorganization of the Company. The subordinated notes described above qualify as Tier 2 capital under Federal Reserve guidelines, subject to diminishing credit as the respective maturity dates approach and subject to certain transition provisions. None of the subordinated notes are redeemable prior to maturity, unless there is an occurrence of a qualifying capital event.

In the first quarter of 2021, Regions and Regions Bank redeemed the senior notes due February 2021 and April 2021 in their entirety. In the third quarter of 2021, Regions issued $650 million of 1.80% senior notes due August 2028. Also in the third quarter of 2021, Regions redeemed the senior notes due August 2023 in their entirety. In conjunction with the redemption, Regions incurred related early extinguishment pre-tax charges totaling $20 million.

In the second quarter of 2020, Regions issued $750 million of 2.25% senior notes due 2025. Also in the second quarter of 2020, Regions executed a partial tender of the two senior bank notes due April 2021. In the third quarter of 2020, Regions redeemed the two senior bank notes due August 2021 in their entirety. In the fourth quarter of 2020, Regions redeemed the 2.75% senior notes due August 2022 in their entirety. In conjunction with the partial tenders, redemptions, and early terminations of FHLB advances Regions incurred related early extinguishment pre-tax charges totaling $22 million.

As a part of Regions' acquisition of Ascentium on April 1, 2020, the Company assumed note securitizations that were fully redeemed as of December 31, 2021. As of December 31, 2020, the Ascentium note securitizations had two classes and had a weighted-average interest rate of 2.12%, with remaining maturities ranging from 3 years to 5 years and a weighted-average of approximately 4 years.

Regions uses derivative instruments, primarily interest rate swaps, to manage interest rate risk by converting a portion of its fixed-rate debt to a variable-rate. The effective rate adjustments related to these hedges are included in interest expense on long-term borrowings. The weighted-average interest rate on total long-term debt, including the effect of derivative instruments, was 3.6 percent, 2.7 percent, and 3.4 percent for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Further discussion of derivative instruments is included in Note 20.

The aggregate amount of contractual maturities of all long-term debt in each of the next five years and thereafter is as follows:

	Year Ended December 31
	Regions Financial Corporation (Parent)		Regions Bank
	(In millions)
2022	$	—	$	—
2023	—		—
2024	100		—
2025	879		—
2026	—		—
Thereafter	930		498
	$	1,909	$	498

On February 22, 2019, Regions filed a shelf registration statement with the SEC. This shelf registration does not have a capacity limit and can be utilized by Regions to issue various debt and/or equity securities. The registration statement will expire in February 2022. Regions expects to file a new shelf registration statement on or about February 24, 2022.

Regions Bank may issue bank notes from time to time, either as part of a bank note program or as stand-alone issuances.  Notes issued by Regions Bank may be senior or subordinated notes.  Notes issued by Regions Bank are not deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC.

Regions may, from time to time, consider opportunistically retiring outstanding issued securities, including subordinated debt in privately negotiated or open market transactions. Regulatory approval would be required for retirement of some securities.

136

Table of Contents

NOTE 12. REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS AND RESTRICTIONS

Regions and Regions Bank are required to comply with regulatory capital requirements established by Federal and State banking agencies. These regulatory capital requirements involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities and selected off-balance sheet items, and also qualitative judgments by the regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can subject the Company to a series of increasingly restrictive regulatory actions.

Banking regulations identify five capital categories: well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, Regions and Regions Bank exceeded all current regulatory requirements, and were classified as "well-capitalized." Management believes that no events or changes have occurred subsequent to December 31, 2021 that would change this designation.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require institutions to maintain minimum ratios of common equity Tier 1, Tier 1, and Total capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital to average tangible assets (the "Leverage" ratio).

In the third quarter of 2020, the federal banking agencies finalized a rule related to the impact of CECL on regulatory capital requirements. The rule allows an add-back to the regulatory capital for the impacts of CECL for a two-year period. At the end of the two years, the impact is then phased-in over the following three years. The add-back is calculated as the impact of initial adoption, adjusted for 25 percent of subsequent changes in the allowance. At December 31, 2021, the impact of the add-back on CET1 was approximately $408 million, or approximately 36 basis points.

The following tables summarize the applicable holding company and bank regulatory capital requirements:

	December 31, 2021 (1)				Minimum Requirement		To Be Well Capitalized
	Amount		Ratio
	(Dollars in millions)
Common equity Tier 1 capital:
Regions Financial Corporation	$	10,844	9.57	%	4.50	%	N/A
Regions Bank	12,478		11.05		4.50		6.50	%
Tier 1 capital:
Regions Financial Corporation	$	12,503	11.03	%	6.00	%	6.00	%
Regions Bank	12,478		11.05		6.00		8.00
Total capital:
Regions Financial Corporation	$	14,441	12.74	%	8.00	%	10.00	%
Regions Bank	13,985		12.38		8.00		10.00
Leverage capital:
Regions Financial Corporation	$	12,503	8.08	%	4.00	%	N/A
Regions Bank	12,478		8.09		4.00		5.00	%

	December 31, 2020				Minimum Requirement		To Be Well Capitalized
	Amount		Ratio
	(Dollars in millions)
Common equity Tier 1 capital:
Regions Financial Corporation	$	10,525	9.84	%	4.50	%	N/A
Regions Bank	12,972		12.17		4.50		6.50	%
Tier 1 capital:
Regions Financial Corporation	$	12,181	11.39	%	6.00	%	6.00	%
Regions Bank	12,972		12.17		6.00		8.00
Total capital:
Regions Financial Corporation	$	14,498	13.56	%	8.00	%	10.00	%
Regions Bank	14,803		13.89		8.00		10.00
Leverage capital:
Regions Financial Corporation	$	12,181	8.71	%	4.00	%	N/A
Regions Bank	12,972		9.30		4.00		5.00	%

 _________

(1)The 2021 Basel III CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital, Total capital, and Leverage capital ratios are estimated.

137

Table of Contents

During the third quarter of 2020, and in connection with the results of its supervisory stress test released in June 2020, the Federal Reserve finalized Regions' SCB requirement for the fourth quarter of 2020 through the third quarter of 2021 at 3.0 percent. The 3.0 percent requirement represented the amount of capital degradation under the supervisory severely adverse scenario, inclusive of four quarters of planned common stock dividends. In the second quarter of 2021, Regions received the results of the Company's voluntary participation in 2021 CCAR. The FRB communicated that the Company exceeded all minimum capital levels under the supervisory stress test and the Company's stress capital buffer for the fourth quarter of 2021 through the third quarter of 2022 is floored at 2.5 percent.

The Federal Reserve approved its rule for tailoring enhanced prudential standards for bank holding companies with $100 billion or more in total consolidated assets. The framework outlines tailored standards for matters related to capital and liquidity. Regions is a "Category IV" institution under these rules. 

Substantially all net assets are owned by subsidiaries. The primary source of operating cash available to Regions is provided by dividends from subsidiaries. Statutory limits are placed on the amount of dividends the subsidiary bank can pay without prior regulatory approval. In addition, regulatory authorities require the maintenance of minimum capital-to-asset ratios at banking subsidiaries. Under the Federal Reserve’s Regulation H, Regions Bank may not, without approval of the Federal Reserve, declare or pay a dividend to Regions if the total of all dividends declared in a calendar year exceeds the total of (a) Regions Bank’s net income for that year and (b) its retained net income for the preceding two calendar years, less any required transfers to additional paid-in capital or to a fund for the retirement of preferred stock. Under Alabama law, Regions Bank may not pay a dividend to Regions in excess of 90 percent of its net earnings until the bank’s surplus is equal to at least 20 percent of capital. Regions Bank is also required by Alabama law to seek the approval of the Alabama Superintendent of Banking prior to paying a dividend to Regions if the total of all dividends declared by Regions Bank in any calendar year will exceed the total of (a) Regions Bank’s net earnings for that year, plus (b) its retained net earnings for the preceding two years, less any required transfers to surplus. The statute defines net earnings as “the remainder of all earnings from current operations plus actual recoveries on loans and investments and other assets, after deducting from the total thereof all current operating expenses, actual losses, accrued dividends on preferred stock, if any, and all federal, state and local taxes.” In addition to dividend restrictions, Federal statutes also prohibit unsecured loans from banking subsidiaries to the parent company.

In addition, Regions must adhere to various HUD regulatory guidelines including required minimum capital to maintain their HUD approved status. Failure to comply with the HUD guidelines could result in withdrawal of this certification. As of December 31, 2021, Regions was in compliance with HUD guidelines. Regions is also subject to various capital requirements by secondary market investors.

NOTE 13. LEASES

LESSEE

As of December 31, 2021, assets and liabilities recorded under operating leases for properties were $459 million and $529 million, respectively, and $475 million and $545 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2020. The difference between the asset and liability balance is largely driven by increases in rent over the lease term and any strategic decisions to exit a lease location early, resulting in derecognition of the asset. The asset is recorded within other assets, and the lease liability is recorded within other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Lease expense, which is operating lease costs recorded within net occupancy expense, was $87 million and $85 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Other information related to operating leases at December 31 is as follows:

	2021		2020
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)	9.9 years		9.6 years
Weighted-average discount rate (%)	2.5	%	2.7	%

Future, undiscounted minimum lease payments on operating leases are as follows:

	December 31, 2021
	(In millions)
2022	$	97
2023	91
2024	78
2025	66
2026	51
Thereafter	246
Total lease payments	629
Less: Imputed interest	100
Total present value of lease liabilities	$	529

138

Table of Contents

LESSOR

The following tables present a summary of Regions' sales-type, direct financing, operating, and leveraged leases for the years ended December 31:

	Net Interest Income
	2021		2020
	(In millions)
Sales-Type and Direct Financing	$	58	$	59
Operating	1		8
Leveraged(1)	14		14
	$	73	$	81

_________

(1)Leveraged lease income is shown pre-tax with related tax expense of $8 million for both December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. Leveraged lease termination gains excluded from amounts presented above were immaterial at both December 31, 2021 and 2020.

	As of December 31, 2021
	Sales-Type and Direct Financing		Operating		Leveraged		Total
	(In millions)
Lease receivable	$	1,199	$	32	$	159	$	1,390
Unearned income	(183)		(15)		(76)		(274)
Guaranteed residual	49		—		—		49
Unguaranteed residual	147		66		137		350
Total net investment	$	1,212	$	83	$	220	$	1,515

	As of December 31, 2020
	Sales-Type and Direct Financing		Operating		Leveraged		Total
	(In millions)
Lease receivable	$	1,293	$	60	$	174	$	1,527
Unearned income	(232)		(15)		(96)		(343)
Guaranteed residual	36		—		—		36
Unguaranteed residual	183		155		144		482
Total net investment	$	1,280	$	200	$	222	$	1,702

The following table presents the minimum future payments due from customers for sales-type, direct financing, and operating leases:

	December 31, 2021
	Sales-Type and Direct Financing		Operating		Total
	(In millions)
2022	$	283	$	12	$	295
2023	223		6		229
2024	162		5		167
2025	100		3		103
2026	71		2		73
Thereafter	360		4		364
	$	1,199	$	32	$	1,231

139

Table of Contents

NOTE 14. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

PREFERRED STOCK

The following table presents a summary of the non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock as of December 31:

													2021		2020
	Issuance Date	Earliest Redemption Date	Dividend Rate (1)			Liquidation Amount		Liquidation preference per Share		Liquidation preference per Depositary Share		Ownership Interest per Depositary Share	Carrying Amount		Carrying Amount
	(Dollars in millions)
Series A(2)	11/1/2012	12/15/2017	6.375	%		$	—	$	1,000	$	25	1/40th	$	—	$	387
Series B	4/29/2014	9/15/2024	6.375	%	(3)	500		1,000		25		1/40th	433		433
Series C	4/30/2019	5/15/2029	5.700	%	(4)	500		1,000		25		1/40th	490		490
Series D	6/5/2020	9/15/2025	5.750	%	(5)	350		100,000		1,000		1/100th	346		346
Series E	5/4/2021	6/15/2026	4.450	%		400		1,000		25		1/40th	390		—
						$	1,750						$	1,659	$	1,656

_________

(1)Dividends on all series of preferred stock, if declared, accrue and are payable quarterly in arrears.

(2)The shares were fully redeemed on June 15, 2021.

(3)Dividends, if declared, will be paid quarterly at an annual rate equal to (i) for each period beginning prior to September 15, 2024, 6.375%, and (ii) for each period beginning on or after September 15, 2024, three-month LIBOR plus 3.536%.

(4)Dividends, if declared, will be paid quarterly at an annual rate equal to (i) for each period beginning prior to August 15, 2029, 5.700%, and (ii) for each period beginning on or after August 15, 2029, three-month LIBOR plus 3.148%.

(5)Dividends, if declared, will be paid quarterly at an annual rate equal to (i) for each period beginning prior to September 15, 2025, 5.750%, and (ii) for each period beginning on or after September 15, 2025, the five-year treasury rate as of the most recent reset dividend determination date plus 5.426%.

All series of preferred stock have no stated maturity and redemption is solely at Regions' option, subject to regulatory approval, in whole, or in part, after the earliest redemption date or in whole, but not in part, at any time following a regulatory capital treatment event for the Series B, Series C, Series D, and Series E preferred stock.

Regions completed the issuance of Series E preferred stock during the second quarter of 2021. The Company incurred $10 million of issuance costs associated with the transaction. The Company began paying quarterly dividends on September 15, 2021. The Series A preferred stock was redeemed in the second quarter of 2021.

The Board of Directors declared a total of $77 million and $92 million in cash dividends on Series A, Series B, and Series C Preferred Stock during 2021 and 2020, respectively. The Board declared $20 million and $11 million in cash dividends on Series D preferred stock during 2021 and 2020, respectively; the initial quarterly dividend for Series D was declared in the third quarter of 2020. In 2021, the Board of Directors declared a total of $11 million in cash dividends on Series E preferred stock; the initial quarterly dividend for the Series E preferred stock was declared in the third quarter of 2021. In total the Board of Directors declared $108 million and $103 million in cash dividends on preferred stock in 2021 and 2020, respectively.

In the event Series B, Series C, Series D or Series E preferred shares are redeemed at the liquidation amounts, $67 million, $10 million, $4 million, or $10 million in excess of the redemption amount over the carrying amount will be recognized, respectively. Approximately $52 million of Series B preferred dividends that were recorded as a reduction of preferred stock, including related surplus, will be recorded as a reduction to common shareholders' equity. The remaining amounts listed represent issuance costs that were recorded as reductions to preferred stock, including related surplus, and will be recorded as reductions to net income available to common shareholders.

COMMON STOCK

Regions was not required to participate in the 2021 CCAR; but the Company chose to participate in part to have the Federal Reserve re-evaluate Regions' SCB. Regions received the results of the voluntary test on June 28, 2021. The Federal Reserve communicated that the Company exceeded all minimum capital levels under the Federal Reserve's Supervisory Stress Test. Effective October 1, 2021, Regions' preliminary SCB requirement for the fourth quarter of 2021 through the third quarter of 2022 will be floored at 2.5 percent.

As part of the Company's capital plan, on April 21, 2021, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to $2.5 billion of the Company's common stock, permitting purchases from the second quarter of 2021 through the first quarter of 2022. As of December 31, 2021, Regions had repurchased approximately 20.8 million shares of common stock under this plan which reduced stockholder's equity by $467 million. Included in these share repurchases were approximately 1.0 million shares that were repurchased as part of the amendment to the Company’s deferred investment plan for its directors. All of these shares were immediately retired upon repurchase and therefore, were not be included in treasury stock. The Company did not repurchase shares in all of 2020.

140

Table of Contents

During the third quarter of 2020, the Federal Reserve mandated that banks must not increase their quarterly per share common dividend and implemented an earnings-based payout restriction in connection with the supervisory stress test, requiring the third quarter 2020 dividend to not exceed the average of the prior four quarters of net income excluding preferred dividends. This mandate was subsequently extended through the second quarter of 2021, but was lifted in the third quarter of 2021.

Regions declared $0.65 per share in cash dividends for 2021, $0.62 for 2020, and $0.59 for 2019.

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

The following tables present the balances and activity in AOCI on a pre-tax and net of tax basis for the years ended December 31: 

	2021
	Pre-tax AOCI Activity		Tax Effect (1)		Net AOCI Activity
	(In millions)
Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), beginning of period	$	1,759	$	(444)	$	1,315
Unrealized losses on securities transferred to held to maturity:
Beginning balance	$	(21)	$	5	$	(16)
Reclassification adjustments for amortization on unrealized losses (2)	7		(2)		5
Ending balance	$	(14)	$	3	$	(11)
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale:
Beginning balance	$	1,062	$	(268)	$	794
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period	(841)		212		(629)
Reclassification adjustments for securities (gains) losses realized in net income (3)	(3)		1		(2)
Change in AOCI from securities available for sale activity in the period	(844)		213		(631)
Ending balance	$	218	$	(55)	$	163
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges:
Beginning balance	$	1,610	$	(406)	$	1,204
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on derivatives arising during the period	(354)		89		(265)
Reclassification adjustments for (gains) losses realized in net income (2)	(426)		108		(318)
Change in AOCI from derivative activity in the period	(780)		197		(583)
Ending balance	$	830	$	(209)	$	621
Defined benefit pension plans and other post employment benefit plans:
Beginning balance	$	(892)	$	225	$	(667)
Net actuarial gains (losses) arising during the period	180		(46)		134
Reclassification adjustments for amortization of actuarial (gains) losses and settlements realized in net income (4)	65		(16)		49
Change in AOCI from defined benefit pension plans and other post employment benefits activity in the period	245		(62)		183
Ending balance	$	(647)	$	163	$	(484)
Total other comprehensive income	(1,372)		346		(1,026)
Total accumulated other comprehensive income, end of period	$	387	$	(98)	$	289

141

Table of Contents

	2020
	Pre-tax AOCI Activity		Tax Effect (1)		Net AOCI Activity
	(In millions)
Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), beginning of period	$	(120)	$	30	$	(90)
Unrealized losses on securities transferred to held to maturity:
Beginning balance	$	(29)	$	7	$	(22)
Reclassification adjustments for amortization on unrealized losses (2)	8		(2)		6
Ending balance	$	(21)	$	5	$	(16)
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale:
Beginning balance	$	274	$	(69)	$	205
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period	792		(200)		592
Reclassification adjustments for securities (gains) losses realized in net income (3)	(4)		1		(3)
Change in AOCI from securities available for sale activity in the period	788		(199)		589
Ending balance	$	1,062	$	(268)	$	794
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges:
Beginning balance	$	430	$	(108)	$	322
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on derivatives arising during the period	1,440		(363)		1,077
Reclassification adjustments for (gains) losses realized in net income (2)	(260)		65		(195)
Change in AOCI from derivative activity in the period	1,180		(298)		882
Ending balance	$	1,610	$	(406)	$	1,204
Defined benefit pension plans and other post employment benefit plans:
Beginning balance	$	(795)	$	200	$	(595)
Net actuarial gains (losses) arising during the period	(144)		36		(108)
Reclassification adjustments for amortization of actuarial (gains) losses and settlements realized in net income (4)	47		(11)		36
Change in AOCI from defined benefit pension plans and other post employment benefits activity in the period	(97)		25		(72)
Ending balance	$	(892)	$	225	$	(667)
Total other comprehensive income	1,879		(474)		1,405
Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), end of period	$	1,759	$	(444)	$	1,315

	2019
	Pre-tax AOCI Activity		Tax Effect (1)		Net AOCI Activity
	(In millions)
Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), beginning of period	$	(1,289)	$	325	$	(964)
Unrealized losses on securities transferred to held to maturity:
Beginning balance	$	(36)	9		$	(27)
Reclassification adjustments for amortization on unrealized losses (2)	7		(2)		5
Ending balance	$	(29)	7		$	(22)
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale:
Beginning balance	$	(531)	$	134	$	(397)
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period	777		(196)		581
Reclassification adjustments for securities (gains) losses realized in net income (3)	28		(7)		21
Change in AOCI from securities available for sale activity in the period	805		(203)		602
Ending balance	$	274	$	(69)	$	205
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges:
Beginning balance	$	(84)	$	21	$	(63)
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on derivatives arising during the period	490		(123)		367
Reclassification adjustments for (gains) losses realized in net income (2)	24		(6)		18
Change in AOCI from derivative activity in the period	514		(129)		385
Ending balance	$	430	$	(108)	$	322
Defined benefit pension plans and other post employment benefit plans:
Beginning balance	$	(638)	$	161	$	(477)
Net actuarial gains (losses) arising during the period	(200)		50		(150)
Reclassification adjustments for amortization of actuarial (gains) losses and settlements realized in net income (4)	43		(11)		32
Change in AOCI from defined benefit pension plans and other post employment benefits activity in the period	(157)		39		(118)
Ending balance	$	(795)	$	200	$	(595)
Total other comprehensive income	1,169		(295)		874
Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), end of period	$	(120)	$	30	$	(90)

____

(1)The impact of all AOCI activity is shown net of the related tax impact, calculated using an effective tax rate of approximately 25%.

(2)Reclassification amount is recognized in net interest income in the consolidated statements of income.

(3)Reclassification amount is recognized in securities gains (losses), net in the consolidated statements of income.

(4)Reclassification amount is recognized in other non-interest expense in the consolidated statements of income. Additionally, these accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) components are included in the computation of net periodic pension cost (see Note 17 for additional details).

142

Table of Contents

NOTE 15. EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

The following table sets forth the computation of basic earnings per common share and diluted earnings per common share for the years ended December 31:

	2021		2020		2019
	(In millions, except per share data)
Numerator:
Net income	$	2,521	$	1,094	$	1,582
Preferred stock dividends and other(1)	(121)		(103)		(79)
Net income available to common shareholders	$	2,400	$	991	$	1,503
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic	956		959		995
Potential common shares	7		3		4
Weighted-average common shares outstanding—diluted	963		962		999
Earnings per common share:
Basic	$	2.51	$	1.03	$	1.51
Diluted	2.49		1.03		1.50

________

(1)Preferred stock dividends and other for the year ended December 31, 2021 includes $13 million of issuance costs associated with the redemption of Series A preferred shares in the second quarter of 2021.

The effect from the assumed exercise of 4 million in restricted stock units and awards and performance stock units for the year ended December 31, 2021 was not included in the above computations of diluted earnings per common share because such amounts would have had an antidilutive effect on earnings per common share. The effects from the assumed exercise of 7 million in stock options, restricted stock units and awards and performance stock units for both years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were not included in the above computations of diluted earnings per common share because such amounts would have had an antidilutive effect on earnings per common share.

NOTE 16. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

Regions administers long-term incentive compensation plans that permit the granting of incentive awards in the form of restricted stock awards, performance awards, stock options and stock appreciation rights. While Regions has the ability to issue stock appreciation rights, none has been issued to date. The terms of all awards issued under these plans are determined by the CHR Committee of the Board; however, no awards may be granted after the tenth anniversary from the date the plans were initially approved by shareholders. Incentive awards usually vest based on employee service, generally within three years from the date of the grant. The contractual lives of options granted under these plans were typically ten years years from the date of the grant.

On April 23, 2015, the shareholders of the Company approved the Regions Financial Corporation 2015 LTIP, which permits the Company to grant to employees and directors various forms of incentive compensation. These forms of incentive compensation are similar to the types of compensation approved in prior plans. The 2015 LTIP authorizes 60 million common share equivalents available for grant, where grants of options and grants of full value awards (e.g., shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance stock units) count as one share equivalent. Unless otherwise determined by the CHR Committee of the Board, grants of restricted stock, restricted stock units, and performance stock units accrue dividends, or their notional equivalent, as they are declared by the Board, and are paid upon vesting of the award. Upon adoption of the 2015 LTIP, Regions closed the prior long-term incentive plan to new grants, and, accordingly, prospective grants must be made under the 2015 LTIP or a successor plan. All existing grants under prior long-term incentive plans are unaffected by adoption of the 2015 LTIP. The number of remaining share equivalents available for future issuance under the 2015 LTIP was approximately 30 million at December 31, 2021.

Grants of performance-based restricted stock typically have a three-year performance period, and shares vest within three years after the grant date. Restricted stock units typically have a vesting period of three years. Grantees of restricted stock awards or units must either remain employed with the Company for certain periods from the date of grant in order for shares to be released or issued or retire after meeting the standards of a retiree, at which time shares would be issued and released. The terms of these plans generally stipulate that the exercise price of options may not be less than the fair market value of Regions' common stock at the date the options are granted. Regions issues new shares from authorized reserves upon exercise.

143

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the elements of compensation cost recognized in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31:

	2021		2020		2019
	(In millions)
Compensation cost of share-based compensation awards:
Restricted and performance stock awards	$	57	$	53	$	51
Tax benefits related to share-based compensation cost	(14)		(13)		(13)
Compensation cost of share-based compensation awards, net of tax	$	43	$	40	$	38

STOCK OPTIONS

The following table summarizes the activity for 2021, 2020 and 2019 related to stock options:

	Number of Options	Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (In millions)		Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term
Outstanding at December 31, 2018	1,724,723	$	6.86	$	11	1.74 years
Granted	—	—
Exercised	(756,954)	6.93
Forfeited or expired	—	—
Outstanding at December 31, 2019	967,769	$	6.80	$	10	0.83 years
Granted	—	—
Exercised	(911,181)	6.80
Forfeited or expired	(29,917)	7.00
Outstanding at December 31, 2020	26,671	$	6.54	$	—	0.41 years
Granted	—	—
Exercised	(26,671)	6.54
Forfeited or expired	—	—
Outstanding at December 31, 2021	—	$	—	$	—	0.00 years
Exercisable at December 31, 2021	—	$	—	$	—	0.00 years

In 2021, all of Regions' outstanding stock options were exercised. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised, the cash received from options exercised, as well as the actual tax benefits realized for the tax deductions from options exercised were immaterial for all periods presented.

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS AND PERFORMANCE STOCK AWARDS

During 2021, 2020 and 2019, Regions made restricted stock grants that vest upon satisfaction of service conditions and restricted stock award and performance stock award grants that vest based upon service conditions and performance conditions. Incremental shares earned above the performance target associated with previous performance stock awards are included when and if performance targets are achieved. Dividend payments during the vesting period are deferred to the end of the vesting term. The fair value of these restricted shares, restricted stock units and performance stock units was estimated based upon the fair value of the underlying shares on the date of the grant. The valuation was not adjusted for the deferral of dividends.

144

Table of Contents

Activity related to restricted stock awards and performance stock awards for 2021, 2020 and 2019 is summarized as follows:

	Number of Shares/Units	Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
Non-vested at December 31, 2018	11,528,537	$	12.32
Granted	3,971,303	14.70
Vested	(6,068,969)	8.47
Forfeited	(433,513)	15.25
Non-vested at December 31, 2019	8,997,358	$	15.62
Granted	6,466,526	8.46
Vested	(3,314,572)	14.60
Forfeited	(467,152)	11.86
Non-vested at December 31, 2020	11,682,160	$	12.14
Granted	2,984,065	21.18
Vested	(3,227,513)	15.91
Forfeited	(231,818)	13.24
Non-vested at December 31, 2021	11,206,894	$	13.39

As of December 31, 2021, the pre-tax amount of non-vested restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance stock units not yet recognized was $62 million, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.34 years. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, was $75 million, $35 million, and $89 million, respectively. No share-based compensation costs were capitalized during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, or 2019.

NOTE 17. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

Regions' defined benefit pension plans cover only certain employees as the pension plans are closed to new entrants. Benefits under the pension plans are based on years of service and the employee’s highest five consecutive years of compensation during the last ten years of employment. Regions’ funding policy is to contribute annually at least the amount required by IRS minimum funding standards. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date, but also for those expected to be earned in the future.

The Company also sponsors a SERP, which is a non-qualified pension plan that provides certain senior executive officers defined benefits in relation to their compensation. Actuarially determined pension expense is charged to current operations using the projected unit credit method. All defined benefit plans are referred to as “the plans” throughout the remainder of this footnote.

145

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the plans’ change in benefit obligation, plan assets and funded status, using a December 31 measurement date, and amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31:

	Qualified Plans				Non-qualified Plans				Total
	2021		2020		2021		2020		2021		2020
	(In millions)
Change in benefit obligation
Projected benefit obligation, beginning of year	$	2,435	$	2,192	$	188	$	172	$	2,623	$	2,364
Service cost	38		34		3		5		41		39
Interest cost	49		64		2		4		51		68
Actuarial (gains) losses	(73)		278		—		21		(73)		299
Benefit payments	(165)		(130)		(8)		(14)		(173)		(144)
Administrative expenses	(3)		(3)		—		—		(3)		(3)
Plan settlements	—		—		(29)		—		(29)		—
Projected benefit obligation, end of year	$	2,281	$	2,435	$	156	$	188	$	2,437	$	2,623
Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year	$	2,469	$	2,299	$	—	$	—	$	2,469	$	2,299
Actual return on plan assets	253		303		—		—		253		303
Company contributions	—		—		37		14		37		14
Benefit payments	(165)		(130)		(8)		(14)		(173)		(144)
Administrative expenses	(3)		(3)		—		—		(3)		(3)
Plan settlements	—		—		(29)		—		(29)		—
Fair value of plan assets, end of year	$	2,554	$	2,469	$	—	$	—	$	2,554	$	2,469
Funded status and accrued benefit (cost) at measurement date	$	273	$	34	$	(156)	$	(188)	$	117	$	(154)
Amount recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:
Other assets	$	273	$	34	$	—	$	—	$	273	$	34
Other liabilities	—		—		(156)		(188)		(156)		(188)
	$	273	$	34	$	(156)	$	(188)	$	117	$	(154)
Pre-tax amounts recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Income) Loss:
Net actuarial loss	$	590	$	819	$	62	$	80	$	652	$	899

The accumulated benefit obligation for the qualified plans was $2.1 billion and $2.3 billion as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Total plan assets exceeded the corresponding accumulated benefit obligation for the qualified plans as of both December 31, 2021 and 2020. The accumulated benefit obligation for the non-qualified plans was $155 million and $188 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, which exceeded all corresponding plan assets for each period. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the actuarial (gains) losses related to the change in the benefit obligation were primarily driven by changes in the discount rate.

146

Table of Contents

Net periodic pension cost (benefit) included the following components for the years ended December 31:

	Qualified Plans						Non-qualified Plans						Total
	2021		2020		2019		2021		2020		2019		2021		2020		2019
	(In millions)
Service cost	$	38	$	34	$	28	$	3	$	5	$	3	$	41	$	39	$	31
Interest cost	49		64		75		2		4		5		51		68		80
Expected return on plan assets	(142)		(148)		(137)		—		—		—		(142)		(148)		(137)
Amortization of actuarial loss	46		39		36		8		8		5		54		47		41
Settlement charge	—		—		—		11		—		2		11		—		2
Net periodic pension (benefit) cost	$	(9)	$	(11)	$	2	$	24	$	17	$	15	$	15	$	6	$	17

The service cost component of net periodic pension (benefit) cost is recorded in salaries and employee benefits on the consolidated statements of income. Components other than service cost are recorded in other non-interest expense on the consolidated statements of income.

The settlement charges relate to the settlement of liabilities under the SERP for certain plan participants.

The assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at December 31 are as follows:

	Qualified Plans				Non-qualified Plans
	2021		2020		2021		2020
Discount rate	2.85	%	2.48	%	2.64	%	2.07	%
Rate of annual compensation increase	4.00	%	4.00	%	3.00	%	3.00	%

The weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension (benefit) cost for the years ended December 31 are as follows:

	Qualified Plans						Non-qualified Plans
	2021		2020		2019		2021		2020		2019
Discount rate	2.48	%	3.37	%	4.39	%	2.20	%	3.00	%	4.18	%
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets	5.87	%	6.65	%	6.84	%	N/A		N/A		N/A
Rate of annual compensation increase	4.00	%	4.00	%	3.75	%	3.00	%	3.00	%	3.75	%

Regions utilizes a disaggregated approach in the estimation of the service and interest components of net periodic pension costs by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flows. This provides a more precise measurement of service and interest costs by improving the correlation between projected benefit cash flows and the corresponding spot yield curve rates.

The expected long-term rate of return on the qualified plans' assets is based on an estimated reasonable range of probable returns. The assumption is established by considering historical and anticipated return of the asset classes invested in by the qualified plans and the allocation strategy currently in place among those classes. Management chose a point within the range based on the probability of achievement combined with incremental returns attributable to active management. For 2022, the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is 5.59 percent.

The qualified plans' investment strategy is continuing to shift from focusing on maximizing asset returns to minimizing funding ratio volatility, with a planned increase in the allocation to fixed income securities. The combined target asset allocation is 34 percent equities, 60 percent fixed income securities and 6 percent in all other types of investments. Equity securities include investments in large and small/mid cap companies primarily located in the U.S., international equities, and private equities. Fixed income securities include investments in corporate and government bonds, asset-backed securities and any other fixed income investments as allowed by respective prospectuses and other offering documents. Other types of investments may include hedge funds and real estate funds that follow several different strategies. The plans' assets are highly diversified with respect to asset class, security and manager. Investment risk is controlled with the plans' assets rebalancing to target allocations on a periodic basis and continual monitoring of investment managers’ performance relative to the investment guidelines established with each investment manager.

Regions’ qualified plans have a portion of their investments in Regions' common stock. At December 31, 2021, the plans held 2,855,618 shares, which represents a total market value of approximately $62 million, or approximately 2 percent of the plans' assets.

147

Table of Contents

The following table presents the fair value of Regions’ qualified pension plans’ financial assets as of December 31:

	2021								2020
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Fair Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Fair Value
	(In millions)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	116	$	—	$	—	$	116	$	50	$	—	$	—	$	50
Fixed income securities:
U.S. Treasury securities	$	346	$	—	$	—	$	346	$	299	$	—	$	—	$	299
Federal agency securities	—		36		—		36		—		18		—		18
Corporate bonds	—		509		—		509		—		490		—		490
Total fixed income securities	$	346	$	545	$	—	$	891	$	299	$	508	$	—	$	807
Equity securities:
Domestic	$	146	$	—	$	—	$	146	$	130	$	—	$	—	$	130
International	142		—		—		142		164		—		—		164
Total equity securities	$	288	$	—	$	—	$	288	$	294	$	—	$	—	$	294
International mutual funds	$	148	$	—	$	—	$	148	$	179	$	—	$	—	$	179
Total assets in the fair value hierarchy	$	898	$	545	$	—	$	1,443	$	822	$	508	$	—	$	1,330
Collective trust funds:
Fixed income fund(1)							$	468							$	408
Common stock fund(1)							204								217
International fund(1)							45								46
Total collective trust funds							$	717							$	671
Real estate funds measured at NAV(1)							$	167							$	188
Private equity funds measured at NAV(1)							$	227							$	280
							$	2,554							$	2,469

__________

(1)In accordance with accounting guidance, investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient are not required to be classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in this table are intended to permit reconciliation of amounts reported in the fair value hierarchy to amounts reported on the balance sheet.

For all investments, the plans attempt to use quoted market prices of identical assets on active exchanges, or Level 1 measurements. Where such quoted market prices are not available, the plans typically employ quoted market prices of similar instruments (including matrix pricing) and/or discounted cash flows to estimate a value of these securities, or Level 2 measurements. Level 2 discounted cash flow analyses are typically based on market interest rates, prepayment speeds and/or option adjusted spreads.

Investments held in the plans consist of cash and cash equivalents, fixed income securities, equity securities, collective trust funds, hedge funds, real estate funds, private equity and other assets and are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. See Note 1 for a description of valuation methodologies related to U.S. Treasuries, federal agency securities, and equity securities. The methodology described in Note 1 for other debt securities is applicable to corporate bonds.

Mutual funds are valued based on quoted market prices of identical assets on active exchanges; these valuations are Level 1 measurements. Collective trust funds, hedge funds, real estate funds, private equity funds and other assets are valued based on net asset value or the valuation of the limited partner’s portion of the equity of the fund. Third party fund managers provide these valuations based primarily on estimated valuations of underlying investments.

148

Table of Contents

Information about the expected cash flows for the qualified and non-qualified plans is as follows:

	Qualified Plans		Non-qualified Plans
	(In millions)
Expected Employer Contributions:
2022	$	—	$	35
Expected Benefit Payments:
2022	$	137	$	35
2023	134		13
2024	137		10
2025	135		11
2026	134		11
Next five years	650		50

OTHER PLANS

Regions has a defined-contribution 401(k) plan that includes a Company match of eligible employee contributions. Eligible employees include those who have been employed for one year and have worked a minimum of 1,000 hours. The Company match is invested based on the employees' allocation elections. Regions provides an automatic 2 percent cash 401(k) contribution to eligible employees regardless of whether or not they are contributing to the 401(k) plan. To receive this contribution, employees must be employed at the end of the year and not actively accruing a benefit in the Regions’ pension plans. Regions’ cash contribution was approximately $22 million for 2021, $19 million for 2020 and $17 million for 2019. For 2021, 2020 and 2019, eligible employees who were already contributing to the 401(k) plan received up to a 5 percent Company match plus the automatic 2 percent cash contribution. Regions’ match to the 401(k) plan on behalf of employees totaled $63 million in 2021, $62 million in 2020, and $58 million in 2019. Regions’ 401(k) plan held 17 million shares and 20 million shares of Regions' common stock at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The 401(k) plan received approximately $11 million, $12 million and $13 million in dividends on Regions' common stock for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Regions also sponsors defined benefit postretirement health care plans that cover certain retired employees. For these certain employees retiring before normal retirement age, the Company currently pays a portion of the costs of certain health care benefits until the retired employee becomes eligible for Medicare. Certain retirees, participating in plans of acquired entities, are offered a Medicare supplemental benefit. The plan is contributory and contains other cost-sharing features such as deductibles and co-payments. Retiree health care benefits, as well as similar benefits for active employees, are provided through a self-insured program in which Company and retiree costs are based on the amount of benefits paid. The Company’s policy is to fund the Company’s share of the cost of health care benefits in amounts determined at the discretion of management. Postretirement life insurance is also provided to a grandfathered group of employees and retirees.

NOTE 18. OTHER NON-INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE

The following is a detail of other non-interest income for the years ended December 31:

	2021		2020		2019
	(In millions)
Bank-owned life insurance	$	82	$	95	$	78
Investment services fee income	104		84		79
Commercial credit fee income	91		77		73
Gain on equity investment(1)	3		50		—
Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets - defined benefit	—		—		5
Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets - other	20		12		11
Other miscellaneous income	223		151		130
	$	523	$	469	$	376

______

(1)The 2021 amount is a gain on the sale of an equity investment, whereas the 2020 amount is a valuation gain on the investment that was sold in the first quarter of 2021.

149

Table of Contents

The following is a detail of other non-interest expense for the years ended December 31:

	2021		2020		2019
	(In millions)
Outside services	$	156	$	170	$	189
Marketing	106		94		97
Professional, legal and regulatory expenses	98		89		95
Credit/checkcard expenses	62		50		68
FDIC insurance assessments	45		48		48
Branch consolidation, property and equipment charges	5		31		25
Visa class B shares expense	22		24		14
Loss on early extinguishment of debt	20		22		16
Provision (credit) for unfunded credit losses(1)	—		—		(6)
Other miscellaneous expenses	360		354		381
	$	874	$	882	$	927

______

(1)Upon adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, the provision for credit losses presented within net interest income after provision for credit losses is the sum of the provision for loan losses and the provision for unfunded credit commitments. Prior to the adoption of CECL, the provision for unfunded commitments was included in other non-interest expense.

NOTE 19. INCOME TAXES

The components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

	2021		2020		2019
	(In millions)
Current income tax expense:
Federal	$	456	$	312	$	279
State	73		66		62
Total current expense	$	529	$	378	$	341
Deferred income tax expense (benefit):
Federal	$	132	$	(142)	$	29
State	33		(16)		33
Total deferred expense (benefit)	$	165	$	(158)	$	62
Total income tax expense	$	694	$	220	$	403

Income tax expense does not reflect the tax effects of unrealized losses on securities transferred to held to maturity, unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments and the net change from defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefits. Refer to Note 14 for additional information on shareholders' equity and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

The Company accounts for investment tax credits using the deferral method. Investment tax credits generated totaled $64 million, $94 million and $59 million for 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

150

Table of Contents

Income taxes for financial reporting purposes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 21 percent as shown in the following table:

	2021			2020			2019
	(Dollars in millions)
Tax on income computed at statutory federal income tax rate	$	675		$	276		$	417
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:
State income tax, net of federal tax effect	83			42			71
Tax-exempt interest	(30)			(34)			(39)
Affordable housing credits, net of amortization	(25)			(31)			(34)
Bank-owned life insurance	(20)			(22)			(19)
Non-deductible expenses	18			22			19
Impact of change in unrecognized tax benefits	—			(23)			24
Other, net	(7)			(10)			(36)
Income tax expense(1)	$	694		$	220		$	403
Effective tax rate	21.6		%	16.8		%	20.3		%

__________

(1) Income tax expense includes gross amortization of affordable housing investments of $139 million, $133 million, and $131 million for 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax liability at December 31 are listed below:

	2021		2020
	(In millions)
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for credit losses(1)	$	400	$	573
Right of use liability	132		137
Federal and State net operating losses, net of federal tax effect	53		58
Accrued expenses	32		35
Other	15		13
Total deferred tax assets	632		816
Less: valuation allowance	(29)		(31)
Total deferred tax assets less valuation allowance	603		785
Deferred tax liabilities:
Lease financing	369		413
Right of use asset	123		128
Goodwill and intangibles	100		106
Unrealized gains included in shareholders' equity	98		444
Mortgage servicing rights	78		45
Fixed assets	67		54
Employee benefits and deferred compensation	31		54
Other	43		46
Total deferred tax liabilities	909		1,290
Net deferred tax liability	$	(306)	$	(505)

_______

(1)Regions adopted CECL on January 1, 2020 and the impact resulted in an increase of $126 million in deferred tax assets. Prior to adoption, the deferred tax assets impact is for the allowance for loan losses.

151

Table of Contents

The following table provides details of the Company’s tax carryforwards at December 31, 2021, including the expiration dates and related valuation allowance:

	Expiration Dates	Deferred Tax Asset Balance (1)		Valuation Allowance		Net Deferred Tax Asset Balance
	(In millions)
Net operating losses-federal	2037	$	10	$	—	$	10
Net operating losses-federal	None	11		—		11
Net operating losses-states	2022-2026	19		19		—
Net operating losses-states	2027-2033	8		7		1
Net operating losses-states	2034-2041	4		2		2
Net operating losses-states	None	1		1		—
		$	53	$	29	$	24

________

(1) Federal and state deferred tax assets of $21 million and $1 million, respectively, related to net operating losses were acquired as part of the Company’s April 2020 equipment finance acquisition and the December 2021 commercial real estate lender acquisition. While the federal and certain state net operating losses may be subject to certain annual utilization limits, the Company has determined that a valuation allowance is not necessary based on projected annual limitation and the length of the net operating loss carryover period.

The Company believes that a portion of the state net operating loss carryforwards will not be realized due to the length of certain state carryforward periods. Accordingly, a valuation allowance has been established in the amount of $29 million against such benefits at December 31, 2021 compared to $31 million at December 31, 2020.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

	2021		2020		2019
	(In millions)
Balance at beginning of year	$	12	$	37	$	13
Additions based on tax positions taken in a prior period	—		2		25
Reductions based on tax positions taken in a prior period	—		(25)		—
Settlements	(2)		(1)		—
Expiration of statute of limitations	(1)		(1)		(1)
Balance at end of year	$	9	$	12	$	37

The Company files U.S. federal, state, and local income tax returns. The Company is in the IRS’s Compliance Assurance Process program. Pursuant to this program, examinations for tax years through 2019 have been completed. Also, with some exceptions for non-footprint states, the Company is no longer subject to state and local tax examinations for tax years before 2017. The completion of tax examinations was the primary reason for the reduction in unrecognized tax benefits in 2020. Currently, there are no material disputed tax positions with federal or state taxing authorities. Accordingly, the Company does not anticipate that any adjustments relating to federal or state tax examinations will result in material changes to its business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

It is reasonably possible that the liability for UTBs could decrease by approximately $1 million during the next twelve months due to completion of tax authority examinations and expirations of statutes of limitations. It is uncertain how much, if any, of this potential decrease will impact the Company's effective tax rate.

As of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the balances of the Company’s UTBs that would reduce the effective tax rates, if recognized, were $7 million, $9 million and $34 million, respectively.

Interest and penalties related to UTBs are recorded in the provision for income taxes. During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company recognized an immaterial expense (benefit) for gross interest and penalties. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had an immaterial gross liability for interest and penalties related to UTBs.

152

Table of Contents

NOTE 20. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

The following tables present the notional amount and estimated fair value of derivative instruments on a gross basis as of December 31:

	2021						2020
	Notional Amount		Estimated Fair Value				Notional Amount		Estimated Fair Value
			Gain(1)		Loss(1)				Gain(1)		Loss(1)
	(In millions)
Derivatives in fair value hedging relationships:
Interest rate swaps	$	7,900	$	—	$	32	$	2,100	$	77	$	—
Derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships:
Interest rate swaps (2)	20,650		171		29		16,000		1,181		—
Interest rate floors (3)	—		—		—		5,750		430		—
Total derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships	20,650		171		29		21,750		1,611		—
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments	$	28,550	$	171	61		$	23,850	$	1,688	$	—
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Interest rate swaps	$	81,327	$	748	$	794	$	76,764	$	1,492	$	1,464
Interest rate options	15,990		48		19		13,806		90		28
Interest rate futures and forward commitments	2,739		11		3		4,270		11		26
Other contracts	9,456		133		135		9,924		68		80
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments	$	109,512	$	940	$	951	$	104,764	$	1,661	$	1,598
Total derivatives	$	138,062	$	1,111	$	1,012	$	128,614	$	3,349	$	1,598
Total gross derivative instruments, before netting			$	1,111	$	1,012			$	3,349	$	1,598
Less: Netting adjustments (4)			699		932				2,428		1,545
Total gross derivative instruments, after netting (5)			$	412	$	80			$	921	$	53

_________

(1)Derivatives in a gain position are recorded as other assets and derivatives in a loss position are recorded as other liabilities.

(2)Includes accrued interest of $12 million as of December 31, 2021 and $28 million at December 31, 2020, respectively.

(3)Includes accrued interest of $12 million and premium of approximately $83 million at December 31, 2020.

(4)Netting adjustments represent amounts recorded to convert derivative assets and derivative liabilities from a gross basis to a net basis in accordance with applicable accounting guidance. The net basis takes into account the impact of cash collateral received or posted, legally enforceable master netting agreements and variation margin that allow Regions to settle derivative contracts with the counterparty on a net basis and to offset the net position with the related cash collateral.

(5)The gain amounts, which are not collateralized with cash or other assets or reserved for, represent the net credit risk on all trading and other derivative positions. As of December 31, 2021, there were no financial instruments posted that were not offset in the consolidated balance sheets, compared to $24 million as of December 31, 2020.

HEDGING DERIVATIVES

Derivatives entered into to manage interest rate risk and facilitate asset/liability management strategies are designated as hedging derivatives. Derivative financial instruments that qualify in a hedging relationship are classified, based on the exposure being hedged, as either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges. Additional information regarding accounting policies for derivatives is described in Note 1.

FAIR VALUE HEDGES

Fair value hedge relationships mitigate exposure to the change in fair value of an asset, liability or firm commitment.

Regions enters into interest rate swap agreements to manage interest rate exposure on the Company’s fixed-rate borrowings. These agreements involve the receipt of fixed-rate amounts in exchange for floating-rate interest payments over the life of the agreements. Regions also enters into interest rate swap agreements to manage interest rate exposure on certain of the Company's fixed-rate prepayable and non-prepayable available for sale debt securities. These agreements involve the payment of fixed-rate amounts in exchange for floating-rate interest receipts.

CASH FLOW HEDGES

Cash flow hedge relationships mitigate exposure to the variability of future cash flows or other forecasted transactions.

Regions enters into interest rate swap and floor agreements to manage overall cash flow changes related to interest rate risk exposure on LIBOR-based loans. The agreements effectively modify the Company’s exposure to interest rate risk by utilizing receive fixed/pay LIBOR interest rate swaps and interest rate floors. As of December 31, 2021, Regions is hedging its exposure to the variability in future cash flows through 2025.

153

Table of Contents

In 2021, the Company terminated all $5.8 billion in remaining floor hedges and $13.1 billion in cash flow swap hedges. The following table presents the pre-tax impact of terminated cash flow hedges on AOCI. The balance of terminated cash flow hedges in AOCI will be amortized into earnings through 2026.

	Twelve Months Ended December 31
	2021		2020
	(In millions)
Unrealized gains on terminated hedges included in AOCI - January 1	$	121	$	78
Unrealized gains on terminated hedges arising during the period	739		55
Reclassification adjustments for amortization of unrealized (gains) into net income	(160)		(12)
Unrealized gains on terminated hedges included in AOCI - December 31	$	700	$	121

Regions expects to reclassify into earnings approximately $372 million in pre-tax income due to the receipt or payment of interest payments on cash flow hedges within the next twelve months. Included in this amount is $293 million in pre-tax net gains related to the amortization of discontinued cash flow hedges.

The following tables present the effect of hedging derivative instruments on the consolidated statements of income and the total amounts for the respective line items affected for the years ended December 31:

	2021
	Interest Income		Interest Expense
	Loans, including fees		Long-term borrowings
	(In millions)
Total income (expense) presented in the consolidated statements of income	$	3,452	(103		)
Gains/(losses) on fair value hedging relationships:
Interest rate contracts:
Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives	$	—	$	19
Recognized on derivatives	—		(51)
Recognized on hedged items	—		51
Income (expense) recognized on fair value hedges	$	—	$	19
Gains/(losses) on cash flow hedging relationships: (1)
Interest rate contracts:
Realized gains (losses) reclassified from AOCI into net income (2)	$	426	$	—
Income (expense) recognized on cash flow hedges (2)	$	426	$	—

	2020
	Interest Income		Interest Expense
	Loans, including fees		Long-term borrowings
	(In millions)
Total income (expense) presented in the consolidated statements of income	$	3,610	(178		)
Gains/(losses) on fair value hedging relationships:
Interest rate contracts:
Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives	$	—	$	37
Recognized on derivatives	—		52
Recognized on hedged items	—		(51)
Income (expense) recognized on fair value hedges	$	—	$	38
Gains/(losses) on cash flow hedging relationships: (1)
Interest rate contracts:
Realized gains (losses) reclassified from AOCI into net income (2)	$	260	$	—
Income (expense) recognized on cash flow hedges(2)	$	260	$	—

154

Table of Contents

	2019
	Interest Income				Interest Expense
	Debt securities		Loans, including fees		Long-term borrowings
	(In millions)
Total income (expense) presented in the consolidated statements of income	$	643	$	3,866	(351		)
Gains/(losses) on fair value hedging relationships:
Interest rate contracts:
Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives	$	—	$	—	$	(14)
Recognized on derivatives	(2)		—		92
Recognized on hedged items	2		—		(92)
Income (expense) recognized on fair value hedges	$	—	$	—	$	(14)
Gains/(losses) on cash flow hedging relationships: (1)
Interest rate contracts:
Realized gains (losses) reclassified from AOCI into net income (2)	$	—	$	(24)	$	—
Income (expense) recognized on cash flow hedges(2)	$	—	$	(24)	$	—

____

(1)See Note 14 for gain or (loss) recognized for cash flow hedges in AOCI.

(2)Pre-tax

The following tables present the carrying amount and associated cumulative basis adjustment related to the application of hedge accounting that is included in the carrying amount of hedged assets and liabilities in fair value hedging relationships as of December 31:

	2021				2020
	Hedged Items Currently Designated				Hedged Items Currently Designated
	Carrying Amount of Assets/(Liabilities)		Hedge Accounting Basis Adjustment		Carrying Amount of Assets/(Liabilities)		Hedge Accounting Basis Adjustment
	(In millions)				(In millions)
Debt securities available for sale(1)(2)	$	9,901	$	—	$	—	$	—
Long-term borrowings	(1,363)		34		(2,171)		(64)

_____

(1) Carrying amount represents amortized cost.

(2) In the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company designated interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of debt securities available for sale under the last-of-layer method, which are included in this amount. As of December 31, 2021, the Company has designated $5.8 billion as the hedged amount from a closed portfolio of prepayable financial assets with a carrying amount of $9.1 billion.

DERIVATIVES NOT DESIGNATED AS HEDGING INSTRUMENTS

The Company holds a portfolio of interest rate swaps, option contracts, and futures and forward commitments that result from transactions with its commercial customers in which they manage their risks by entering into a derivative with Regions. The Company monitors and manages the net risk in this customer portfolio and enters into separate derivative contracts in order to reduce the overall exposure to pre-defined limits.  For both derivatives with its end customers and derivatives Regions enters into to mitigate the risk in this portfolio, the Company is subject to market risk and the risk that the counterparty will default. The contracts in this portfolio are not designated as accounting hedges and are marked-to market through earnings (in capital markets income) and included in other assets and other liabilities, as appropriate.

Regions enters into interest rate lock commitments, which are commitments to originate mortgage loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding and the customers have locked into that interest rate. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, Regions had $419 million and $924 million, respectively, in total notional amount of interest rate lock commitments. Regions manages market risk on interest rate lock commitments and mortgage loans held for sale with corresponding forward sale commitments. Residential mortgage loans held for sale are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in mortgage income. Commercial mortgage loans held for sale are recorded at either the lower of cost or market or at fair value based on management's election. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, Regions had $987 million and $1.9 billion, respectively, in total notional amounts related to these forward sale commitments. Changes in mark-to-market from both interest rate lock commitments and corresponding forward sale commitments related to residential mortgage loans are included in mortgage income. Changes in mark-to-market from both interest rate lock commitments and corresponding forward sale commitments related to commercial mortgage loans are included in capital markets income.

155

Table of Contents

Regions has elected to account for residential MSRs at fair value with any changes to fair value recorded in mortgage income. Concurrent with the election to use the fair value measurement method, Regions began using various derivative instruments in the form of forward rate commitments, futures contracts, swaps and swaptions to mitigate the effect of changes in the fair value of its residential MSRs in its consolidated statements of income. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the total notional amount related to these contracts was $4.5 billion and $4.1 billion, respectively.

The following table presents the location and amount of gain or (loss) recognized in income on derivatives not designated as hedging instruments for the years ended December 31:

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments	2021		2020		2019
	(In millions)
Capital markets income:
Interest rate swaps	$	46	$	21	$	13
Interest rate options	28		36		23
Interest rate futures and forward commitments	15		14		10
Other contracts	4		1		(1)
Total capital markets income	93		72		45
Mortgage income:
Interest rate swaps	(45)		83		68
Interest rate options	(32)		30		(1)
Interest rate futures and forward commitments	13		(2)		5
Total mortgage income	(64)		111		72
	$	29	$	183	$	117

CREDIT DERIVATIVES

Regions has both bought and sold credit protection in the form of participations on interest rate swaps (swap participations). These swap participations, which meet the definition of credit derivatives, were entered into in the ordinary course of business to serve the credit needs of customers. Swap participations, whereby Regions has purchased credit protection, entitle Regions to receive a payment from the counterparty if the customer fails to make payment on any amounts due to Regions upon early termination of the swap transaction and have maturities between 2022 and 2029. Swap participations, whereby Regions has sold credit protection have maturities between 2022 and 2038. For contracts where Regions sold credit protection, Regions would be required to make payment to the counterparty if the customer fails to make payment on any amounts due to the counterparty upon early termination of the swap transaction. Regions bases the current status of the prepayment/performance risk on bought and sold credit derivatives on recently issued internal risk ratings consistent with the risk management practices of unfunded commitments.

Regions’ maximum potential amount of future payments under these contracts as of December 31, 2021 was approximately $441 million. This scenario occurs if variable interest rates were at zero percent and all counterparties defaulted with zero recovery. The fair value of sold protection at December 31, 2021 and 2020 was immaterial. In transactions where Regions has sold credit protection, recourse to collateral associated with the original swap transaction is available to offset some or all of Regions’ obligation.

Regions has bought credit protection in the form of credit default indices. These indices, which meet the definition of credit derivatives, were entered into in the ordinary course of business to economically hedge credit spread risk in commercial mortgage loans held for sale whereby the fair value option has been elected. Credit derivatives, whereby Regions has purchased credit protection, entitle Regions to receive a payment from the counterparty if losses on the underlying index exceed a certain threshold, dependent upon the tranche rating of the capital structure.

CONTINGENT FEATURES

Certain of Regions’ derivative instrument contracts with broker-dealers contain credit-related termination provisions and/or credit related provisions regarding the posting of collateral, allowing those broker-dealers to terminate the contracts in the event that Regions’ and/or Regions Bank’s credit ratings falls below specified ratings from certain major credit rating agencies. The aggregate fair values of all derivative instruments with any credit-risk-related contingent features that were in a liability position on December 31, 2021 and 2020, were $81 million and $74 million, respectively, for which Regions had posted collateral of $84 million and $74 million, respectively, in the normal course of business.

156

Table of Contents

NOTE 21. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

See Note 1 for a description of valuation methodologies for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value rarely transfer between Level 1 and Level 2 measurements. Marketable equity securities and debt securities available for sale may be periodically transferred to or from Level 3 valuation based on management’s conclusion regarding the observability of inputs used in valuing the securities. Such transfers are accounted for as if they occur at the beginning of a reporting period.

The following table presents assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31:

	2021								2020
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3 (1)		Total Estimated Fair Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3 (1)		Total Estimated Fair Value
	(In millions)
Recurring fair value measurements
Debt securities available for sale:
U.S. Treasury securities	$	1,132	$	—	$	—	$	1,132	$	183	$	—	$	—	$	183
Federal agency securities	—		92		—		92		—		105		—		105
Obligations of states and political subdivisions	—		4		—		4		—		—		—		—
Mortgage-backed securities (MBS):
Residential agency	—		18,962		—		18,962		—		19,076		—		19,076
Residential non-agency	—		—		1		1		—		—		1		1
Commercial agency	—		6,373		—		6,373		—		5,999		—		5,999
Commercial non-agency	—		536		—		536		—		586		—		586
Corporate and other debt securities	—		1,380		1		1,381		—		1,200		4		1,204
Total debt securities available for sale	$	1,132	$	27,347	$	2	$	28,481	$	183	$	26,966	$	5	$	27,154
Loans held for sale	$	—	$	693	$	90	$	783	$	—	$	1,446	$	—	$	1,446
Marketable equity securities	$	464	$	—	$	—	$	464	$	388	$	—	$	—	$	388
Residential mortgage servicing rights	$	—	$	—	$	418	$	418	$	—	$	—	$	296	$	296
Derivative assets (2):
Interest rate swaps	$	—	$	919	$	—	$	919	$	—	$	2,750	$	—	$	2,750
Interest rate options	—		36		12		48		—		477		43		520
Interest rate futures and forward commitments	—		11		—		11		—		11		—		11
Other contracts	—		132		1		133		2		65		1		68
Total derivative assets	$	—	$	1,098	$	13	$	1,111	$	2	$	3,303	$	44	$	3,349
Equity investments	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	74	$	—	$	74
Derivative liabilities (2):
Interest rate swaps	$	—	$	855	$	—	$	855	$	—	$	1,464	$	—	$	1,464
Interest rate options	—		19		—		19		—		28		—		28
Interest rate futures and forward commitments	—		3		—		3		—		26		—		26
Other contracts	—		132		3		135		2		72		6		80
Total derivative liabilities	$	—	$	1,009	$	3	$	1,012	$	2	$	1,590	$	6	$	1,598

_________

(1)All following disclosures related to Level 3 recurring assets do not include those deemed to be immaterial.

(2)As permitted under U.S. GAAP, variation margin collateral payments made or received for derivatives that are centrally cleared are legally characterized as settled. As such, these derivative assets and derivative liabilities and the related variation margin collateral are presented on a net basis on the balance sheet.

157

Table of Contents

Assets and liabilities in all levels could result in volatile and material price fluctuations. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on Level 3 assets represent only a portion of the risk to market fluctuations in Regions’ consolidated balance sheets. Further, derivatives included in Levels 2 and 3 are used by ALCO in a holistic approach to managing price fluctuation risks.

The following tables illustrate additional information for residential MSRs and commercial mortgage loans held for sale, which are the only material assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3).

The following table shows a rollforward of residential MSRs for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

	Residential mortgage servicing rights
	For the Years Ended December 31
	2021		2020		2019
	(In millions)
Carrying value, beginning of period	$	296	$	345	$	418
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings (1)	(27)		(157)		(115)
Additions	149		108		42
Carrying value, end of period	$	418	$	296	$	345

_______

(1) Included in mortgage income. Amounts presented exclude offsetting impact from related derivatives.

In the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company acquired commercial mortgage loans held for sale that are considered Level 3 fair value measurements. The following table provides a rollfoward for the year ended December 31, 2021.

	Commercial mortgage loans held for sale
	For the Year Ended December 31, 2021
	(In millions)
Carrying value, beginning of period	$	—
Purchases	47
Additions (1)	43
Carrying value, end of period	$	90

_______

(1) Additions represent originations after the initial fourth quarter 2021 acquisition of commercial mortgage loans held for sale.

The following tables present detailed information regarding material assets and liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. The tables include the valuation techniques and the significant unobservable inputs utilized. The range of each significant unobservable input as well as the weighted-average within the range utilized at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 are included. Following the tables are descriptions of the valuation techniques and the sensitivity of the techniques to changes in the significant unobservable inputs.

	December 31, 2021
	Level 3 Estimated Fair Value at December 31, 2021	Valuation Technique	Unobservable Input(s)	Quantitative Range of Unobservable Inputs and (Weighted-Average)
	(Dollars in millions)
Recurring fair value measurements:
Residential mortgage servicing rights (1)	$418	Discounted cash flow	Weighted-average CPR (%)	7.2% - 22.2% (10.5%)
			OAS (%)	3.7% - 7.7% (4.5%)
Commercial mortgage loans held for sale	$90	Discounted cash flow	Credit spreads for bonds in the commercial MBS	0.2% - 19.4% (1.3%)

158

Table of Contents

	December 31, 2020
	Level 3 Estimated Fair Value at December 31, 2020	Valuation Technique	Unobservable Input(s)	Quantitative Range of Unobservable Inputs and (Weighted-Average)
	(Dollars in millions)
Recurring fair value measurements:
Residential mortgage servicing rights (1)	$296	Discounted cash flow	Weighted-average CPR (%)	8.1% - 31.2% (15.6%)
			OAS (%)	4.8% - 9.5% (5.6%)

	December 31, 2019
	Level 3 Estimated Fair Value at December 31, 2019	Valuation Technique	Unobservable Input(s)	Quantitative Range of Unobservable Inputs and (Weighted-Average)
	(Dollars in millions)
Recurring fair value measurements:
Residential mortgage servicing rights (1)	$345	Discounted cash flow	Weighted-average CPR (%)	7.4% -26.1% (12.0%)
			OAS (%)	5.2% - 10.2% (6.2%)

_________

(1)See Note 6 for additional disclosures related to assumptions used in the fair value calculation for residential mortgage servicing rights.

RECURRING FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS USING SIGNIFICANT UNOBSERVABLE INPUTS

Residential mortgage servicing rights

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of residential MSRs are OAS and CPR. This valuation requires generating cash flow projections over multiple interest rate scenarios and discounting those cash flows at a risk-adjusted rate. Additionally, the impact of prepayments and changes in the OAS are based on a variety of underlying inputs including servicing costs. Increases or decreases to the underlying cash flow inputs will have a corresponding impact on the value of the MSR asset. The net change in unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings related to MSRs held at period end are disclosed as the changes in valuation inputs or assumptions included in the MSR rollforward table in Note 6.

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of commercial mortgage loans held for sale are credit spreads for bonds in commercial mortgage-backed securitization. Commercial mortgage loans held for sale are valued based on traded market prices for comparable commercial mortgage-backed securitizations, into which the loans will be placed, adjusted for movements of interest rates and credit spreads. Increases or decreases in credit spreads would result in an inverse impact to fair value.

159

Table of Contents

FAIR VALUE OPTION

Regions has elected the fair value option for all eligible agency residential mortgage loans originated with the intent to sell. This election allows for a more effective offset of the changes in fair values of the loans and the derivative instruments used to economically hedge them without the burden of complying with the requirements for hedge accounting. Fair values of residential mortgage loans held for sale are based on traded market prices of similar assets where available and/or discounted cash flows at market interest rates, adjusted for securitization activities that include servicing values and market conditions, and are recorded in loans held for sale.

As discussed above, the Company elected the option to measure certain commercial mortgage loans held for sale at fair value.

The Company also elected to measure certain commercial and industrial loans held for sale at fair value, as these loans are actively traded in the secondary market. The Company is able to obtain fair value estimates for substantially all of these loans through a third party valuation service that is broadly used by market participants. While most of the loans are traded in the market, the volume and level of trading activity is subject to variability and the loans are not exchange-traded. The balance of these loans held for sale was immaterial at both December 31, 2021 and 2020.

The following table summarizes the difference between the aggregate fair value and the aggregate unpaid principal balance for mortgage loans held for sale measured at fair value at December 31:

	2021						2020
	Aggregate Fair Value		Aggregate Unpaid Principal		Aggregate Fair Value Less Aggregate Unpaid Principal		Aggregate Fair Value		Aggregate Unpaid Principal		Aggregate Fair Value Less Aggregate Unpaid Principal
	(In millions)
Residential mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value	$	680	$	659	$	21	$	1,439	$	1,362	$	77
Commercial mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value	$	90	$	90	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—

Interest income on mortgage loans held for sale is recognized based on contractual rates and is reflected in interest income on loans held for sale. The following table details net gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value of these loans, which were recorded in mortgage income for the years presented. These changes in fair value are mostly offset by economic hedging activities. An immaterial portion of these amounts was attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk.

	2021		2020
	(In millions)
Net gains (losses) resulting from changes in fair value of residential mortgage loans held for sale	$	(56)	$	63

NON-RECURRING FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Items measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis include loans held for sale for which the fair value option has not been elected, foreclosed property and other real estate and equity investments without a readily determinable fair value; all of which may be considered either Level 2 or Level 3 valuation measurements. Non-recurring fair value adjustments related to loans held for sale and foreclosed property and other real estate are typically a result of the application of lower of cost or fair value accounting during the period. Non-recurring fair value adjustments related to equity investments without readily determinable fair values are the result of impairments or price changes from observable transactions. The balances of each of these assets, as well as the related fair value adjustments during the periods, were immaterial at both December 31, 2021 and 2020.

160

Table of Contents

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values, as well as the level within the fair value hierarchy, of the Company’s financial instruments as of December 31, 2021 are as follows:

	2021
	Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value(1)		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
	(In millions)
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	29,411	$	29,411	$	29,411	$	—	$	—
Debt securities held to maturity	899		950		—		950		—
Debt securities available for sale	28,481		28,481		1,132		27,347		2
Loans held for sale	1,003		1,003		—		899		104
Loans (excluding leases), net of unearned income and allowance for loan losses(2)(3)	84,866		85,086		—		—		85,086
Other earning assets(4)	1,104		1,104		464		640		—
Derivative assets	1,111		1,111		—		1,098		13
Financial liabilities:
Derivative liabilities	1,012		1,012		—		1,009		3
Deposits	139,072		139,101		—		139,101		—
Long-term borrowings	2,407		2,847		—		2,845		2
Loan commitments and letters of credit	123		123		—		—		123

_________

(1)Estimated fair values are consistent with an exit price concept. The assumptions used to estimate the fair values are intended to approximate those that a market participant would use in a hypothetical orderly transaction. In estimating fair value, the Company makes adjustments for estimated changes in interest rates, market liquidity and credit spreads in the periods they are deemed to have occurred.

(2)The estimated fair value of portfolio loans assumes sale of the loans to a third-party financial investor. Accordingly, the value to the Company if the loans were held to maturity is not reflected in the fair value estimate. The fair value premium on the loan portfolio's net carrying amount at December 31, 2021 was $220 million or 0.3 percent.

(3)Excluded from this table is the sales-type, direct financing, and leveraged lease carrying amount of $1.4 billion at December 31, 2021.

(4)Excluded from this table is the operating lease carrying amount of $83 million at December 31, 2021.

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values, as well as the level within the fair value hierarchy, of the Company's financial instruments as of December 31, 2020 are as follows:

	2020
	Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value(1)		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
	(In millions)
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	17,956	$	17,956	$	17,956	$	—	$	—
Debt securities held to maturity	1,122		1,215		—		1,215		—
Debt securities available for sale	27,154		27,154		183		26,966		5
Loans held for sale	1,905		1,905		—		1,901		4
Loans (excluding leases), net of unearned income and allowance for loan losses(2)(3)	81,597		82,773		—		—		82,773
Other earning assets (4)	1,017		1,017		388		629		—
Derivative assets	3,349		3,349		2		3,303		44
Equity Investments	74		74		—		74		—
Financial liabilities:
Derivative liabilities	1,598		1,598		2		1,590		6
Deposits	122,479		122,511		—		122,511		—
Long-term borrowings	3,569		4,063		—		3,592		471
Loan commitments and letters of credit	151		151		—		—		151

161

Table of Contents

_________

(1)Estimated fair values are consistent with an exit price concept. The assumptions used to estimate the fair values are intended to approximate those that a market participant would use in a hypothetical orderly transaction. In estimating fair value, the Company makes adjustments for estimated changes in interest rates, market liquidity and credit spreads in the periods they are deemed to have occurred.

(2)The estimated fair value of portfolio loans assumes sale of the loans to a third-party financial investor. Accordingly, the value to the Company if the loans were held to maturity is not reflected in the fair value estimate. The fair value premium on the loan portfolio's net carrying amount at December 31, 2020 was $1.2 billion or 1.4 percent.

(3)Excluded from this table is the sales-type, direct financing, and leveraged lease carrying amount of $1.5 billion at December 31, 2020.

(4)Excluded from this table is the operating lease carrying amount of $200 million at December 31, 2020.

NOTE 22. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION

Each of Regions’ reportable segments is a strategic business unit that serves specific needs of Regions’ customers based on the products and services provided. The segments are based on the manner in which management views the financial performance of the business. The Company has three reportable segments: Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank, and Wealth Management, with the remainder in Other.

The application and development of management reporting methodologies is a dynamic process and is subject to periodic enhancements. As these enhancements are made, financial results presented by each reportable segment may be periodically revised. Accordingly, the prior periods were updated to reflect these enhancements. In the first quarter of 2021, the net interest income allocation methodology was enhanced. All net interest income including the FTP offset, activities of the treasury function, securities portfolio and interest rate risk activities is allocated to the three reporting segments.

The Corporate Bank segment represents the Company’s commercial banking functions including commercial and industrial, commercial real estate and investor real estate lending. This segment also includes equipment lease financing, as well as capital markets activities, which include securities underwriting and placement, loan syndication and placement, foreign exchange, derivatives, merger and acquisition and other advisory services. Corporate Bank customers include corporate, middle market, and commercial real estate developers and investors. Corresponding deposit products related to these types of customers are also included in this segment.

The Consumer Bank segment represents the Company’s branch network, including consumer banking products and services related to residential first mortgages, home equity lines and loans, consumer credit cards and other consumer loans, as well as the corresponding deposit relationships. These services are also provided through the Company's digital channels and contact center.

The Wealth Management segment offers individuals, businesses, governmental institutions and non-profit entities a wide range of solutions to help protect, grow and transfer wealth. Offerings include credit related products, trust and investment management, asset management, retirement and savings solutions and estate planning.

Other includes the Company’s Treasury function, the securities portfolio, wholesale funding activities, interest rate risk management activities and other corporate functions that are not related to a strategic business unit. Also within Other are certain reconciling items in order to translate the segment results that are based on management accounting practices into consolidated results. Management accounting practices utilized by Regions as the basis of presentation for segment results include the following:

•Net interest income is presented based upon an FTP approach, for which market-based funding charges/credits are assigned within the segments. By allocating a cost or a credit to each product based on the FTP framework, management is able to more effectively measure the net interest margin contribution of its assets/liabilities by segment. The summation of the interest income/expense and FTP charges/credits for each segment is its designated net interest income.

•Provision for (benefit from) credit losses is allocated to each segment based on an estimated loss methodology. The difference between the consolidated provision for (benefit from) credit losses and the segments’ estimated loss is reflected in Other.

•Income tax expense (benefit) is calculated for the Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank and Wealth Management based on a consistent federal and state statutory rate. Any difference between the Company’s consolidated income tax expense (benefit) and the segments’ calculated amounts is reflected in Other.

•Management reporting allocations of certain expenses are made in order to analyze the financial performance of the segments. These allocations consist of operational and overhead cost pools and are intended to represent the total costs to support a segment.

162

Table of Contents

The following tables present financial information for each reportable segment for the year ended December 31:

	2021
	Corporate Bank		Consumer Bank		Wealth Management		Other		Consolidated
	(In millions)
Net interest income	$	1,762	$	2,013	$	139	$	—	$	3,914
Provision for (benefit from) credit losses (1)	303		254		10		(1,091)		(524)
Non-interest income	752		1,266		390		116		2,524
Non-interest expense	1,091		2,173		387		96		3,747
Income before income taxes	1,120		852		132		1,111		3,215
Income tax expense	280		213		33		168		694
Net income	$	840	$	639	$	99	$	943	$	2,521
Average assets	$	59,132	$	34,309	$	2,046	$	58,782	$	154,269

	2020
	Corporate Bank		Consumer Bank		Wealth Management		Other		Consolidated
	(In millions)
Net interest income	$	1,688	$	2,066	$	140	$	—	$	3,894
Provision for credit losses (1)	290		305		11		724		1,330
Non-interest income	656		1,267		344		126		2,393
Non-interest expense	1,024		2,057		346		216		3,643
Income (loss) before income taxes	1,030		971		127		(814)		1,314
Income tax expense (benefit)	257		242		32		(311)		220
Net income (loss)	$	773	$	729	$	95	$	(503)	$	1,094
Average assets	$	61,218	$	34,530	$	2,021	$	40,326	$	138,095

	2019
	Corporate Bank		Consumer Bank		Wealth Management		Other		Consolidated
	(In millions)
Net interest income	$	1,395	$	2,184	$	166	$	—	$	3,745
Provision for (benefit from) credit losses (1)	192		320		13		(138)		387
Non-interest income	538		1,215		331		32		2,116
Non-interest expense	938		2,121		342		88		3,489
Income before income taxes	803		958		142		82		1,985
Income tax expense (benefit)	201		240		36		(74)		403
Net income	$	602	$	718	$	106	$	156	$	1,582
Average assets	$	53,846	$	35,063	$	2,183	$	34,018	$	125,110

_____

(1)Upon adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, the provision for credit losses is the sum of the provision for loans losses and the provision for unfunded credit commitments. Prior to the adoption of CECL, the provision for unfunded commitments was included in other non-interest expense.

163

Table of Contents

NOTE 23. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES

COMMERCIAL COMMITMENTS

Regions issues off-balance sheet financial instruments in connection with lending activities. The credit risk associated with these instruments is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers and is subject to Regions’ normal credit approval policies and procedures. Regions measures inherent risk associated with these instruments by recording a reserve for unfunded commitments based on an assessment of the likelihood that the guarantee will be funded and the creditworthiness of the customer or counterparty. Collateral is obtained based on management’s assessment of the creditworthiness of the customer.

Credit risk associated with these instruments as of December 31 is represented by the contractual amounts indicated in the following table:

	2021		2020
	(In millions)
Unused commitments to extend credit	$	60,935	$	56,644
Standby letters of credit	1,779		1,742
Commercial letters of credit	97		132
Liabilities associated with standby letters of credit	28		25
Assets associated with standby letters of credit	29		25
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments	95		126

Unused commitments to extend credit—To accommodate the financial needs of its customers, Regions makes commitments under various terms to lend funds to consumers, businesses and other entities. These commitments include (among others) credit card and other revolving credit agreements, term loan commitments and short-term borrowing agreements. Many of these loan commitments have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of these commitments are expected to expire without being funded, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future liquidity requirements.

Standby letters of credit—Standby letters of credit are also issued to customers which commit Regions to make payments on behalf of customers if certain specified future events occur. Regions has recourse against the customer for any amount required to be paid to a third party under a standby letter of credit. The credit risk involved in the issuance of these guarantees is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to clients and as such, the instruments are collateralized when necessary. Historically, a large percentage of standby letters of credit expire without being funded. The contractual amount of standby letters of credit represents the maximum potential amount of future payments Regions could be required to make and represents Regions’ maximum credit risk.

Commercial letters of credit—Commercial letters of credit are issued to facilitate foreign or domestic trade transactions for customers. As a general rule, drafts will be drawn when the goods underlying the transaction are in transit.

LEGAL CONTINGENCIES

Regions and its subsidiaries are subject to loss contingencies related to litigation, claims, investigations and legal and administrative cases and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Regions evaluates these contingencies based on information currently available, including advice of counsel. Regions establishes accruals for those matters when a loss contingency is considered probable and the related amount is reasonably estimable. Any accruals are periodically reviewed and may be adjusted as circumstances change. Some of Regions' exposure with respect to loss contingencies may be offset by applicable insurance coverage. In determining the amounts of any accruals or estimates of possible loss contingencies however, Regions does not take into account the availability of insurance coverage. To the extent that Regions has an insurance recovery, the proceeds are recorded in the period the recovery is received.

When it is practicable, Regions estimates possible loss contingencies, whether or not there is an accrued probable loss. When Regions is able to estimate such possible losses, and when it is reasonably possible Regions could incur losses in excess of amounts accrued, Regions discloses the aggregate estimation of such possible losses. Regions currently estimates that it is reasonably possible that it may experience losses in excess of what Regions has accrued in an aggregate amount of up to approximately $20 million as of December 31, 2021, with it also being reasonably possible that Regions could incur no losses in excess of amounts accrued. With respect to the CFPB investigation described below, Regions believes that a loss is reasonably possible; however, the amount of such possible loss, if any, cannot currently be estimated. As available information changes, the matters for which Regions is able to estimate, as well as the estimates themselves, will be adjusted accordingly.

Assessments of litigation and claims exposure are difficult because they involve inherently unpredictable factors including, but not limited to, the following: whether the proceeding is in the early stages; whether damages are unspecified, unsupported, or uncertain; whether there is a potential for punitive or other pecuniary damages; whether the matter involves

164

Table of Contents

legal uncertainties, including novel issues of law; whether the matter involves multiple parties and/or jurisdictions; whether discovery has begun or is not complete; whether meaningful settlement discussions have commenced; and whether the lawsuit involves class allegations. Assessments of class action litigation, which is generally more complex than other types of litigation, are particularly difficult, especially in the early stages of the proceeding when it is not known whether a class will be certified or how a potential class, if certified, will be defined. As a result, Regions may be unable to estimate reasonably possible losses with respect to some of the matters disclosed below, and the aggregated estimated amount discussed above may not include an estimate for every matter disclosed below.

Regions is involved in formal and informal information-gathering requests, investigations, reviews, examinations and proceedings by various governmental regulatory agencies, law enforcement authorities and self-regulatory bodies regarding Regions’ business, Regions' business practices and policies, and the conduct of persons with whom Regions does business. As previously disclosed, Regions is cooperating with an investigation by the CFPB into certain of Regions' overdraft practices and policies. Additional inquiries from such governmental regulatory agencies, law enforcement authorities and self-regulatory bodies will arise from time to time. In connection with those inquiries, Regions receives document requests, subpoenas and other requests for information. The inquiries could develop into administrative, civil or criminal proceedings or enforcement actions that could result in consequences that have a material effect on Regions' consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows as a whole. Such consequences could include adverse judgments, findings, settlements, penalties, fines, orders, injunctions, restitution, or alterations in our business practices, and could result in additional expenses and collateral costs, including reputational damage.    

While the final outcome of litigation and claims exposures or of any inquiries is inherently unpredictable, management is currently of the opinion that the outcome of pending and threatened litigation and inquiries will not have a material effect on Regions’ business, consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows as a whole. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is reasonably possible that an adverse outcome in any of the matters discussed above could be material to Regions’ business, consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows for any particular reporting period of occurrence.

GUARANTEES

FANNIE MAE LOSS SHARE GUARANTEE

Regions sells commercial loans to Fannie Mae through the DUS lending program and through other platforms. The DUS program provides liquidity to the multi-family housing market. Regions services loans sold to Fannie Mae and is required to provide a loss share guarantee equal to one-third of the principal balance for the majority of the servicing portfolio. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company's DUS servicing portfolio totaled approximately $4.7 billion and $4.5 billion, respectively. Regions has additional loans sold to Fannie Mae outside of the DUS program that are also subject to a loss share guarantee and at December 31, 2021 these serviced loans totaled approximately $400 million. Regions' maximum quantifiable contingent liability related to all loans subject to a loss share guarantee was approximately $1.7 billion and $1.5 billion at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The Company would be liable for this amount only if all of the loans it services for Fannie Mae, for which the Company retains some risk of loss, were to default and all of the collateral underlying these loans was determined to be without value at the time of settlement. Therefore, the maximum quantifiable contingent liability is not representative of the actual loss the Company would be expected to incur. The estimated fair value of the associated loss share guarantee recorded as a liability on the Company's consolidated balance sheets was approximately $7 million and $5 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Refer to Note 1 for additional information.

VISA INDEMNIFICATION

As a member of the Visa USA network, Regions, along with other members, indemnified Visa USA against litigation. On October 3, 2007, Visa USA was restructured and acquired several Visa affiliates. In conjunction with this restructuring, Regions' indemnification of Visa USA was modified to cover specific litigation (“covered litigation”).

A portion of Visa's proceeds from its IPO was put into escrow to fund the covered litigation. To the extent that the amount available under the escrow arrangement, or subsequent fundings of the escrow account resulting from reductions in the class B share conversion ratio, is insufficient to fully resolve the covered litigation, Visa will enforce the indemnification obligations of Visa USA's members for any excess amount. At this time, Regions has concluded that it is not probable that covered litigation exposure will exceed the class B share value.

165

Table of Contents

NOTE 24. REVENUE RECOGNITION

The following tables present total non-interest income disaggregated by major product category for each reportable segment for the period indicated (refer to Note 1 for descriptions of the accounting and reporting policies related to revenue recognition):

	Year Ended December 31, 2021
	Corporate Bank		Consumer Bank		Wealth Management		Other Segment Revenue		Other(2)		Total
	(In millions)
Service charges on deposit accounts	$	160	$	480	$	3	$	—	$	5	$	648
Card and ATM fees	41		448		—		(1)		11		499
Investment management and trust fee income	—		—		278		—		—		278
Capital markets income	149		—		—		—		182		331
Mortgage income	—		—		—		—		242		242
Investment services fee income	—		—		104		—		—		104
Commercial credit fee income	—		—		—		—		91		91
Bank-owned life insurance	—		—		—		—		82		82
Securities gains (losses), net	—		—		—		—		3		3
Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets - other	—		—		—		—		20		20
Gain on equity investment (1)	—		—		—		—		3		3
Other miscellaneous income	39		55		4		3		122		223
	$	389	$	983	$	389	$	2	$	761	$	2,524

	Year Ended December 31, 2020
	Corporate Bank		Consumer Bank		Wealth Management		Other Segment Revenue		Other(2)		Total
	(In millions)
Service charges on deposit accounts	$	152	$	459	$	3	$	2	$	5	$	621
Card and ATM fees	43		385		—		(1)		11		438
Investment management and trust fee income	—		—		253		—		—		253
Capital markets income	126		—		—		—		149		275
Mortgage income	—		—		—		—		333		333
Investment services fee income	—		—		84		—		—		84
Commercial credit fee income	—		—		—		—		77		77
Bank-owned life insurance	—		—		—		—		95		95
Securities gains (losses), net	—		—		—		—		4		4
Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets - other	—		—		—		—		12		12
Gain on equity investment (1)	—		—		—		—		50		50
Other miscellaneous income	33		49		3		2		64		151
	$	354	$	893	$	343	$	3	$	800	$	2,393

166

Table of Contents

	Year Ended December 31, 2019
	Corporate Bank		Consumer Bank		Wealth Management		Other Segment Revenue		Other(2)		Total
	(In millions)
Service charges on deposit accounts	$	154	$	565	$	3	$	—	$	7	$	729
Card and ATM fees	54		422		1		—		(22)		455
Investment management and trust fee income	—		—		243		—		—		243
Capital markets income	69		—		—		—		109		178
Mortgage income	—		—		—		—		163		163
Investment services fee income	—		—		79		—		—		79
Commercial credit fee income	—		—		—		—		73		73
Bank-owned life insurance	—		—		—		—		78		78
Securities gains (losses), net	—		—		—		—		(28)		(28)
Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets - defined benefit	—		—		—		—		5		5
Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets - other	—		—		—		—		11		11
Other miscellaneous income	18		58		5		(2)		51		130
	$	295	$	1,045	$	331	$	(2)	$	447	$	2,116

_________

(1)The 2021 amount is a gain on the sale of an equity investment, whereas the 2020 amount is a valuation gain on the investment that was sold in the first quarter of 2021.

(2)This revenue is not impacted by the accounting guidance adopted in 2018 and continues to be recognized when earned in accordance with the Company's prior revenue recognition policy.

167

Table of Contents

NOTE 25. PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Presented below are condensed financial statements of Regions Financial Corporation:

 Balance Sheets

	December 31
	2021		2020
	(In millions)
Assets
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks	$	1,543	$	1,526
Loans to subsidiaries	—		20
Debt securities available for sale	20		22
Premises and equipment, net	36		38
Investments in subsidiaries:
Banks	18,237		18,872
Non-banks	343		250
	18,580		19,122
Other assets	280		313
Total assets	$	20,459	$	21,041
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Long-term borrowings	$	1,909	$	2,718
Other liabilities	224		212
Total liabilities	2,133		2,930
Shareholders’ equity:
Preferred stock	1,659		1,656
Common stock	10		10
Additional paid-in capital	12,189		12,731
Retained earnings	5,550		3,770
Treasury stock, at cost	(1,371)		(1,371)
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net	289		1,315
Total shareholders’ equity	18,326		18,111
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	20,459	$	21,041

168

Table of Contents

Statements of Income

	Year Ended December 31
	2021		2020		2019
	(In millions)
Income:
Dividends received from subsidiaries	$	2,250	$	280	$	1,675
Interest from subsidiaries	8		8		4
Other	22		53		7
	2,280		341		1,686
Expenses:
Salaries and employee benefits	61		56		54
Interest expense	68		93		153
Equipment and software expense	4		4		5
Other	96		79		84
	229		232		296
Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries	2,051		109		1,390
Income tax benefit	(43)		(36)		(68)
Income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries and preferred stock dividends	2,094		145		1,458
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries:
Banks	372		905		110
Non-banks	55		44		14
	427		949		124
Net income	2,521		1,094		1,582
Preferred stock dividends	(121)		(103)		(79)
Net income available to common shareholders	$	2,400	$	991	$	1,503

169

Table of Contents

Statements of Cash Flows

	Year Ended December 31
	2021		2020		2019
	(In millions)
Operating activities:
Net income	$	2,521	$	1,094	$	1,582
Adjustments to reconcile net cash from operating activities:
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries	(427)		(949)		(124)
Provision for (benefit from) deferred income taxes	(21)		29		20
Depreciation, amortization and accretion, net	3		3		4
Loss on sale of assets	—		1		—
Loss on early extinguishment of debt	20		14		16
Net change in operating assets and liabilities:
Other assets	61		3		18
Other liabilities	1		—		(7)
Other	(51)		44		102
Net cash from operating activities	2,107		239		1,611
Investing activities:
(Investment in) / repayment of investment in subsidiaries	(21)		—		(18)
Proceeds from sales and maturities of debt securities available for sale	5		4		5
Purchases of debt securities available for sale	(3)		(4)		(6)
Net cash from investing activities	(19)		—		(19)
Financing activities:
Proceeds from long-term borrowings	646		748		500
Payments on long-term borrowings	(1,424)		(1,039)		(751)
Cash dividends on common stock	(608)		(595)		(577)
Cash dividends on preferred stock	(108)		(103)		(79)
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock	390		346		490
Payment for redemption of preferred stock	(500)		—		—
Repurchases of common stock	(467)		—		(1,101)
Other	—		(5)		(2)
Net cash from financing activities	(2,071)		(648)		(1,520)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	17		(409)		72
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	1,526		1,935		1,863
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	1,543	$	1,526	$	1,935

170

Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not Applicable.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Based on an evaluation, as of the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K, under the supervision and with the participation of Regions’ management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer have concluded that Regions’ disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) are effective. In the fourth quarter, Regions acquired EnerBank and Sabal Capital Partners and are in the process of integrating the acquired businesses into our overall internal control over financial reporting process. As permitted under applicable regulations, we have excluded acquisitions from our assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021.

During the fourth fiscal quarter of the year ended December 31, 2021, there have been no changes in Regions’ internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, Regions’ control over financial reporting.

The Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and the attestation report of registered public accounting firm on registrant's internal control over financial reporting are included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Item 9B. Other Information

Not applicable. 

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not applicable. 

171

Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information about the Directors and Director nominees of Regions included in Regions’ Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “Proxy Statement”) under the captions “PROPOSAL 1—ELECTION OF DIRECTORS—Who are this year's nominees?,” “—What criteria were considered by the NCG Committee in selecting the nominees?,” “—What skills and characteristics are currently represented on the Board?,” and “—How often are the Directors elected?” and the information incorporated by reference pursuant to Item 13. below are incorporated herein by reference. Information regarding Regions’ executive officers is at the end of Item I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Information regarding Regions’ Audit Committee included in the Proxy Statement under the caption “CORPORATE GOVERNANCE—Audit Committee” is incorporated herein by reference.

Information regarding timeliness of filings under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 included in the Proxy Statement under the caption “OWNERSHIP OF REGIONS COMMON STOCK—Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” is incorporated herein by reference.

Information regarding Regions’ Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers included in the Proxy Statement under the caption “CORPORATE GOVERNANCE—Codes of Ethics” is incorporated herein by reference.

Information included in the Proxy Statement under the caption “CORPORATE GOVERNANCE—Family Relationships” is incorporated herein by reference.

172

Table of Contents

Item 11. Executive Compensation

All information presented under the captions “COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS,” “COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS,” “COMPENSATION AND HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE REPORT,” “CORPORATE GOVERNANCE—Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “—Relationship of Compensation Policies and Practices to Risk Management,” and “PROPOSAL 1—ELECTION OF DIRECTORS—How are Directors compensated?” of the Proxy Statement are incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

All information presented under the caption “OWNERSHIP OF REGIONS COMMON STOCK” of the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table gives information about the common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options, warrants and rights under all of Regions’ existing equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2021.

Plan Category	Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights (a)	Weighted Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights		Number of Securities Remaining Available Under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities in First Column)
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Stockholders	—	$	—	30,267,272	(b)
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Stockholders	—	$	—	—
Total	—	$	—	30,267,272

_____

(a)Does not include outstanding restricted stock units of 11,206,894.

(b)Consists of shares available for future issuance under the Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan. In 2015, all prior long-term incentive plans were closed to new grants.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence    

All information presented under the captions “CORPORATE GOVERNANCE—Transactions with Directors,” “—Other Business Relationships and Transactions,” “—Policies Governing Transactions with Related Persons” and “—Director Independence” of the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

All information presented under the caption “ PROPOSAL 2—RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM” of the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

173

Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) 1. Consolidated Financial Statements. The following reports of independent registered public accounting firm (PCAOB ID: 42) and consolidated financial statements of Regions and its subsidiaries are included in Item 8. of this Form 10-K:

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm;

Consolidated Balance Sheets—December 31, 2021 and 2020;

Consolidated Statements of Income—Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019;

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income—Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019;

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity—Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019; and

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules.  The following consolidated financial statement schedules are included in Item 8. of this Form 10-K:

None. The Schedules to consolidated financial statements are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable.

(b) Exhibits.  The exhibits indicated below are either included or incorporated by reference as indicated.

SEC Assigned Exhibit Number	Description of Exhibits
3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 6, 2012.
3.2	Certificate of Designations, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to Form 8-A filed by registrant on April 28, 2014.
3.3	Certificate of Designations, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to Form 8-A filed by registrant on April 29, 2019.
3.4	Certificate of Designations, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Form 8-K Current Report filed by registrant on June 5, 2020.
3.5	Certificate of Designations, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.6 to the Form 8-A filed by the registrant on May 3, 2021.
3.6	Bylaws as amended and restated on July 21, 2021, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Form 8-K Current Report filed by registrant on July 21, 2021.
4.1	Instruments defining the rights of security holders, including indentures. The registrant hereby agrees to furnish to the Commission upon request copies of instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of the registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries; no issuance of debt exceeds 10 percent of the assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.
4.2	Deposit Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2014, by and among Regions Financial Corporation, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as depositary, Computershare, Inc. and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K Current Report filed by registrant on April 29, 2014.
4.3	Form of depositary receipt representing the Series B Depositary Shares, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K Current Report filed by registrant on April 29, 2014.

174

Table of Contents

SEC Assigned Exhibit Number	Description of Exhibits
4.4	Form of certificate representing the Series B Preferred Stock, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Form 8-A filed by registrant on April 28, 2014.
4.5	Deposit Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2019, by and among Regions Financial Corporation, Computershare, Inc., and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., jointly as depositary, and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-A filed by registrant on April 29, 2019.
4.6	Form of depositary receipt representing the Series C Depositary Shares, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-A filed by registrant on April 29, 2019.
4.7	Deposit Agreement, dated as of June 5, 2020, by and among Regions Financial Corporation, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., jointly as depositary, and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K Current Report filed by registrant on June 5, 2020.
4.8	Form of depositary receipt representing the Series D Depositary Shares, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K Current Report filed by registrant on June 5, 2020.
4.9	Deposit Agreement, dated as of May 4, 2021, by and among Regions Financial Corporation, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., jointly as depositary, and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-A filed by registrant on May 3, 2021.
4.10	Form of depositary receipt representing the Series E Depositary Shares, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-A filed by registrant on May 3, 2021.
4.11	Description of Registered Securities.
10.1*	Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Appendix B to Regions Financial Corporation’s Proxy Statement dated March 10, 2015, for the Regions Annual Meeting of Stockholders held April 23, 2015.
10.2*	Amendment Number One to the Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on May 5, 2017.
10.3*	2020 Form of Notice and Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 5, 2020.
10.4*	Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Notice and Award Agreement under the Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 6, 2021.
10.5*	2018 Form of Notice and Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 8, 2018.
10.6*	2019 Form of Notice and Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 7, 2019.

175

Table of Contents

SEC Assigned Exhibit Number	Description of Exhibits
10.7*	2020 Form of Notice and Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 5, 2020.
10.8*	Form of Associate Restricted Stock Unit Notice and Award Agreement under the Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 6, 2021.
10.9*	2018 Form of Notice and Form of Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement under Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 8, 2018.
10.10*	2019 Form of Notice and Form of Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement under Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 7, 2019.
10.11*	2020 Form of Notice and Form of Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement under Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 5, 2020.
10.12*	Form of Associate Performance Stock Unit Notice and Award Agreement under the Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 6, 2021.
10.13*	2018 Form of Notice and Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement under Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 8, 2018.
10.14*	2019 Form of Notice and Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement under Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 7, 2019.
10.15*	2020 Form of Notice and Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement under Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 5, 2020.
10.16*	Form of Associate Performance Unit Notice and Award Agreement under the Regions Financial Corporation 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 6, 2021.
10.17*	Regions Financial Corporation Directors’ Deferred Restricted Stock Unit Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 22, 2019.
10.18*	Regions Financial Corporation Directors’ Deferred Investment Plan (As Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2021), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to Form S-8 Registration Statement filed by registrant on December 30, 2020.
10.19*	Regions Financial Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan for Former Directors of AmSouth Bancorporation (formerly named Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of AmSouth Bancorporation), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 25, 2009.
10.20*	AmSouth Bancorporation Deferred Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by AmSouth Bancorporation on March 15, 2005.

176

Table of Contents

SEC Assigned Exhibit Number	Description of Exhibits
10.21*	Amendment Number 1 to AmSouth Bancorporation Deferred Compensation Plan effective November 4, 2006, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.59 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on March 1, 2007.
10.22*	Amendment Number 2 to AmSouth Bancorporation Deferred Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 25, 2009.
10.23*	Amendment Number Three to the AmSouth Bancorporation Deferred Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on November 5, 2014.
10.24*	Form of Change-in-Control Agreement with executive officer John M. Turner, Jr., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Form 8-K Current Report filed by registrant on June 19, 2018.
10.25*	Form of Change-in-Control Agreement with executive officer John B. Owen, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Form 8-K Current Report filed by registrant on October 3, 2007.
10.26*	Form of Change-in-Control Agreement with executive officer Kate R. Danella, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 22, 2019.
10.27*	Form of Change-in-Control Agreement with executive officer C. Matthew Lusco, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 4, 2011.
10.28*	Form of Change-in-Control Agreement with executive officers David R. Keenan, Scott M. Peters, Ronald G. Smith and David J. Turner, Jr., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 24, 2011.
10.29*	Form of Change-in-Control Agreement with executive officer William D. Ritter, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 24, 2011.
10.30*	Form of Amendment to Change-in-Control Agreement with executive officers David J. Turner, Jr., John B. Owen, David R. Keenan, Scott M. Peters, Ronald G. Smith, and William D. Ritter, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.52 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 21, 2013.
10.31*	Regions Financial Corporation Executive Severance Plan (Amended and Restated effective January 1, 2020), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 21, 2020.
10.32*	Regions Financial Corporation Non-Qualified Excess 401(k) Plan (Amended and Restated as of June 1, 2020), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 5, 2020.
10.33*	Amendment One to the Regions Financial Corporation Non-Qualified Excess 401(k) Plan (Amended and Restated as of June 1, 2020), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on November 4, 2021.
10.34*	Amendment Two to the Regions Financial Corporation Non-Qualified Excess 401(k) Plan (Amended and Restated as of June 1, 2020).

177

Table of Contents

SEC Assigned Exhibit Number	Description of Exhibits
10.35*	Regions Financial Corporation Post 2006 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2020, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 21, 2020.
10.36*	Amendment Number One to the Regions Financial Corporation Post 2006 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2020, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on November 5, 2020.
10.37*	Amendment Number Two to the Regions Financial Corporation Post 2006 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2020, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by registrant on October 19, 2021.
10.38*	Amendment Number Three to the Regions Financial Corporation Post 2006 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2020.
10.39*	Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors of AmSouth Bancorporation, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K Current Report filed by AmSouth Bancorporation on April 20, 2006.
10.40*	Form of Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Form 8-K Current Report filed by registrant on June 19, 2018.
10.41*	Regions Financial Corporation Use of Corporate Aircraft Policy, amended and restated December 2019, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.46 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 21, 2020.
10.42*	Regions Financial Corporation Amended and Restated Management Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K Current report filed by registrant on May 25, 2012.
10.43*	Amendment Number One to the Regions Financial Corporation Amended and Restated Management Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on November 5, 2014.
10.44*	Regions Financial Corporation Executive Incentive Plan (Effective January 1, 2021) (amends, restates, and renames the Regions Financial Corporation Amended and Restated Management Incentive Plan, which is Exhibit 10.42 to this 2021 Form 10-K Annual Report), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on February 24, 2021.
21	List of subsidiaries of registrant.
23	Consent of independent registered public accounting firm.
24	Power of Attorney.
31.1	Certifications of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2	Certifications of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32	Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

178

Table of Contents

SEC Assigned Exhibit Number	Description of Exhibits
101	The following materials from Regions' Form 10-K Report for the year ended December 31, 2021, formatted in Inline XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets; (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income; (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income; (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity; (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; and (vi) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
104	The cover page of Regions' Form 10-K Report for the year ended December 31, 2021, formatted in Inline XBRL (included within the Exhibit 101 attachments).

______  

* Compensatory plan or agreement.

Copies of exhibits not included herein may be obtained free of charge, electronically through Regions’ website at www.regions.com or through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or upon request to:

Investor Relations

Regions Financial Corporation

1900 Fifth Avenue North

Birmingham, Alabama 35203

(205) 264-7040

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

Not applicable.

179

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

DATE:	February 24, 2022		Regions Financial Corporation
		By:	/S/    JOHN M. TURNER, JR.
			John M. Turner, Jr. President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated

180

Table of Contents

Signature	Title	Date
/S/    JOHN M. TURNER, JR.	President and Chief Executive Officer, and Director (principal executive officer)	February 24, 2022
John M. Turner, Jr.
/S/    DAVID J. TURNER, JR.	Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer)	February 24, 2022
David J. Turner, Jr.
/S/    HARDIE B. KIMBROUGH, JR.	Executive Vice President and Controller (principal accounting officer)	February 24, 2022
Hardie B. Kimbrough, Jr.
*	Director	February 24, 2022
Carolyn H. Byrd
*	Director	February 24, 2022
Don DeFosset
*	Director	February 24, 2022
Samuel A. Di Piazza, Jr.
*	Director	February 24, 2022
Zhanna Golodryga
*	Director	February 24, 2022
John D. Johns
*	Director	February 24, 2022
Join M. Johnson
*	Director	February 24, 2022
Ruth Ann Marshall
*	Director	February 24, 2022
Charles D. McCrary
*	Director	February 24, 2022
James T. Prokopanko
*	Director	February 24, 2022
Lee J. Styslinger III
*	Director	February 24, 2022
José S. Suquet
*	Director	February 24, 2022
Timothy Vines

181

Table of Contents

* Tara A. Plimpton, by signing her name hereto, does sign this document on behalf of each of the persons indicated above pursuant to powers of attorney executed by such persons and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

By:	/S/    Tara A. Plimpton
	Tara A. Plimpton
	Attorney in Fact

182